CodoNerve

Create products with ease

Full.CX effortlessly transforms your ideas into product requirements.

Full.CX turns product visions into detailed product requirements. The product below was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms, exclusively available to our paid subscribers.

Product Details

Name

CodoNerve

Tagline

Empower Creativity, Master Strategy

Tech-Savvy Entrepreneur

Name: Tech-Savvy Entrepreneur
Description: A self-driven entrepreneur who leverages AI tools like CodoNerve to enhance their startup’s content marketing strategy. They enjoy experimenting with new technologies and seek innovative solutions to stay ahead in the digital space. Their typical day involves multitasking between managing teams, strategizing, and implementing content that resonates with their audience. They appreciate tools that save time and enhance creativity, allowing them to focus on growing their business.
Demographics: Age: 30-45, Gender: Male and Female, Education: Bachelor's or higher in Business/Marketing/Technology, Occupation: Startup Founder or Entrepreneur, Income Level: $75,000+ annually.
Background: Raised in a tech-driven environment, this persona grew up surrounded by computers and innovation. They pursued a degree in business, which sparked an interest in digital marketing. After working for a few years in traditional marketing roles, they decided to launch their own startup, driven by a desire to create something impactful. They often attend tech meetups, read industry blogs, and enjoy networking with other innovators.
Psychographics: Values creativity, innovation, and efficiency. Motivated by the desire to succeed and make a difference in the market. Believes in using data to drive decisions and appreciates transparency in branding. Interested in personal development and often seeks courses or workshops to improve their skills.
Needs: The need for efficient content creation tools that are easily integrated into their existing systems, along with SEO capabilities to drive traffic. They also require collaborative features that allow teams to work in real-time, ensuring productivity while managing multiple projects.
Pain: Struggles with time management due to juggling multiple responsibilities. Often feels overwhelmed by content demands and lacks the resources to hire a full marketing team. They also face challenges in tracking content performance and adapting strategies accordingly.
Channels: Primarily operates through online channels, including social media platforms (LinkedIn, Twitter), forums like Reddit, and webinars. Follows industry leaders and participates in online courses focused on digital marketing and entrepreneurship.
Usage: Uses CodoNerve daily or multiple times a week. Engages heavily during content planning and strategy development phases, often collaborating with team members in real-time to brainstorm and finalize content. Uses analytics dashboards to track overall content performance weekly.
Decision: Driven by efficiency, effectiveness, and ROI. Relies on peer recommendations, online reviews, and personal experience when evaluating tools. Values user-friendly interfaces and comprehensive support from service providers, considering long-term benefits versus immediate costs.

Next-Gen Content Creator

Name: Next-Gen Content Creator
Description: An emerging influencer in digital media, this persona uses CodoNerve to create engaging and relatable content that connects with their growing audience. They prioritize authenticity and creativity in storytelling, often partnering with brands for collaborations. Their day-to-day life includes brainstorming creative ideas, producing content, engaging with followers, and optimizing their work for discoverability.
Demographics: Age: 18-30, Gender: Male and Female, Education: Some college or self-taught, Occupation: Content Creator or Influencer, Income Level: Varies widely, often based on partnerships and sponsorships.
Background: Growing up in a digitized world, they were early adopters of social media and digital content platforms. Many have experience creating and sharing content on platforms like Instagram, TikTok, or YouTube. Their journey may include informal education, such as online courses or learning from peers, focusing on artistry and digital marketing.
Psychographics: Values creativity, engagement, and authenticity. Motivated by connection with audiences and the desire to influence through relatable storytelling. Enthusiastic about trends and often looking for new forms of content and platforms to explore. Interests include pop culture, fashion, digital art, and technology.
Needs: Requires a responsive and intuitive platform for content creation that includes SEO support, idea generation, and collaboration features to work with brands and fellow creators. They need analytics tools to track engagement and performance metrics effectively.
Pain: Often faces pressure to produce high-quality content consistently, feeling the need to keep up with rapid trends. They may struggle with burnout from creative demands and often lack the advanced tools that large agencies provide, leading to inefficiencies in their workflow.
Channels: Utilizes social media platforms as primary channels, alongside content creation tools like Canva and Adobe Suite. Engages in online communities, podcasts, and webinars to gain knowledge and connect with other creators.
Usage: Uses CodoNerve several times a week, especially during content planning and production phases. Engages with the platform to gather insights and ideas before launching campaigns, often collaborating with brands or fellow creators throughout the process.
Decision: Leans toward platforms that provide visual appeal and are easy to understand. Evaluates tools based on user reviews and recommendations from peers in the creator community, prioritizing innovation and feature-rich capabilities.

Corporate Communication Officer

Name: Corporate Communication Officer
Description: A professional in charge of internal and external communications within a corporate environment. They leverage CodoNerve to craft impactful messaging and narratives that align with the company’s vision and values. Their role requires them to manage different communication channels effectively while ensuring brand consistency.
Demographics: Age: 35-50, Gender: Any, Education: Bachelor’s degree in Communications, Marketing, or related field, Occupation: Corporate Communication Director or Officer, Income Level: $80,000 - $120,000 annually.
Background: With a background in journalism or public relations, this individual transitioned into corporate communications, bringing a wealth of storytelling experience. They are often seen as strategic advisors in their organizations, providing insights on communication strategies that drive engagement both internally and externally.
Psychographics: Values clarity, empathy, and integrity in communication. Motivated by the desire to foster a positive workplace and brand image. Strongly believes in the power of storytelling for corporate culture. Interests include corporate social responsibility, media relations, and stakeholder engagement.
Needs: Requires tools that facilitate collaboration across departments, streamline the content creation process, and maintain brand voice. Needs robust analytics to measure communication effectiveness and employee engagement.
Pain: Challenges include navigating bureaucratic processes that slow down communication efforts and managing diverse stakeholder expectations. They also face difficulties in securing buy-in for new initiatives and require timely, accurate insights to inform decisions.
Channels: Typically engages through corporate email, internal collaboration tools (e.g., Slack, Intranet), and social media for external messaging. Participates in industry seminars and conferences for networking and professional development.
Usage: Utilizes CodoNerve weekly to create and schedule internal newsletters, press releases, and social media content. Engages with the analytics tools to assess the effectiveness of communication strategies continuously.
Decision: Focuses on tools that offer reliability, ease of use, and comprehensive analytics. Influenced by comparative assessments of tools and recommendations from industry peers, valuing long-term partnerships with vendors.

Academic Researcher

Name: Academic Researcher
Description: An academic who utilizes CodoNerve to assist in writing, producing, and optimizing research papers and content for publication. They seek to articulate complex ideas clearly and engagingly while ensuring their work reaches a broader audience.
Demographics: Age: 30-55, Gender: Male and Female, Education: PhD or established academic background, Occupation: Researcher or Lecturer, Income Level: Varies widely, often dependent on institution funding.
Background: Having spent years in academia, this persona has honed their skills through extensive research and writing. They may have published multiple papers and are familiar with academic resources and requirements, often attending conferences to stay updated in their field.
Psychographics: Values knowledge, innovation, and integrity in research. Motivated by passion for discovery and dissemination of knowledge. Interested in the intersection of technology, education, and research advancement. Embraces platforms that facilitate connection with like-minded scholars.
Needs: Requires an effective tool for drafting, editing, and optimizing written material for academic audiences. Needs features that help them adhere to academic standards and improve discoverability through SEO capabilities.
Pain: Often overwhelmed by the demands of research and publishing deadlines. Faces challenges in navigating academic jargon while maintaining reach and clarity for broader audiences. Structures vast amounts of information and needs assistance with managing citations and references.
Channels: Primarily engages through academic journals, online databases, institutional platforms, and academic social networks like ResearchGate or Academia.edu, along with online webinars and workshops.
Usage: Engages with CodoNerve regularly during the writing process, especially during research phases and drafting manuscripts. Utilizes analytics for tracking published work performance.
Decision: Decisions are driven by peer recommendations, institutional tools, and the need for compliance with academic standards. They value platforms that provide comprehensive features tailored for academic writing.

E-commerce Content Manager

Name: E-commerce Content Manager
Description: A professional responsible for curating and creating content for an e-commerce platform. They utilize CodoNerve to develop compelling product descriptions, blog posts, and SEO content to drive traffic and sales. Their role is heavily data-driven and requires a balance between creativity and analytics.
Demographics: Age: 25-40, Gender: Any, Education: Bachelor’s degree in Marketing, E-commerce, or related field, Occupation: E-commerce Manager or Digital Marketing Specialist, Income Level: $50,000 - $90,000 annually.
Background: With a background in digital marketing or e-commerce, they are well-versed in online consumer behavior and trends. Often have a knack for blending creative content strategies with data-driven insights cultivated through internships and prior roles in digital marketing.
Psychographics: Values data, customer-centric approaches, and innovative strategies. Motivated by conversion rates and customer engagement. Interested in the evolving landscape of online retail and new marketing technologies.
Needs: Requires a robust platform that simplifies content edits, collaboration with designers, and SEO optimization to enhance online visibility. Needs analytical tools to understand consumer behavior and gauge content effectiveness.
Pain: Faces hurdles with aligning content strategies with marketing goals while keeping up with the fast-paced e-commerce environment. Struggles with time management due to juggling various tasks, including product launches and marketing campaigns.
Channels: Primarily engages through e-commerce platforms, social media channels, email newsletters, and digital marketing forums. Participates in webinars and industry-specific conferences to stay updated on trends.
Usage: Uses CodoNerve frequently, particularly during product launch phases and campaign planning. Engages with the platform for real-time collaboration with team members and performance assessment of published content.
Decision: Driven by analytics and performance metrics when selecting tools. Relies on user reviews, expert recommendations, and needs comprehensive support from service providers.

Product Ideas

CodoNerve Connect: A collaboration feature that allows CodoNerve users to connect with industry experts and peers for real-time feedback and brainstorming sessions. This tool will enhance mentorship opportunities and foster community engagement, leading to improved content quality and strategy.
SEO Insights Enhancer: An AI-powered tool that analyzes trending topics and keywords across various industries, providing users with personalized recommendations to optimize their content for SEO. This feature aims to improve search visibility and content relevance, driving more traffic to user-generated content.
CodoNerve Marketplace: An integrated marketplace within CodoNerve where freelancers can offer their services, and users can find and hire specialized talent for content creation. This platform will create a mutually beneficial environment for content professionals and those seeking high-quality writing services.
Content Calendar Integration: A feature that allows users to plan, schedule, and visualize their content strategy using a customizable calendar integrated within CodoNerve. This tool will help strategists manage their campaigns effectively and streamline content delivery across channels.
Audience Analytics Dashboard: A comprehensive analytics dashboard that provides insights into audience engagement metrics, helping users understand their target demographics and tailor their content accordingly. This feature aims to enhance user decision-making by providing actionable data.
CodoNerve Learning Hub: An educational platform offering workshops, webinars, and resources on content creation and marketing strategies. This hub will empower users with knowledge and skills, enhancing their ability to create engaging content and utilize CodoNerve to its fullest potential.
Smart Content Suggestions: An AI-driven feature that suggests content topics and ideas based on user preferences, trends, and historical performance. This tool will streamline the content ideation process, enabling users to generate more relevant and engaging narratives swiftly.

Product Features

Expert Matcher

An intelligent algorithm that connects users with industry experts based on their specific content needs and interests. By facilitating personalized mentorship and advice, this feature enables users to receive targeted feedback, enhancing their content strategy and quality.

Requirements

User Profile Integration

User Story: As a content creator, I want to have a personalized profile where I can specify my content needs and interests, so that I receive tailored expert recommendations that enhance my content quality.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating user profiles within the Expert Matcher feature, allowing users to input their content needs, interests, and expertise levels. By analyzing this data, the system can provide tailored expert recommendations that align with the user's specific preferences. The integration enhances user experience by enabling personalized connections and ensures that users receive relevant and actionable insights. This functionality is essential for maximizing the value of expert interactions and fostering deeper engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs their content needs, interests, and expertise level into their profile within the Expert Matcher feature.

Given the user accesses their profile section, when they fill in their content needs and interests and select an expertise level, then their profile should save successfully and reflect the changes immediately in the system.

The system analyzes the user's profile data to match them with relevant experts.

Given a user with a complete profile, when the Expert Matcher algorithm runs, then the system should generate a list of at least three relevant experts tailored to the user's specified content needs and interests.

Users receive personalized expert recommendations via email notifications after updating their profiles.

Given the user updates their profile information, when the changes are saved, then the user should receive an automated email containing their personalized expert recommendations within 5 minutes.

Users can view and connect with recommended experts through a user-friendly interface.

Given the user accesses the Expert Matcher results page, when they view their expert recommendations, then the interface should display each expert's name, bio, and a 'Connect' button for easy access.

The system provides feedback options for users after their interaction with matched experts.

Given a user has connected with an expert, when the interaction is complete, then the user should receive a prompt to rate their experience and provide feedback within the platform.

User profiles retain historical data of previous expert interactions for future reference.

Given a user has previously interacted with experts, when they access their profile, then their historical expert interactions should be displayed accurately with dates and details.

Expert Evaluation System

User Story: As a user, I want to rate and review experts after receiving mentorship, so that I can share my experience and help others choose the best expert for their needs.
Description: This requirement introduces a robust evaluation system for industry experts within the Expert Matcher feature. Users should be able to rate and review experts they have interacted with, providing valuable feedback that improves the quality of expert recommendations over time. This feature encourages accountability among experts and helps users make informed choices when seeking mentorship or advice. A transparent feedback loop is vital for maintaining high standards and reliability in expert engagements, ultimately enriching the user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User Rates an Expert After a Consultation Session

Given a user has completed a consultation with an expert, when they visit the feedback section, then they should be able to rate the expert on a scale of 1 to 5 and provide written feedback that is submitted successfully.

Display of Average Ratings for Experts

Given multiple user ratings exist for an expert, when the expert's profile is accessed, then the average rating must be displayed alongside the number of reviews.

User Can Edit or Delete Their Feedback

Given a user has submitted a rating and feedback for an expert, when the user accesses their feedback history, then they should have the option to edit or delete their feedback before 24 hours have passed since submission.

Expert Accountability Based on Ratings Over Time

Given an expert has received multiple ratings, when the average rating drops below a specified threshold (e.g., 3.0), then the expert should be flagged for review in the system for quality assurance.

Notification to Experts on New Feedback Received

Given an expert has received new feedback from a user, when the feedback is submitted successfully, then the expert should receive an email notification containing the feedback and the user's rating.

Search and Filter Experts by Ratings

Given that users are searching for experts, when they apply a filter for ratings, then they should be able to see a list of experts ranked accordingly based on their average ratings.

Real-Time Chat Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to chat with matched experts in real-time, so that I can ask follow-up questions and get immediate advice to improve my content strategy.
Description: This requirement entails the implementation of a real-time chat functionality within the Expert Matcher feature, enabling seamless communication between users and their matched experts. Through text, audio, or video chat options, users can receive immediate feedback and advice, significantly enhancing the mentorship experience. This integration will facilitate dynamic interactions, allowing users to ask questions and clarify points in real-time, fostering a more engaging and productive dialogue.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a chat session with an expert after being matched by the Expert Matcher feature and expects to communicate in real-time during their mentorship session.

Given a user is matched with an expert, When the user clicks on the 'Start Chat' button, Then the system should open a real-time chat window allowing text, audio, or video communication between the user and the expert.

The user selects the preferred mode of communication (text, audio, or video) during their chat with the expert.

Given a user is in the chat session, When the user selects 'Audio' or 'Video' from the options, Then the system should enable the selected communication mode without lag or interruption.

The expert is able to send and receive messages, as well as switch between text and audio/video modes during the mentorship chat.

Given the expert is in a chat session, When the expert sends a message or switches communication modes, Then the expert should be able to do so seamlessly, with messages appearing in real-time and no delays.

Users can access chat transcripts after the chat session ends to review feedback and advice given by the expert.

Given a chat session has ended, When the user navigates to their mentorship history, Then the system should provide a downloadable transcript of the entire chat including timestamps.

In the event of a poor internet connection, the chat feature is expected to gracefully handle disruptions without losing the current conversation.

Given a user experiences a loss of internet connection during a chat session, When the connection is re-established, Then the chat should automatically reconnect without losing messages exchanged prior to disconnection.

Users should be able to invite additional participants to the chat session including other experts or team members if needed.

Given a chat session is ongoing, When the user clicks on the 'Invite' button, Then the system should allow the user to add other participants and notify them of the invitation successfully.

The system must ensure user privacy and data security during the chat and in storing chat transcripts.

Given a chat session is in progress, When any data related to the chat is processed, Then the system needs to comply with all relevant security protocols to ensure that user data and conversations are kept confidential and secure.

Expert Matching Algorithm Enhancements

User Story: As a user, I want the matching algorithm to analyze my experience and preferences more accurately, so that I can connect with experts who truly understand my content challenges.
Description: This requirement aims to enhance the existing expert matching algorithm by incorporating advanced machine learning techniques. The goal is to improve the accuracy and relevance of matches based on user input and historical success rates of expert interactions. By leveraging data analytics and user behavior insights, the system will optimize the matching process, ensuring that users are connected with experts who can effectively respond to their specific needs, thereby increasing user satisfaction and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a content request to be matched with an expert in digital marketing.

Given a user has completed their profile with specific interests and content needs, when they submit a content request, then the system matches them with an expert who has relevant experience in digital marketing, and the match accuracy is at least 80% based on the user's supplied data.

User receives a notification about a new expert match based on their request.

Given a user has submitted a content request, when the system identifies an expert match, then the user should receive a notification within 5 minutes, and the notification should include the expert's name, area of expertise, and a brief overview of their credentials.

Users provide feedback on the expert match they received after a consultation.

Given a user has completed a consultation with the matched expert, when they provide feedback on the expert's performance, then the feedback should be captured in the system, and the match quality score should adjust accordingly to reflect the user’s input, with at least 90% of feedback entries being recorded successfully.

An algorithm demonstrates improvement in match accuracy after enhancements have been applied.

Given the enhanced algorithm is in place, when users engage with experts and report their satisfaction, then the system should show an increase in matched satisfaction rates by at least 15% compared to the previous quarter, verified through collected data.

A user logs in to view their matched experts and historical interactions.

Given a user has logged into their account, when they navigate to the matched experts section, then they should see a list of all experts matched with them, including details of each interaction they have had with these experts, and the information should be displayed without errors.

The matching algorithm processes user input seamlessly.

Given a user inputs their preferences for expert matching, when the algorithm processes this input, then it should produce a match within 10 seconds, ensuring no engine errors occur during the process.

Users can re-submit their content needs for refreshed matching options.

Given a user wants to refresh their expert matches, when they re-submit their content needs, then the system should successfully generate new match suggestions within 5 minutes based on the updated criteria provided by the user.

Feedback Hub

A centralized platform where users can share their work and gather constructive feedback from peers and experts. This feature promotes collaboration, encourages iterative improvement, and helps users refine their narratives based on diverse perspectives.

Requirements

User Feedback Submission

User Story: As a user, I want to submit my content to the Feedback Hub so that I can receive constructive feedback from peers and improve my writing skills.
Description: This requirement enables users to submit their work for review within the Feedback Hub. It should include functionalities such as file uploads, text input areas, and the ability to categorize submissions based on content type (e.g., blog posts, articles, social media content). This feature allows for easy sharing and gathering diverse feedback, fostering an environment where users can refine their narratives based on critiques from peers and experts. Integrating this with the existing content management system will smoothen submission processes and enhance user engagement by making it straightforward to request feedback.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a blog post for feedback through the Feedback Hub.

Given a user has logged into CodoNerve, When they navigate to the Feedback Hub and select 'Submit Feedback', Then they should be able to upload a file, input text, and categorize their submission as 'Blog Post'.

User uploads a text document for peer review in the Feedback Hub.

Given a user is on the Feedback Hub submission page, When they attach a .docx file and click 'Submit', Then the system should accept the file and confirm the submission with a success message.

User categorizes their submission as 'Social Media Content'.

Given a user is submitting their work, When they select 'Social Media Content' from the dropdown menu, Then the categorization should be reflected in their submission summary and visible to reviewers.

User requests feedback from peers and experts after submission.

Given a user has submitted their work, When they click the 'Request Feedback' button, Then an email notification should be sent to selected peers and experts with a link to their submission.

User receives notifications when feedback is provided on their submission.

Given a user has submitted work for feedback, When a peer submits feedback, Then the user should receive a notification containing the feedback within the Feedback Hub dashboard.

User views analytics on their submission’s engagement post feedback.

Given a user has received feedback on their submission, When they navigate to their submission details, Then they should be able to see an analytics dashboard indicating the number of views and feedback received.

User edits a submission after receiving feedback.

Given a user has received feedback on their submission, When they click 'Edit Submission', Then they should be able to modify the content and resubmit it without losing previous feedback.

Feedback Rating System

User Story: As a user, I want to rate the feedback I receive so that I can identify the most useful critiques and improve my writing accordingly.
Description: This requirement implements a rating system where users can evaluate the feedback received on submissions. The system should allow users to rate responses on a scale and provide optional comments, highlighting which feedback was most helpful. Analyzing feedback ratings will enable CodoNerve to prioritize and showcase the most valuable critiques, assisting users in understanding which areas to focus on for improvement. This not only encourages quality feedback but also enhances the collaborative aspect of the Feedback Hub.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a piece of content and receives feedback through the Feedback Hub, then rates the feedback received based on helpfulness.

Given a user receives feedback on their submission, When the user rates the feedback, Then the rating must be recorded and retained for future analysis.

A user interacts with the feedback rating system to provide additional comments on the feedback received.

Given a user is rating feedback, When they provide an optional comment, Then the comment must be successfully saved alongside their rating.

Users access the feedback ratings analytics dashboard to view the most helpful feedback based on user ratings.

Given a user views the analytics dashboard, When they filter feedback ratings, Then the dashboard must display the feedback sorted by highest average rating.

A user needs to understand which pieces of feedback received the highest ratings for their improvement.

Given a user clicks on their submission, When they view the feedback overview, Then they should see a list of feedback with corresponding ratings and highlighted comments.

A user wants to see the overall effectiveness of feedback contributed by different peers.

Given a user accesses the Feedback Hub metrics, When they view the peer contribution report, Then the report must display an average rating alongside the number of feedback comments for each contributor.

An admin needs to audit ratings provided by all users for quality control purposes.

Given an admin accesses the rating audit log, When they filter by date or user, Then the audit log must display all ratings and comments accurately and in a timely manner.

Comment Threads and Notifications

User Story: As a user, I want to have discussion threads for each feedback response so that I can engage in conversations and clarify points with the reviewers.
Description: This requirement introduces a comment threading feature where users can engage in discussions regarding feedback posted on their submissions. Each piece of feedback can have its own comment thread, encouraging dialogue and deeper analysis. Additionally, users should receive notifications for new comments or replies, keeping them informed and engaged in the feedback process. This feature enhances collaboration and ensures that users can fully engage with the insights provided by their peers.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a feedback request on their submitted content, requiring the ability to add comments in a thread related to the feedback received.

Given a user has submitted their work and received feedback, When the user clicks on the ‘Add Comment’ button under a specific feedback, Then a comment box should appear for the user to type their response, and the comment should be stored in the relevant thread.

Users can view all comments related to a specific piece of feedback, promoting discussion and further clarification.

Given a user is viewing a submission with feedback, When the user selects a feedback item, Then all associated comments should be displayed in a threaded format beneath the feedback, with timestamps and user names for each comment.

Users receive real-time notifications for new comments or replies on their feedback threads, keeping them engaged in discussions.

Given a user is actively participating in comment threads, When a new comment is added or a previous comment receives a reply, Then the user should receive a notification in their notification panel and, if enabled, via email.

Users are able to interact with comments, allowing for likes or reactions to express agreement or appreciation for feedback provided.

Given a comment on the feedback thread, When the user clicks the ‘like’ or reaction button, Then the interaction should be recorded, and the total number of reactions should update in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Users can edit or delete their comments, enabling them to control their contributions to discussions if needed.

Given a user has posted a comment, When the user selects the ‘edit’ or ‘delete’ option from that comment, Then the system should allow them to modify or remove their comment, with appropriate confirmation messages displayed confirming the action.

A centralized management dashboard allows administrators to oversee comment threads and user interactions for quality assurance.

Given an administrator is viewing the management dashboard, When they select a project or user submission, Then they should be able to view all comment threads, user interactions, and any flagged comments for moderation purposes.

Expert Feedback Integration

User Story: As a user, I want to request feedback from experts so that I can receive high-quality critiques and improve my content strategically.
Description: This requirement allows for the integration of expert reviewers who can provide professional feedback on users' submissions. Users can opt for expert critiques on specific pieces of content for a more refined perspective. This feature should streamline the selection and onboarding of experts within the Feedback Hub while allowing users to track and manage their expert feedback requests. This integration not only offers an option for high-quality feedback but also emphasizes the platform's commitment to nurturing user growth and improvement.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can request expert feedback from designated experts on specific pieces of content they submit through the Feedback Hub.

Given a user has a submitted piece of content, when they select an expert from the available list and submit a feedback request, then the system should send a notification to the selected expert and record the request in the user's feedback management dashboard.

Users should be able to monitor the status of their feedback requests and see responses from the experts.

Given a user has submitted a feedback request, when they navigate to their feedback management dashboard, then they should see a list of all feedback requests with their current status (Pending, Completed, or In Progress) and access feedback comments made by experts.

Users will have a seamless onboarding experience for experts joining the Feedback Hub.

After an expert completes the onboarding process, when they log in for the first time, then they should have access to a dashboard that displays their assigned feedback requests, pending tasks, and relevant guidelines for providing feedback.

Expert feedback should be provided through a structured format to ensure consistency and quality across feedback received by users.

When an expert submits feedback on a user's content, then the feedback should adhere to a predefined template that includes sections for strengths, areas for improvement, and overall suggestions, ensuring clarity and comprehensiveness.

Users should receive timely notifications about the status changes of their feedback requests.

Given a user submits a feedback request, when the expert changes the status of the feedback request from Pending to Completed, then the user should receive an email notification indicating the feedback is available for review.

The Feedback Hub should allow users to rate the expert feedback they receive to enhance the quality of future interactions.

After a user receives expert feedback, when they view the feedback comments, then they should have the option to rate the quality of the feedback provided on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and leave additional comments.

The Feedback Hub should have a feature for users to filter experts based on their specialties or areas of expertise.

Given a user is accessing the list of available experts for feedback requests, when they apply filters based on specialty areas (e.g., SEO, content strategy), then the system should display only the experts that meet the selected criteria.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to view an analytics dashboard for my feedback so that I can track improvements and understand my writing effectiveness over time.
Description: This requirement involves creating an analytics dashboard within the Feedback Hub that presents users with insights into the feedback received over time. Users should be able to visualize trends, track improvement areas based on feedback patterns, and assess their progress through metrics such as average feedback ratings and common critique themes. This feature will empower users to make informed adjustments to their content strategies, showcasing CodoNerve’s commitment to data-driven improvement.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard to view their feedback trends over the past month.

Given the user is logged into their CodoNerve account, when they navigate to the Feedback Hub and select the Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to see visual representations of feedback trends for the last month, including graphs for average feedback ratings and critique themes.

User wants to track their feedback ratings over time to assess improvement after implementing changes.

Given the user has received feedback on multiple pieces of content, when they view the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a time series graph displaying average feedback ratings that updates dynamically as new feedback is added.

User reviews common feedback themes to adjust their content strategy accordingly.

Given that multiple pieces of content have been submitted and evaluated, when the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to view a list of common critique themes highlighted in the feedback, ranked by frequency of occurrence.

User wishes to compare feedback received on different pieces of content.

Given that feedback has been collected on several entries, when the user uses the Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to select two or more content entries to compare their feedback ratings and themes side by side.

User looks for a historical overview of their improvements in feedback ratings.

Given the user has a history of submissions, when they access the Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to view a historical trend line showcasing improvements or declines in their average feedback ratings over time totalling at least the past six months.

User wants to download the feedback analytics report for offline review or sharing.

Given the user is viewing their Analytics Dashboard, when they click the 'Download Report' button, then a downloadable file containing feedback analytics in CSV format should be generated and made available for download.

Brainstorming Rooms

Dedicated virtual spaces where users can collaborate in real-time for brainstorming and idea generation. Users can invite peers or mentors to discuss content concepts, thus fostering creativity and enabling dynamic discussions that lead to innovative content solutions.

Requirements

Collaboration Tools Integration

User Story: As a content creator, I want to integrate Brainstorming Rooms with my team's preferred collaboration tools so that we can easily share ideas and transition seamlessly between brainstorming and actual content development.
Description: The Brainstorming Rooms feature must seamlessly integrate with existing collaboration tools such as Slack, Microsoft Teams, and Google Meet. This integration will allow users to easily transition from brainstorming sessions to discussion and implementation, enhancing communication and reducing friction in the content creation workflow. By facilitating quick and efficient sharing of ideas and feedback across platforms, this feature ensures that teams can maintain momentum and focus on creativity without the barrier of switching between different applications.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Brainstorming Rooms with Slack allows users to send a message inviting team members to join a brainstorming session directly from the platform.

Given a user is in a Brainstorming Room, when they select the 'Invite to Slack' option, then a message template should appear allowing them to customize and send invites to selected team members in Slack.

Users should be able to initiate a Google Meet video call directly from the Brainstorming Rooms feature without leaving the platform.

Given a user is in a Brainstorming Room, when they click on the 'Start Google Meet' button, then a new Google Meet session should be created and the user should be directed to the Google Meet interface seamlessly.

Brainstorming Rooms should enable collaboration with Microsoft Teams, allowing users to share documents and files during their session.

Given a user is in a Brainstorming Room, when they click on the 'Share with Microsoft Teams' option, then users should be able to upload files and documents directly to a specific Teams chat or channel.

Users must have the ability to see a list of all active collaborations happening in various tools integrated into the Brainstorming Rooms.

Given a user is in a Brainstorming Room, when they click on the 'Active Collaborations' tab, then the system should display a list of all ongoing discussions and sessions on integrated collaboration tools like Slack, Google Meet, and Microsoft Teams.

The system should notify users of upcoming meetings scheduled through Google Meet, Slack, or Microsoft Teams during their brainstorming session.

Given a user is in a Brainstorming Room, when they receive a notification from any integrated tool regarding an upcoming meeting, then a pop-up alert should display in the Brainstorming Room with the meeting details.

Brainstorming Rooms must allow for historical tracking of discussions and decisions made during the collaborative sessions with access to shared content tools.

Given a user is in a Brainstorming Room, when they select the 'History' option, then they should be able to view a log of past sessions, including shared documents, chat snippets, and decisions made, organized by date.

Users should be able to easily switch between Brainstorming Rooms and their integrated collaboration tools without losing context or session data.

Given a user is in a Brainstorming Room, when they switch to an integrated tool like Slack or Microsoft Teams, then all session data should be preserved, allowing users to resume their brainstorming without losing any previous information or context.

Idea Capture and Voting System

User Story: As a team member, I want to submit my ideas and vote on others' ideas during our brainstorming session so that we can collaboratively identify and pursue the best content concepts.
Description: Implement an idea capture mechanism where participants in the Brainstorming Rooms can submit their ideas in real-time. This system would also include a voting feature, allowing users to vote on which ideas they find the most valuable. The captured ideas and votes would be compiled into a digestible format post-session, providing users a clear output of the brainstorming efforts. This functionality not only encourages participation but also allows for democratic decision-making on the best ideas to pursue, streamlining the content creation process.
Acceptance Criteria: Idea Submission Functionality in Brainstorming Rooms

Given a user is in a brainstorming room, when they submit an idea, then the idea should be captured and displayed in the idea list without errors.

Voting Mechanism for Ideas

Given multiple ideas have been submitted in a brainstorming room, when a user votes for an idea, then the vote count for that idea should increase by one and the user should be notified that their vote was successful.

Real-time Collaboration During Brainstorming Sessions

Given users are present in a brainstorming room, when one user submits an idea or vote, then all other users should see the update in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Post-session Idea Compilation

Given a brainstorming session is concluded, when the session ends, then the system should compile all submitted ideas and their respective vote counts into a report format that users can download.

User Invitation to Brainstorming Rooms

Given a user is accessing a brainstorming room, when they invite peers or mentors via email or link, then those invited should receive an invitation and be able to join the session seamlessly.

User Analytics on Idea Participation

Given a user participated in a brainstorming session, when they view their analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics including the number of ideas submitted and votes cast.

Feedback Mechanism on Ideas Submitted

Given an idea has been submitted in a brainstorming room, when users review the idea, then they should have an option to provide feedback or comments that can be viewed by others.

Real-Time Chat and Feedback System

User Story: As a user of the Brainstorming Rooms, I want a real-time chat feature so that I can discuss ideas and provide immediate feedback to my team members during brainstorming sessions.
Description: Develop a real-time chat system within the Brainstorming Rooms that allows users to discuss ideas, provide instant feedback, and communicate as they brainstorm. This feature would include a side panel for users to highlight key points or ideas and tag co-creators for further discussion. The real-time feedback will foster a dynamic environment and ensure that all voices are heard during brainstorming sessions, ultimately enhancing the collaborative aspect of content creation.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time discussion during a brainstorming session where users share ideas and provide instant feedback using the chat system.

Given a user is in a brainstorming room, when they send a message in the chat, then all participants should receive the message instantly without refresh.

Highlighting key points during a brainstorming session using the side panel feature for better visibility amongst users.

Given a user highlights a key point in the chat, when the point is highlighted, then it should appear in the side panel for all participants to see.

Tagging co-creators in the chat for specific ideas discussed during the session, allowing for focused follow-ups.

Given a user tags another user in the chat, when the message is sent, then the tagged user should receive a notification of the message and a highlight in the chat panel.

Ensuring that all messages in the chat are saved for reference post-session for users to retrieve later.

Given a user sends a message in the chat, when the brainstorming session ends, then all chat messages should be saved and accessible to participants for 30 days.

Users sharing documents or links through the chat system to support their ideas during brainstorming.

Given a user shares a document link in the chat, when the link is clicked, then it should open in a new tab without leaving the brainstorming room.

Users being able to access the chat history of previous brainstorming sessions for continuity in discussions.

Given a user accesses a previous brainstorming room, when they select the chat history, then all messages from that session should be displayed in chronological order.

Session Recording and Playback

User Story: As a user, I want to record our brainstorming sessions and playback the discussions later so that I can revisit the ideas and feedback that were shared during the meeting.
Description: Introduce a functionality that allows users to record their brainstorming sessions and replay them later. This feature will capture all discussions, ideas presented, and the voting outcomes, providing an invaluable resource for users who want to revisit the session for refining concepts or for those who could not attend. This capability improves knowledge retention and aids in ensuring that no ideas are lost, thereby facilitating a more thorough content development process.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a brainstorming session and enables the session recording feature before discussions begin.

Given the user is in a brainstorming room, when they click on 'Record Session', then the system should start recording audio and screen activity, indicating 'Recording' is active on the interface.

The user ends the brainstorming session and stops the recording feature.

Given the user is in a brainstorming room with recording active, when they click on 'Stop Recording', then the system should stop the recording and save the session automatically, showing a confirmation message 'Session recorded successfully'.

After a session has been recorded, a user attempts to replay the session at a later time to revisit ideas discussed.

Given a recorded session is saved, when the user selects the session from their list of recordings and clicks 'Play', then the session should replay from the start without any interruptions, with clear audio and video if applicable.

A user who was unable to attend the live brainstorming session wants to view the recording to catch up on ideas and discussions.

Given a recorded session is available, when the user accesses the recordings section, then they should see the recording listed with details such as date, duration, and participants, and be able to play the recording at any time.

During a recorded session, users discuss various ideas and voting outcomes are presented.

Given the session is recording, when the discussion concludes and a voting outcome is declared, then all votes and discussions should be accurately captured in the recording, ensuring all decisions can be reviewed later.

Users want to delete a recording that is no longer needed.

Given the user is viewing their recordings, when they select a recording and click 'Delete', then the system should prompt 'Are you sure you want to delete this recording?' and upon confirmation, the recording should be permanently removed from the list.

User Roles and Permissions

User Story: As a session host, I want to assign roles to participants in the Brainstorming Rooms so that I can control contributions and ensure that sensitive information is only accessible to the right users.
Description: Establish a user roles and permissions system that allows session owners to define who can join the brainstorming rooms, contribute ideas, and access the recorded sessions. Different roles such as moderator, contributor, and viewer will be available, ensuring that control over the content creation process remains flexible and secure. This feature will help manage the dynamics of brainstorming sessions and protect sensitive information shared within teams or with external collaborators.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Assignment in Brainstorming Rooms

Given a session owner is creating a brainstorming room, When they assign roles to participants, Then each participant should receive a notification of their role (moderator, contributor, viewer) within the next minute.

Role-Based Access Control in Brainstorming Rooms

Given a user with the role of viewer attempts to create a new idea in a brainstorming room, When they submit their input, Then the system should prevent the submission and display a message indicating insufficient permissions.

Real-Time Role Updates During a Session

Given a session owner changes a participant's role from contributor to moderator during an active session, When the change is saved, Then the participant should immediately gain moderator privileges and have access to session management features.

Session Recording Access Based on Roles

Given a recorded brainstorming session, When a participant who is a viewer attempts to access the recording, Then they should receive a permissions error message indicating they do not have access to view the recording.

Invitation System for Brainstorming Rooms

Given a session owner wants to invite new participants to a brainstorming room, When they send an invitation, Then the invited users should receive an email with the session details and their assigned role: contributor or viewer.

Audit Trail for Role Changes

Given that roles have been assigned and changed during multiple sessions, When an admin user views the audit log, Then they should see a chronological list of all role changes with timestamps and user actions.

Community Forums

Interactive forums where users can share insights, tips, and experiences related to content creation and marketing. This community-driven feature encourages knowledge sharing, networking, and building meaningful connections among users, enhancing the collaborative spirit of CodoNerve.

Requirements

User Registration

User Story: As a new user, I want to register for an account so that I can access the community forums and share my content creation experiences with others.
Description: The user registration feature allows new users to create an account on the CodoNerve platform. This functionality enables users to input personal details, set up a username and password, and agree to terms and conditions. The registration process enhances security and personalization for the users, allowing them to access their profiles and participate in community forums while providing the platform with necessary user data for improved services and engagement. Proper validation will ensure data integrity, while confirmation emails will facilitate account activation.
Acceptance Criteria: New user completes the registration process on the CodoNerve platform.

Given a new user is on the registration page, when they fill in valid personal details, choose a username and password, and agree to the terms and conditions, then their account should be created successfully and they should receive a confirmation email.

A user attempts to register with an already taken username.

Given a user is on the registration page, when they enter a username that already exists in the system, then they should receive a specific error message indicating that the username is not available.

A user submits a registration form with invalid email format.

Given a user is on the registration page, when they enter an invalid email format and submit the form, then they should receive an error message explaining the email address is invalid.

A user receives a confirmation email after successful registration.

Given that a user has successfully registered, when they check their inbox, then they should find a confirmation email containing instructions to activate their account.

A user attempts to register without agreeing to the terms and conditions.

Given a user is on the registration page, when they attempt to submit the form without checking the terms and conditions box, then they should receive an error message prompting them to agree to the terms before proceeding.

A user navigates back to the registration page after initiating registration.

Given a user is in the middle of the registration process, when they click the 'Back' button, then they should be taken back to the registration page without losing any data they have already entered.

A user sets a password that does not meet security requirements.

Given a user is on the registration page, when they attempt to set a password that is shorter than the minimum required length, then they should receive an error message indicating the password does not meet security requirements.

Post Creation

User Story: As a user, I want to create posts on the community forums so that I can share my insights and connect with other content creators.
Description: The post creation feature enables users to compose and share their thoughts, experiences, and tips within the community forums. Users can format their text, add images or links, and apply tags to categorize their posts, which enriches the community discussions. This feature is crucial for fostering user engagement and knowledge sharing within CodoNerve, allowing members to easily contribute content that can spark conversations and build connections among users.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new post in the community forum to share marketing tips with other users.

Given a logged-in user on the community forums, when they select the 'Create Post' option, then they should be able to enter text, add images, insert links, and apply tags to their post before submitting.

User submits a post and wants to view it in the community forum.

Given that the user has created and submitted a post, when they navigate to the community forum, then the submitted post should be visible in the appropriate category with the correct tags applied.

User attempts to create a post without filling out required fields.

Given a logged-in user on the 'Create Post' page, when they attempt to submit the post without entering the title and main content, then an error message should be displayed indicating the required fields that must be completed.

User wants to edit an existing post after it has been submitted.

Given that the user has an existing post in the community forum, when they click the 'Edit' option, then they should be able to modify the post's content and save the changes successfully.

User includes a link in their post to an external resource.

Given a logged-in user on the 'Create Post' page, when they include a valid external link in their post and submit it, then the link should be clickable in the published post and direct users to the correct external resource.

User applies multiple tags to categorize their post in the community forum.

Given a logged-in user creating a post, when they apply multiple tags relevant to the content of the post, then each tag should be saved and displayed under the post upon submission, allowing for easy content categorization.

User views a post with images in the community forum.

Given a user navigating the community forum, when they click on a post that includes images, then all images should display correctly within the post without any broken links or errors.

Commenting System

User Story: As a user, I want to comment on posts in the community forums so that I can engage in discussions and provide my feedback.
Description: The commenting system allows users to respond to posts made by others in the community forums. This feature supports threaded comments, enabling users to engage in discussions and provide feedback seamlessly. It enhances interaction among community members, promoting a collaborative environment where users can learn from one another. Notifications about new comments will encourage users to stay engaged and participate actively in discussions.
Acceptance Criteria: User can successfully post a comment in response to a forum thread.

Given a user is logged in, when they enter a comment in the commenting box and click 'Post', then the comment should appear under the respective post immediately.

Users can view comments in a threaded format under each post.

Given a post with multiple comments, when the user views the post, then they should see comments displayed in a nested (threaded) format which indicates which comment they are responding to.

Users receive notifications for new comments on posts they are following.

Given a user has followed a post, when a new comment is added to that post, then the user should receive a notification prompting them to view the comment.

Commenting system prevents the posting of offensive language.

Given a user attempts to post a comment, when the content includes offensive language, then the system should reject the comment and provide an appropriate warning message.

Users can edit their own comments within a specified timeframe.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they click 'Edit' on their comment within 10 minutes of posting, then they should be able to modify the comment and save the changes.

Users can delete their comments with confirmation.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they select 'Delete' and confirm the action, then the comment should be removed from the thread and no longer visible to other users.

The comment box accepts and properly formats replies containing basic Markdown.

Given a user is typing a comment, when they use basic Markdown syntax (like *italics* or **bold**), then the comment should render correctly when posted, reflecting the intended formatting.

Search Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to search for specific topics in the community forums so that I can easily find discussions that interest me.
Description: The search functionality enables users to quickly find relevant posts and discussions within the community forums. Users can enter keywords or phrases and filter results by date, popularity, or tags. This feature is vital for enhancing user experience, as it allows members to locate specific topics of interest efficiently, thus encouraging them to participate more actively in discussions and enhancing the overall value of the forum content.
Acceptance Criteria: User enters a keyword related to content creation in the search bar to find relevant forum discussions.

Given a user is on the community forums page, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should display a list of forum posts that contain the keyword, sorted by relevance.

User filters forum search results by date to find the most recent discussions.

Given a user has performed a search in the community forums, when they select a date filter option, then the system should refresh the results to show only posts from the selected date range, sorted by relevance.

User searches for forum posts using multiple tags to narrow down results.

Given a user is on the community forums page, when they enter multiple tags in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should display a list of forum posts associated with all specified tags, sorted by popularity.

User accesses the search functionality and inputs a common phrase.

Given a user enters a common phrase in the search bar, when they press 'Enter', then the system should return no more than 10 results per page, with an option to view additional pages of results.

User uses the search functionality but enters a term with no results.

Given a user is on the community forums page, when they enter a non-existent keyword in the search bar and press 'Search', then the system should display a message indicating 'No results found' and suggest alternative keywords.

User views analytics of forum post popularity based on searches conducted.

Given a user performs searches in the community forums, when they view the analytics dashboard, then they should see a report detailing the most searched keywords along with their respective post views and engagement metrics.

User Profiles

User Story: As a user, I want to view other members’ profiles so that I can see their contributions and connect with them based on shared interests.
Description: User profiles will feature information about each forum member, including their biography, contribution history, and links to their posts and comments. This feature supports networking by allowing users to explore the expertise of other members and connect based on common interests or experiences. Enhanced visibility of user profiles will build community trust and promote collaboration amongst members.
Acceptance Criteria: User Profile Creation and Visibility

Given a user has signed up for CodoNerve, when they fill out their profile information including biography and interests, then their profile should be saved and displayed in the Community Forums with the correct details visible to other users.

Contribution History Display

Given a user has posted in the Community Forums, when other users view their profile, then the contribution history section should reflect all the posts and comments made by that user in chronological order.

Profile Linking to Posts and Comments

Given a user has created posts or comments, when another user views the profile, then the posts and comments should include clickable links that direct users to the original content.

Search Functionality for User Expertise

Given a user is looking for expertise on a specific topic, when they use the search feature in the Community Forums, then the results should include profiles of users with relevant contributions, displaying their expertise based on keywords.

User Privacy Settings for Profile Visibility

Given a user wants to control their profile visibility, when they access their profile settings, then they should have the option to set their profile to public or private, affecting who can view their information.

User Interaction and Connection Feature

Given a user is viewing another's profile, when they see an option to connect or message the user, then they should be able to send a connection request or message directly through the platform.

Moderation Tools

User Story: As a community moderator, I want to manage posts and comments so that I can maintain a safe and respectful environment for all users.
Description: Moderation tools empower administrators to manage the community forums effectively by allowing them to review posts and comments for inappropriate content, manage user reports, and enforce community guidelines. This is essential for maintaining a positive, safe, and respectful environment where users feel comfortable sharing their ideas and experiences. The tools will include capabilities for banning users or deleting harmful content to ensure constructive discussions dominate the forums.
Acceptance Criteria: Admin Review of User Reports for Inappropriate Content

Given an admin logs into the moderation tools, when they access the user reports section, then they should see all reported posts with relevant information including the reason for the report and the option to take action (delete, warn, or ban).

Content Deletion for Violating Guidelines

Given an admin identifies a post as inappropriate, when they select the delete option, then the post should be removed from the forum and a notification should be sent to the user who posted it.

User Warning for Inappropriate Behavior

Given an admin reviews a user's comments, when they determine that the comments are consistently inappropriate, then the admin should be able to issue a warning to the user via direct message, documenting the violation and consequences of further infractions.

Admin Banning of a User

Given an admin has verified that a user is violating community guidelines, when they select the option to ban the user, then the user should be permanently banned from the forums and a record of the ban should be logged in the administrative dashboard.

Logging of Actions Taken Against Users

Given an admin takes action against a user, when they delete a post or issue a warning, then the action should be logged with timestamps, reasons, and the admin's user ID for accountability and transparency.

Real-Time Notifications for Admin Actions

Given an admin takes action on a report or posts in the forums, when the action is taken, then all affected users (posters and reporters) should receive real-time notifications about the action and rationale provided by the admin.

Challenge Exchange

A feature that allows users to post content challenges or prompts, inviting others to contribute ideas or solutions. This initiative promotes engagement and inspires collaboration, as users tackle unique content problems together, enhancing their creativity and output.

Requirements

Challenge Posting

User Story: As a content creator, I want to post challenges that inspire others so that we can collaborate and generate unique content ideas that I might not have thought of alone.
Description: Users must be able to post content challenges or prompts on a dedicated platform module. This functionality should allow users to create descriptive titles and detailed explanations for their challenges, including specific criteria for what they are seeking. The feature will enhance user engagement by providing a platform for sharing unique content problems, fostering a collaborative environment where users can tackle challenges together. Users should also have the ability to categorize challenges by themes or topics, making it easier for others to find relevant prompts. This integration with CodoNerve's content creation features will encourage creativity and elevate the standard of the submitted content, leading to a dynamic exchange of ideas.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a challenge posting for a content topic, including a descriptive title and detailed explanation.

Given a user is authenticated, When they navigate to the Challenge Posting module and enter a title and explanation, Then the system should save the challenge and display it in the challenge list.

User categorizes a content challenge by themes or topics during the posting process.

Given a user is on the Challenge Posting page, When they select a category from the dropdown menu, Then the selected category should be associated with the challenge and visible in the challenge listing.

User searches for challenges based on specific themes or topics.

Given a user is on the Challenge Exchange page, When they enter a search term or select a category filter, Then the system should display a list of challenges that match the search criteria.

User views the details of a posted content challenge.

Given a user clicks on a challenge title in the challenge list, When the user is redirected to the challenge details page, Then the page should display the challenge title, detailed explanation, and the created date.

User receives confirmation after successfully posting a challenge.

Given a user fills in the title and explanation on the Challenge Posting form, When they click the 'Post Challenge' button, Then a success message should appear confirming the challenge has been posted.

User edits an existing content challenge they posted.

Given a user is viewing their own posted challenges, When they select the 'Edit' option for a challenge, Then they should be able to modify the title, explanation, and categories and save the changes with a success message.

User can share a posted challenge with other users through a link or social media.

Given a challenge is successfully posted, When the user selects the 'Share' option and chooses a platform, Then the system should generate a shareable link or post to the selected platform with challenge details.

Challenge Responses

User Story: As a user, I want to respond to challenges with my creative solutions so that I can contribute to the community and receive feedback on my ideas.
Description: Users must be able to respond to posted challenges with their own ideas or solutions. This capability should allow for a range of response formats, including text, images, or links to external content. Responding users should be able to comment on their contributions, offering context or explanations to enhance collaborative discussions. The responses will be publicly visible, allowing for a community-driven approach to content ideation, promoting interaction and feedback among users. This feature will strengthen the CodoNerve platform by providing rich content and innovative ideas through user collaborations, ultimately leading to higher engagement levels.
Acceptance Criteria: Users should be able to submit their responses to a posted challenge in various formats, including text, images, and links.

Given a user is viewing a challenge, when they submit a response in any supported format, then their response is displayed publicly under the challenge.

Users are able to provide additional context or explanations for their responses through comments.

Given a user has submitted a response, when they add a comment to their response, then the comment appears below their response on the public feed.

Users can view all responses to a challenge, sorted by the number of interactions they receive.

Given a challenge exists with multiple responses, when a user views the challenge, then the responses are displayed in order based on the highest interaction count (likes, comments).

The platform captures and displays engagement metrics for each response, promoting interaction amongst users.

Given a user is viewing a challenge response, when they see the response details, then engagement metrics (like count and comment count) are displayed clearly alongside the response.

Users should receive notifications when someone comments on their responses to enhance interaction.

Given a user has received comments on their response, when they check their notifications, then they should see alerts for each comment made on their responses.

The platform must ensure all submitted responses comply with community guidelines for content appropriateness.

Given a user submits a response, when the system processes the response, then it checks for compliance with content guidelines and takes action (approval or rejection) accordingly.

Rating and Feedback System

User Story: As a challenge poster, I want to receive constructive feedback on the contributions to my challenges so that I can better understand what works and enhance future prompts.
Description: A robust rating and feedback system should be implemented to allow users to evaluate the quality of contributions made for each challenge. Users should have the option to rate responses on a scale and provide qualitative feedback. This feature will elevate the overall quality of interactions by encouraging users to submit thoughtful and valuable responses. Incorporating this feedback will also help challenge posters refine their prompts and focus on what resonates with the community. The system should be seamlessly integrated into the challenge exchange feature, contributing to an atmosphere of continuous improvement and shared learning.
Acceptance Criteria: User posts a content challenge on the Challenge Exchange, prompting others to submit creative responses.

Given a user has posted a content challenge, when other users view the challenge, then they should see an option to rate and provide feedback on each submission.

Users submit creative responses to the posted content challenge.

Given a user has submitted a response to a challenge, when they return to the challenge page, then they should be able to edit their response and provide feedback on other responses.

User evaluates peer contributions and provides ratings on the responses.

Given a user is reviewing responses, when they choose to rate a response, then they must select a rating from a predetermined scale (1 to 5) and submit their feedback.

Challenge posters review the ratings and feedback provided by users.

Given a challenge poster has received ratings and feedback, when they access their posted challenge, then they should be able to view the average rating and all qualitative feedback associated with their challenge contributions.

Users are notified of the feedback they received on their contributions.

Given a user has submitted a response to a challenge, when feedback is provided by others, then the user should receive a notification summarizing the feedback received.

The system ensures that every response submitted has an associated rating and feedback option.

Given a challenge has responses, when users view the responses, then each response must display both a rating option and a feedback option, ensuring completeness of the evaluation process.

Challenge Feed

User Story: As a user, I want to see a feed of current challenges and their responses so that I can quickly engage with the most relevant and active content challenges.
Description: A real-time feed should be developed to display all active challenges and responses in a user-friendly manner. This feed will allow users to easily browse through current challenges, filter by categories, and see the latest responses at a glance. Notifications for new challenges and responses should be incorporated to keep users engaged and prompt them to return to the platform regularly. By integrating this dynamic feed into CodoNerve, users will remain connected to ongoing conversations and creative collaborations, fostering a vibrant content community.
Acceptance Criteria: User Browsing Challenges in Real-Time Feed

Given the user is logged into CodoNerve, when they navigate to the Challenge Feed, then they should see a list of all active challenges displayed in a user-friendly manner, sorted by the most recent activity.

User Filters Challenges by Category

Given the user is viewing the Challenge Feed, when they apply a category filter, then the feed should update in real-time to only show challenges that match the selected category.

User Sees Latest Responses to Challenges

Given the user is in the Challenge Feed, when a new response is added to any challenge, then it should appear at the top of the relevant challenge in the feed with a timestamp indicating the time of response.

User Receives Notifications for New Challenges and Responses

Given the user has opted in for notifications, when a new challenge is posted, then the user should receive a real-time notification on their device, prompting them to check the Challenge Feed.

User Engages with Responses to Challenges

Given the user is in the Challenge Feed, when they click on a response to a challenge, then they should be taken to a detailed view of that response where they can comment or vote on it.

User Leaves Feedback on Challenges

Given the user is viewing an active challenge, when they submit feedback or ideas for that challenge, then their submission should be saved and displayed in the feed under that challenge.

User Accesses the Challenge Feed from Different Devices

Given the user accesses CodoNerve from a mobile device or tablet, when they navigate to the Challenge Feed, then the feed should be responsive and maintain functionality across all devices.

Challenge Rewards System

User Story: As an active user, I want to earn rewards for my participation in challenges so that my efforts are recognized and I have more reasons to engage with the platform.
Description: Introduce a rewards system that recognizes and incentivizes active participants within the challenge exchange. Users can earn points for posting challenges, responding to others, and providing feedback. These points can be accumulated and exchanged for rewards such as discounts on CodoNerve services or exclusive content creation tools. This feature aims to motivate users to engage more in the platform, enhancing community involvement and collaboration while promoting the overall benefits of CodoNerve as a resource for content creation.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully earns points by posting a challenge in the Challenge Exchange feature.

Given a user has posted a new challenge, when the challenge is saved, then the user should receive the specified points for posting the challenge.

User successfully earns points by responding to another user's challenge.

Given a user has responded to an existing challenge, when their response is submitted and approved, then the user should receive the specified points for their response.

User successfully earns points by providing feedback on a challenge response.

Given a user has provided feedback on a response to a challenge, when the feedback is submitted, then the user should receive the specified points for the feedback given.

User can view their total earned points and available rewards in their profile.

Given a user navigates to their profile, when they view the Challenge Rewards section, then they should see their total earned points and a list of available rewards.

Users can redeem their points for discounts on CodoNerve services.

Given a user has sufficient points, when they select a discount reward and confirm the redemption, then their points should be deducted accordingly, and the discount should be applied on their next purchase.

Users receive notifications for earning points and redeeming rewards.

Given a user earns points or redeems a reward, when the action is completed, then the user should receive a notification informing them of the points earned or the successful redemption.

Admin can set the points system for posting, responding, and providing feedback.

Given an admin is in the points setting panel, when they adjust the points for posting, responding, and feedback, then those points should be saved and reflected accurately in the system.

Collaboration Tracker

A tool that enables users to track their collaborative projects, set milestones, and review contributions from peers. By providing clear visibility into the progress of collaborative efforts, this feature enhances accountability and ensures timely delivery of high-quality content.

Requirements

Milestone Management

User Story: As a team leader, I want to set milestones for collaborative projects so that I can ensure the team tracks progress and meets our deadlines effectively.
Description: The Milestone Management requirement will allow users to create, manage, and set milestones within their collaborative projects. It will facilitate the setting of deadlines and achievements that need to be tracked for every project. This feature is essential for maintaining project timelines and ensuring that all contributors are aligned on key objectives and deadlines, thus enhancing accountability and project organization. Users will benefit from being able to visualize their progress against the set milestones and adjust their efforts accordingly to meet project goals.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new milestone in a collaborative project within CodoNerve.

Given that the user is logged into CodoNerve and is on their project page, when they click on 'Add Milestone' and enter a valid milestone name and deadline, then the new milestone should be listed under the project milestones, and the milestone deadline should be correctly displayed.

User sets a deadline for an existing milestone in a collaborative project.

Given that the user is on the milestone management page, when they select an existing milestone and change its deadline to a valid new date, then the milestone should reflect the updated deadline without any errors, and notifications should be sent to all contributors about the change.

User reviews contributions and progress against established milestones in a collaborative project.

Given that the user accesses the project dashboard, when they view the milestones section, then they should see a summary of contributions made towards each milestone, including completion percentage and any outstanding tasks clearly outlined.

User deletes a milestone from their collaborative project.

Given that the user is on the milestone management page, when they select a milestone and click 'Delete', then the milestone should be removed from the project and confirmation should be provided to the user, ensuring no errors occur in the deletion process.

User visualizes project progress through a graphical representation of milestones.

Given that the user is on the project overview page, when they click to view project progress, then a graphical representation (such as a Gantt chart or progress bar) should accurately display the current status of all milestones and their completion states.

Contribution Review

User Story: As a content manager, I want to review contributions from team members so that I can assess quality and ensure accountability in the project.
Description: The Contribution Review requirement will enable users to see a record of contributions made by each member in collaborative projects. This includes edits, comments, and content additions, providing transparency and accountability within teams. It will help users understand who contributed what, thus facilitating discussions during reviews and evaluations. This feature is vital in recognizing individual efforts and ensuring that all contributions are acknowledged, which can improve team dynamics and encourage quality contributions.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Contribution History of Collaborative Projects

Given I am a user in a collaborative project, when I navigate to the Contribution Review section, then I should see a list of all contributions, including edits, comments, and content additions made by each team member sorted by date.

Filtering Contributions by Team Members

Given I am in the Contribution Review section, when I select a specific team member's name from the filter, then I should see only the contributions made by that team member during the project timeline.

Recognizing Individual Contributions in Reviews

Given a completed collaborative project, when I generate the final review report, then the report should include a detailed section highlighting the contributions of each team member, summarizing their edits and comments.

Notifying Team Members of Recent Contributions

Given a project is active, when a team member makes a new contribution, then an automatic notification should be sent to all other team members informing them of the update.

Exporting Contribution Data for Analysis

Given I want to analyze the contributions, when I click the export button on the Contribution Review page, then I should receive a downloadable file containing all contribution data in a structured format.

Displaying Contribution Timeline

Given I am reviewing contributions, when I check the contribution timeline, then I should see a chronological view of all contributions made by team members, complete with timestamps and details of each action.

Providing Feedback on Contributions

Given I am reviewing a team member's contribution, when I click on the feedback option next to their contribution, then I should be able to leave a comment and rate the contribution on a scale provided.

Progress Visualization

User Story: As a project contributor, I want to visualize overall project progress so that I can understand how my work impacts the team's timeline and identify areas where I need to focus.
Description: The Progress Visualization requirement will deliver graphical representations of project progress over time. It will include charts or dashboards that summarize key metrics such as task completions, milestone achievements, and overall project health. This feature enhances user understanding of project status at a glance, enabling quicker decision-making and adjustments as needed. It plays a crucial role in fostering a collaborative environment where all team members can easily monitor progress and stay informed about ongoing projects.
Acceptance Criteria: As a digital marketer collaborating on a project with remote team members, I want to visualize the project's progress over time through graphical charts and dashboards so that I can quickly assess task completion and overall milestone achievements.

Given the user has accessed the Progress Visualization tool, When the user inputs project data, Then the dashboard displays a graphical representation of task completions and milestone achievements in real-time.

As an in-house content team member, I want to review my peers' contributions visually so that I can understand their progress at a glance and adjust my work accordingly.

Given the user is viewing the Progress Visualization dashboard, When the user selects a specific team member, Then the dashboard updates to show that member's contributions and progress metrics clearly in graphical format.

As a project manager overseeing multiple content projects, I need to quickly gauge the overall health of each project through visual summaries so that I can prioritize team resources and manage timelines effectively.

Given the user is on the Progress Visualization overview page, When the user requests a summary of all ongoing projects, Then the dashboard presents color-coded indicators representing the overall project health for each project based on key metrics.

As a freelance writer using CodoNerve, I want to set project milestones and see my progress toward these milestones visually, ensuring I stay on track with my deadlines.

Given the user has set milestones for a project, When the user accesses the Progress Visualization, Then the dashboard displays a countdown to each milestone with a completion percentage visually represented.

As a team lead, I want to filter project progress by different metrics such as contributions and completion rates, allowing for more detailed reporting and team assessments.

Given the user is on the Progress Visualization interface, When the user applies filters based on contributions and completion rates, Then the dashboard updates to reflect project progress only for the selected metrics.

As a content strategist, I need to analyze historical project performance through past visualizations, helping me to plan better for future projects.

Given the user selects a previous project in the Progress Visualization tool, When the user requests historical data, Then the dashboard displays past progress visualizations for the selected project over time.

Notification System

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications for key updates and contributions so that I can stay informed and react promptly to changes in the project.
Description: The Notification System requirement will inform users of important updates, milestone completions, and new contributions from team members in real-time. This feature is critical for keeping all collaborators informed and engaged, reducing the risk of missed updates or tasks. By providing timely notifications, users can remain proactive in their contributions and interactions within the collaboration tracker, thereby enhancing the overall effectiveness of team communication and workflow management.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a real-time notification when a team member adds a new contribution to the project.

Given a user is logged into the CodoNerve platform, when a team member submits a new contribution, then the user should receive an instant notification in the notification panel indicating the new contribution.

User is notified of milestone completion in a collaborative project.

Given a user is part of a project with established milestones, when a milestone is marked as complete by any team member, then all users associated with the project should receive a notification of the milestone completion.

User can configure notification preferences for different types of updates.

Given a user navigates to the notification settings, when they select the types of notifications they wish to receive (e.g., comments, contributions, milestones), then these preferences should be saved and applied to future notifications.

User can view a detailed log of received notifications to track important updates.

Given a user accesses the notification log, when they view their notifications, then they should see a clear and chronological list of all notifications received with timestamps and relevant details.

Multiple users receive simultaneous notifications without delays during peak times.

Given an influx of contributions and milestone updates occurring at the same time, when notifications are triggered, then all users should receive their instances of notifications within 5 seconds without missing any updates.

Notification displays are responsive across different devices, including mobile and desktop.

Given a user accesses CodoNerve on either mobile or desktop, when a notification is triggered, then the notification display should be legible, appropriately sized, and functional on both platforms.

User can acknowledge or dismiss notifications to manage their focus.

Given a user receives a notification, when they interact with the notification by acknowledging or dismissing it, then the notification should be marked accordingly, and the change should be reflected in the user's notification log.

Customization Options

User Story: As a project user, I want to customize my collaboration tracker dashboard so that I can better align it with my work style and preferences.
Description: The Customization Options requirement will allow users to personalize their collaboration tracker experience. This may include the ability to set preferences for views, receive tailored notifications, and adjust the interface layout. Personalization significantly enhances user experience and engagement, enabling users to work in a way that suits their individual needs and preferences. This flexibility is beneficial in ensuring that the tool remains relevant to diverse user styles, promoting effective project management and team collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: Customization of the Collaboration Tracker Interface Layout

Given a user accesses the Collaboration Tracker, when they select the 'Customize Interface' option and adjust layout preferences, then the interface should reflect the new layout upon refresh and upon subsequent logins.

Setting Preferences for Notification Types

Given a user is in the Collaboration Tracker settings, when they choose specific activities (such as new comments, task updates, etc.) to receive notifications for, then the system should send tailored notifications based solely on those selected activities.

Saving User-Specific View Preferences

Given a user modifies their view preferences (like list view or grid view) in the Collaboration Tracker, when they log out and log back in, then the system should retain the selected view preference and apply it automatically upon login.

Accessibility of Customized Settings

Given a user has made customization changes to the Collaboration Tracker, when they access the 'Settings' section, then all customization options should be clearly listed and easily adjustable at any time without loss of previously saved settings.

Previewing Custom Notification Settings

Given a user sets specific notification preferences, when they click the 'Preview Notifications' button, then the system should display sample notifications based on the selected preferences without sending actual notifications.

Resetting Customizations to Default Settings

Given a user wishes to revert to default settings in the Collaboration Tracker, when they select 'Reset to Default', then all customization preferences should revert to the original system settings and confirm this action through a notification.

Skill Swap

A feature that encourages users to offer their expertise in one area while seeking assistance in another. By enabling skill exchanges, users can enhance their knowledge while building valuable relationships within the CodoNerve community, promoting mutual growth and learning.

Requirements

Skill Exchange Matching

User Story: As a user, I want to find potential skill exchange partners so that I can easily offer my expertise in one area while receiving help in another, leading to mutual learning and growth.
Description: The Skill Exchange Matching requirement involves creating an intelligent algorithm that pairs users based on their expertise and requests for assistance. This feature should analyze user profiles, skills offered, and skills needed to facilitate effective match suggestions. By implementing this matching system, users will find it easier to connect with others who can help them grow while they offer their talents, fostering a collaborative environment within the CodoNerve community.
Acceptance Criteria: User A, a content marketer, wants to exchange their SEO skills in return for help with social media marketing. User B, a social media expert, is looking to improve their SEO knowledge. They both fill out their profiles indicating their strengths and needs.

Given that both User A and User B have completed their profiles with skills offered and needed, when they enter the Skill Swap feature, then the system should suggest their profiles to each other based on mutual skills exchange fit.

User C, a freelance writer, is looking for a graphic designer to assist with visual content. They indicate that they can offer editing skills in return. The Skill Exchange Matching feature needs to find suitable matches for them.

Given User C’s profile details, when they utilize the Skill Exchange Matching feature, then the system should suggest at least three potential matches that fit their skill offering and requirement criteria.

User D has requested help with content strategy but has not received any connections or suggestions for over a week. The system should proactively suggest users who can assist based on previous offers.

Given User D’s ongoing request for content strategy assistance without any matched results, when the algorithm runs its daily update, then it should identify at least two users who can provide needed support and send notifications to them.

User E wants to optimize their learning experience by connecting with multiple users offering different skills. They wish to swap skills in a diverse range of areas.

Given User E's profile indicating multiple skills they are willing to offer, when they seek out skill exchanges, then the system should provide them with a list of varying matches across at least three different skill areas relevant to User E’s interests.

User F is unsure about the skills they can offer and needs help to identify their strengths while seeking help with a specific area of expertise.

Given User F’s input about which area they need assistance in, when they utilize the Skill Swap feature, then the system should prompt them with suggestions for skills they possess that could be swapped, along with potential matches.

User G connects with another user to exchange skills successfully, following which they provide feedback on the match’s effectiveness.

Given that User G has completed a skill exchange, when they submit their feedback in the system, then the feedback should be recorded accurately, and User G should receive a confirmation of their submission.

Skill Swap Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to have a dashboard that displays my current skill swaps and available skills in the community so that I can effectively manage my learning and teaching relationships.
Description: The Skill Swap Dashboard requirement entails developing a user-friendly interface that allows users to view their active skill swaps, monitor progress, and see a list of available skills being offered by others. This dashboard will provide a centralized location for users to track their exchanges and identify new opportunities for swapping skills. Visual analytics should also be included to demonstrate the impact of the skills obtained and shared to enhance user engagement and satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can seamlessly access the Skill Swap Dashboard from their main profile page by clicking on the 'Skill Swap' tab, which should clearly be visible and logically placed within the navigation hierarchy.

Given a user is logged into the CodoNerve platform, when they navigate to their main profile page and click on the 'Skill Swap' tab, then the Skill Swap Dashboard should load within 2 seconds and display the user's active skill swaps, monitored progress, and a list of skills offered by others.

Users need to effortlessly view their active skill swaps, including details such as the skills they are offering, the skills they are seeking, and the duration of the swap agreement.

Given the user is on the Skill Swap Dashboard, when they look at their active skill swaps, then they should see a clearly structured list displaying the skills they are offering, the skills they are seeking, and the expiration dates of each swap, all within a single view without scrolling required.

Users require insightful visual analytics to understand the impact and effectiveness of their skill swaps, including metrics such as skills gained, skills shared, and engagement level from their peers.

Given the user is viewing the Skill Swap Dashboard, when they navigate to the analytics section, then they should be able to see interactive graphs representing skills gained, skills shared, and engagement metrics over time, with data updated in real-time.

Users must be able to identify and connect with other users offering skills they are interested in, within the Skill Swap Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Skill Swap Dashboard, when they browse the list of available skills, then they should be able to filter skills by category, view profiles of users offering those skills, and initiate a skill swap request directly from the dashboard.

Users should have a clear notification system to alert them about changes in their skill swaps, such as confirmations, expiration reminders, or new opportunities.

Given a user has an active skill swap, when there are any changes (like confirmations of swaps or nearing expiration), then the user should receive a notification on the dashboard and via email, ensuring they are updated in real-time.

Users need to provide feedback on their skill swap experiences to help improve the community and guide others.

Given a user has completed a skill swap, when they access the completed swaps section in the Skill Swap Dashboard, then they should have the option to rate and leave comments about their experience, with results visible to the community.

Feedback and Review System

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on my skill swap experiences so that others can benefit from my insights and we can maintain a high-quality exchange system within the community.
Description: The Feedback and Review System requirement focuses on enabling users to leave feedback on their skill swap experiences. This feature should allow users to rate their partners based on the quality of the skill exchange and provide written reviews. This system not only promotes accountability but also helps future users make informed decisions on whom to engage with for skill swaps. Incorporation of a reputation system can also incentivize quality exchanges in the community.
Acceptance Criteria: Skill Swap Experience Feedback Submission

Given a user has completed a skill swap, when they access the feedback section, then they can submit a rating from 1 to 5 stars and provide a written review of the experience.

Viewing Feedback on Skill Swap Partners

Given a user is looking for potential partners for a skill swap, when they access a partner's profile, then they can view the average rating and written reviews submitted by previous users.

Reputation Score Calculation

Given a user has received multiple feedback ratings, when the system processes these ratings, then it calculates an average score that reflects the user's reputation based on received feedback.

Reporting Inappropriate Feedback

Given a user sees feedback that is inappropriate or violates community standards, when they click the report button under the review, then a report is submitted for moderation and the user receives confirmation of submission.

Updating Feedback Reviews

Given a user has submitted feedback, when they log back into their account, then they have the option to edit or delete their previous review within a specified time frame.

Notifications for New Feedback Received

Given a user has received feedback on a skill swap, when the feedback is submitted, then they receive a notification in their account alerting them of the new feedback.

Feedback System User Engagement Analytics

Given that the feedback system is live, when it collects data over a month, then it generates analytics reports showing user engagement levels with the feedback and review system.

Keyword Trend Tracker

This feature monitors evolving keyword trends across various sectors, offering users timely insights to stay ahead of shifts in audience interest. By pinpointing trending keywords, users can effectively tailor their content strategies to align with current market demands, ensuring maximum search visibility and relevance.

Requirements

Real-time Keyword Monitoring

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive real-time updates on trending keywords so that I can adjust my content strategies immediately to capture audience interest and improve engagement.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for a real-time keyword monitoring system that tracks the performance of selected keywords across various platforms and sectors. It will integrate seamlessly with the existing CodoNerve platform, providing users with immediate feedback on keyword trends and effectiveness. The benefits of this feature include timely alerts for significant changes in keyword performance, enabling users to pivot their content strategies quickly to maximize visibility and engagement. This functionality is critical for maintaining a competitive edge in digital marketing, as it allows users to respond proactively to emerging trends instead of reactively adjusting their strategies after the fact.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives real-time alerts for significant changes in keyword performance when monitoring selected keywords on the CodoNerve platform.

Given a user has selected specific keywords to monitor, when there is a shift in keyword performance by more than 20%, then the user should receive a notification via the CodoNerve interface and email.

The system provides a visual representation of keyword performance trends over time for user-selected keywords.

Given a user has selected keywords for monitoring, when navigating to the keyword performance page, then the system should display a line chart showing performance changes over the past 30 days.

Users can easily add or remove keywords from their monitoring list in the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user is on the keyword settings page, when the user adds a new keyword or removes an existing one, then the updated keywords list should display immediately without needing to refresh the page.

The real-time keyword monitoring system integrates with the existing CodoNerve platform without latency issues.

Given the user is monitoring keywords, when checking keyword performance, then the system should update and display new data within 5 seconds of the change occurring.

Users can filter monitored keywords based on performance metrics such as search volume and engagement.

Given the user has access to the keyword monitoring page, when applying performance filters, then the system should display only the keywords that meet the selected criteria.

The platform regularly updates its algorithm to ensure accurate real-time keyword trend monitoring.

Given the real-time keyword monitoring system is operational, when assessing its accuracy over a month period, then the keyword trend accuracy should be at least 90% as verified by third-party SEO tools.

Users can download reports on keyword performance metrics directly from the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user is on the keyword performance report page, when the user requests a report download, then the system should generate and provide the report in CSV format within 10 seconds.

Historical Keyword Performance Analysis

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to analyze historical keyword performance so that I can understand past trends and create content that resonates with audiences.
Description: This requirement specifies the development of a comprehensive historical analysis tool that will allow users to review past keyword performance over customizable timeframes. By visualizing this data through graphs and charts, users can identify long-term trends and patterns that influence content strategy development. The analysis tool will provide essential insights for strategic planning, allowing users to inform future content decisions based on what has historically attracted traffic. This will empower users to formulate data-driven strategies that align with audience preferences and search behaviors.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Historical Keyword Performance Analysis tool to review the past performance of selected keywords over a specified timeframe.

Given a user is on the Historical Keyword Performance page, when they select a keyword and a customizable timeframe, then the system displays the historical performance metrics for the selected keyword in a visual format, including line graphs and charts.

The user wants to filter the historical data to see keyword performance in specific sectors or industries.

Given a user is on the Historical Keyword Performance Analysis tool, when they apply filters for sectors or industries, then the tool updates the displayed historical keyword performance data to only show results relevant to the selected sectors or industries.

User requires the ability to download the historical keyword performance data for further analysis offline.

Given a user is viewing historical keyword performance data, when they click on the 'Download' button, then the system generates a downloadable CSV file containing the visualized data for offline analysis.

The user wishes to compare historical keyword performance across multiple keywords to identify patterns or anomalies.

Given a user is in the Historical Keyword Performance Analysis tool, when they select multiple keywords for comparison within a timeframe, then the system presents a comparative view of the keyword performance data in a consolidated graph or chart.

User checks the historical keywords analysis tool to verify if it provides actionable insights based on historical performance.

Given a user is utilizing the Historical Keyword Performance Analysis tool, when they complete their analysis, then the tool provides a summary report highlighting actionable insights based on the displayed historical trends and performance metrics.

The user interacts with the graphical representations of historical keyword data to view specific data points.

Given a user is viewing the graphical representation of historical keyword performance, when they hover over any data point on the graph, then the system displays a tooltip showing exact performance metrics for that period.

User seeks to receive alerts for significant changes in historical keyword performance.

Given a user is subscribed to receive alerts, when there is a significant change (increase or decrease) in historical keyword performance metrics, then the user receives an automated alert via their preferred communication channel.

Competitor Keyword Insights

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want insights on my competitors' keyword strategies so that I can identify opportunities to outperform them in search rankings.
Description: This requirement involves creating a feature that analyzes and presents keyword strategies utilized by competitors in the same sector. By comparing their keyword usage and performance with that of the user, CodoNerve will provide users with valuable insights on which keywords may be underutilized in their own strategies. This capability will enhance users' understanding of competitive landscape dynamics and spotlight opportunities for enhancement or differentiation. This feature is crucial for users looking to refine their approach in order to outrank competitors and enhance overall search visibility.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Competitor Keyword Insights feature to compare their own keyword performance against that of the top three competitors in their sector.

Given the user is logged into the CodoNerve platform, when they navigate to the Competitor Keyword Insights feature, then they should see a comparative analysis of their keyword performance alongside the top three competitors' keyword usage, with visual graphs and tables displaying keyword rankings and search volume.

User utilizes the insights provided by the Competitor Keyword Insights feature to identify underutilized keywords that can improve their own SEO strategy.

Given the user is viewing the Competitor Keyword Insights, when they apply filters to identify keywords with high search volume but low usage by themselves, then the system should display a list of at least five underutilized keywords that have been effectively used by competitors.

User wants to export the keyword comparison data from the Competitor Keyword Insights feature for reporting purposes.

Given the user has access to the Competitor Keyword Insights data, when they select the export option, then they should receive a downloadable CSV file that includes the comparative keyword analytics, performance metrics, and identified opportunities.

User incorporates insights from the Competitor Keyword Insights into their content strategy planning session.

Given the user has reviewed the Competitor Keyword Insights data, when they apply the insights to their content strategy, then they should be able to create at least three new content ideas centered around the identified underutilized keywords.

User evaluates the effectiveness of the Competitor Keyword Insights feature in improving their search visibility after three months of usage.

Given the user has consistently utilized the insights from the Competitor Keyword Insights over three months, when they review their search visibility metrics, then they should observe a minimum 20% improvement in their keyword rankings for the targeted underutilized keywords.

User seeks clarification on how the Competitor Keyword Insights feature determines 'top competitors' for comparison.

Given the user is accessing the Competitor Keyword Insights feature, when they click on the help icon, then they should be presented with a detailed explanation of how competitors are identified, including criteria such as industry relevance, keyword overlap, and search volume.

Keyword Performance Alerts

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to receive alerts when certain keywords experience significant changes in performance so that I can promptly refine my content approach.
Description: This requirement focuses on the design and implementation of an alert system that notifies users of significant changes in keyword performance, such as spikes in search volume or drops in rankings. Users will be able to customize the criteria for alerts, ensuring they receive relevant notifications that inform their content strategy in a timely manner. This feature enhances user engagement by providing actionable insights directly to their preferred channels (email, app notifications, etc.), allowing them to adapt their content strategies swiftly without manually monitoring keyword performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a keyword performance alert for a specific keyword that they are monitoring, selecting the criteria for alerts such as significant spikes in search volume or drops in rankings.

Given a user has accessed the alert settings, when they configure a keyword performance alert and save the settings, then the system should confirm that the alert has been successfully created and can be viewed in the user’s alert dashboard.

A user receives an alert notification via their preferred channel when a monitored keyword experiences a significant change in performance, such as a spike in search volume.

Given a keyword alert is configured for significant spikes, when the keyword experiences a spike exceeding the defined threshold, then the user should receive a notification through their selected channel (email/app notification) within 5 minutes of the change.

The user reviews their alert settings after receiving notifications to ensure they are still relevant and adjust any criteria as necessary.

Given a user accesses the alert settings, when they review the current keyword performance alerts, then they should be able to see all active alerts, modify the criteria, and save any changes without errors.

A user checks their dashboard to see a history of keyword performance alerts that have been triggered over a specific time period.

Given a user navigates to their dashboard, when they view the keyword performance alerts history, then the system should display all alerts triggered in the past month along with timestamps and performance metrics.

A user attempts to set up an alert with invalid criteria (e.g., an unrealistic search volume spike percentage), and the system should handle this scenario gracefully.

Given a user inputs invalid parameters when setting up a keyword performance alert, when they submit the alert settings, then the system should display an error message explaining the invalid criteria and request correction before allowing them to proceed.

An administrator needs to evaluate user engagement with the keyword performance alerts to understand effectiveness and make improvements to the feature.

Given an administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, when they analyze the keyword performance alert engagement metrics, then they should see statistics on alert opens, user actions following alerts, and any changes in content performance linked to alerts received over the last quarter.

Keyword Integration Suggestions

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive suggestions for new keywords based on my existing content so that I can create more effective and relevant content.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for a system that automatically suggests new keywords based on the user's existing content and emerging trends. Utilizing machine learning algorithms, it would analyze the current content landscape and propose relevant keywords to optimize their relevance and enhance search performance. This capability will improve users' content strategies by aligning their writing with popular search terms and topics, thereby increasing visibility and readership. It will also assist users, particularly those in content-heavy roles, in discovering fresh angles and topics to engage their audience effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User seeks keyword suggestions to optimize a blog post about digital marketing.

Given an existing blog post focused on digital marketing, when the user initiates a keyword suggestion request, then the system should return at least 10 relevant keywords based on trending search terms and the content of the blog post.

A user requests keyword integration suggestions for multiple articles within the content management system.

Given multiple articles in the user's content management system, when the user selects the option to analyze these articles for keyword suggestions, then the system should provide a list of at least 5 suggested keywords for each article based on their content and market trends.

User wants to see the effectiveness of the suggested keywords in increasing article reach.

Given that a user has implemented suggested keywords in their articles, when they view the analytics dashboard, then the system should display a measurable increase in search visibility and reader engagement metrics, such as page views and time spent on page, by at least 20% over the next month.

User wants to receive keyword suggestions in real-time while writing content.

Given that the user is actively writing content in the platform's editor, when they pause or highlight a section of their text, then the system should offer at least 3 real-time keyword suggestions based on the highlighted content and current trends.

A user requests feedback on keyword effectiveness after publishing an article.

Given a published article utilizing the suggested keywords, when the user accesses the keyword effectiveness report, then the system should present insights on keyword performance, including clicks, impressions, and rank changes for at least 4 weeks post-publication.

User seeks to understand the algorithm's keyword suggestion logic.

Given the user has access to the keyword suggestion feature, when they review the keyword sourcing method, then they should find a clear and transparent explanation of how suggestions are generated, including data sources and algorithm criteria.

Competitor Keyword Analysis

A comprehensive tool that analyzes competitors' keyword strategies, revealing high-performing keywords and content that drive traffic to their sites. This insightful data empowers users to refine their own SEO strategies by identifying opportunities to leverage overlooked keywords that can enhance their competitive edge.

Requirements

Keyword Identification Tool

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to discover which keywords my competitors are ranking for so that I can identify gaps in my own strategy and improve my content's search performance.
Description: The Keyword Identification Tool is designed to provide users with a detailed analysis of competitors' keyword strategies, including their most successful keywords and phrases. This tool integrates seamlessly with CodoNerve, offering users insights into existing content strategies that attract traffic to competitors' sites. By highlighting high-performing keywords, the tool helps users uncover missed opportunities in their own content strategy, allowing for adjustments that can enhance visibility and engagement. It will rely on real-time data scraping and analysis to maintain updated and relevant keyword information, equipping users with actionable intelligence to refine their SEO campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Keyword Identification Tool to analyze a competitor's website for keyword insights before planning their own content strategy.

Given the user has entered a competitor's website URL, When the user clicks on 'Analyze', Then the tool returns a list of high-performing keywords used by the competitor, along with their traffic statistics and content titles.

User views the results of the keyword analysis and identifies overlooked keywords that can enhance their content strategy.

Given the analysis results are displayed, When the user filters the keywords by search volume, Then they can see a refined list of keywords sorted from highest to lowest volume that can potentially enhance their engagement.

User wants to ensure that the Keyword Identification Tool remains up to date with the latest data from competitors.

Given the Keyword Identification Tool is accessed, When the user refreshes the data, Then the tool must scrape new data and update the keywords and their analytics within 10 seconds.

User plans to export the keyword data from the Keyword Identification Tool to incorporate it into their SEO strategy.

Given the analysis results are displayed, When the user clicks on 'Export', Then the tool generates a downloadable CSV file containing all displayed keywords and their metrics.

User requires assistance using the Keyword Identification Tool for the first time.

Given that the user is new to the tool, When the user clicks on 'Help', Then a guided tutorial must open offering step-by-step instructions on using the features available in the Keyword Identification Tool.

User finishes analyzing competitor keywords and wishes to save the insights for future reference.

Given the analysis is completed, When the user clicks 'Save Insights', Then the tool stores the keyword data into the user's account for retrieval at a later date.

Traffic Source Analysis

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to analyze the traffic sources of my competitors so that I can tailor my promotion strategy and focus on the most effective channels.
Description: Traffic Source Analysis is a feature that provides insights into where competitors are gaining their traffic and which channels are most effective. By examining organic, direct, referral, and social traffic, users gain a comprehensive understanding of the effectiveness of different strategies employed by their rivals. This functionality will be integrated into the existing analytics dashboard of CodoNerve, allowing users to correlate keyword performance with traffic sources. Identifying successful traffic channels empowers users to adapt their marketing efforts accordingly, optimizing strategies for improved reach and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Traffic Source Insights for Direct Competitors

Given a user accesses the Traffic Source Analysis feature, when they input a competitor's domain, then the system should display a breakdown of organic, direct, referral, and social traffic sources along with the percentage contribution of each source to total traffic.

Keyword Performance Correlation

Given the user has accessed the Traffic Source Analysis, when viewing the results, then the user should be able to correlate the displayed traffic sources with the identified high-performing keywords from the Competitor Keyword Analysis feature.

Comparative Channel Effectiveness Overview

Given that a user has selected multiple competitors for analysis, when the Traffic Source Analysis is executed, then the feature should provide a comparative overview of the effectiveness of each traffic source across the selected competitors, highlighting the best performing channels.

Exporting Traffic Source Data

Given that the user has generated the Traffic Source Analysis report, when they select the export option, then the system should allow the user to download the report in CSV format with all traffic source data included.

User Notification for Low Traffic Sources

Given a user has conducted a traffic source analysis, when a traffic source is identified as contributing less than 5% to overall traffic, then the system should notify the user of the low-performing source and suggest possible strategies for improvement.

Real-time Updates in Traffic Data

Given that the Traffic Source Analysis feature is integrated into the analytics dashboard, when there is an update in the competitor's traffic data, then the dashboard should reflect real-time changes without requiring a manual refresh.

User Customization of Data View

Given that a user is viewing the Traffic Source Analysis, when they want to customize the view, then they should be able to filter the data displayed based on specific traffic sources or date ranges to focus on relevant insights.

Content Performance Benchmarking

User Story: As an in-house content manager, I want to benchmark my content against competitors so that I can understand its effectiveness and identify areas for improvement.
Description: Content Performance Benchmarking is essential for users aiming to measure how their content stacks up against the competition. By aggregating metrics such as engagement rates, shares, and SEO rankings of competitors’ best-performing content, this feature allows users to set benchmarks for their own posts. This capability will enrich the CodoNerve analytics suite, enabling users to make data-driven decisions about their content creation strategies, fostering continual improvement and alignment with best practices in the niche.
Acceptance Criteria: User conducts a content performance benchmarking analysis on their top three blog posts to compare engagement rates and shares with three competitors.

Given the user selects their blog posts and inputs the URLs of three competitors, When they request the benchmark analysis, Then the system displays a comparative dashboard highlighting engagement rates, shares, and SEO rankings for each blog post against the competitors.

User wants to set content performance benchmarks based on the analysis of competitor content metrics.

Given the results of the competitor benchmarking analysis, When the user selects a competitor's best-performing content, Then the system allows the user to set target engagement and share metrics for their own content.

A user wants to visualize their content performance against competitors over a set period.

Given the user accesses the Content Performance Benchmarking feature, When they select a date range for analysis, Then the system displays a line graph comparing their content performance metrics with those of competitors over the specified period.

User aims to receive actionable insights based on the content performance analysis results.

Given the user completes the benchmarking analysis, When the system presents the results, Then it provides three actionable insights or recommendations on how to improve their content based on competitor performance.

User is evaluating the effectiveness of specific keywords from competitor content.

Given the user selects a competitor's high-performing article, When they request a detailed keyword analysis, Then the system lists keywords used in the article along with their performance metrics and suggestions for user content.

User wants to be alerted if competitors update their top content, affecting benchmark metrics.

Given the user has saved competitor URLs in the system, When those competitors publish new content or update existing content, Then the system sends an automated alert to the user indicating the change and its potential impact on benchmarks.

User requires a report summarizing the benchmarking analysis for presentation purposes.

Given the user completes their competitor analysis, When they choose to generate a report, Then the system creates a downloadable PDF report summarizing key metrics, insights, and recommendations from the analysis.

Keyword Opportunity Alerts

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive alerts when competitors rank for new keywords so that I can quickly adapt my content strategy to seize new opportunities.
Description: Keyword Opportunity Alerts will notify users when a competitor gains significant traffic from a newly ranked keyword or when there are shifts in keyword performance. This proactive feature aims to ensure users stay ahead of the competition by providing timely feedback and insights, enabling swift action to leverage these opportunities. Alerts can be customized based on specific keywords or phrases, giving users a significant edge in their content creation and SEO efforts by allowing them to adjust strategies based on live market changes. This tool will contribute to a more responsive and agile content strategy.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives notifications when a competitor ranks highly for a previously unranked keyword that is relevant to their business.

Given that a competitor has ranked for a new keyword, When the keyword achieves significant traffic, Then the user should receive an immediate alert via the platform's notification system.

Users can customize keyword opportunity alerts based on their specific keyword interests to tailor notifications to their SEO strategy.

Given that a user wishes to track specific keywords, When they choose to set up custom alerts for those keywords, Then the system should save their preferences and send alerts only for the specified keywords.

The keyword opportunity alerts will display historical performance data to provide context for shifts in keyword performance.

Given that an alert has been triggered, When the user views the alert, Then the alert should include historical performance data for the ranked keyword over the last 30 days.

Users are able to snooze or dismiss alerts based on their content strategy and current priorities.

Given that the user receives an alert, When they choose to snooze or dismiss it, Then the system should allow this action and either postpone or mark the alert as handled.

Users can access a summary of all received alerts to track their SEO opportunities over time.

Given that a user has received multiple alerts, When they access the alerts summary page, Then the system should display a chronological list of all alerts with actionable insights attached.

The alerts should be accessible via the mobile application for on-the-go notifications.

Given that a user has the mobile application installed, When a keyword opportunity alert is triggered, Then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device.

Competitor Content Gap Analysis

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to identify topics that my competitors have covered but I haven’t so that I can create valuable content that addresses those gaps.
Description: Competitor Content Gap Analysis provides users with insights into topics their competitors are covering that they are not, highlighting areas where users can create original content to fill the gaps. This feature will analyze the content landscape and present a list of topics that are currently missing in the user’s portfolio but are being successfully engaged by competitors. By doing so, it enables users to tap into unaddressed niches within their market, fostering innovation in content creation that can enhance user engagement and traffic potential.
Acceptance Criteria: As a digital marketer, I want to identify content topics that my competitors are successfully engaging with, so I can fill those gaps in my own content strategy and improve user engagement.

Given that I have accessed the Competitor Content Gap Analysis feature, When I input my competitors' URLs and initiate the analysis, Then I should see a comprehensive list of topics that are not present in my content portfolio but are covered by my competitors, ranked by engagement metrics.

As a freelance writer, I need to see detailed insights about the quality and engagement of competitor content on specific topics, so I can decide which areas to prioritize for my writing.

Given that I have completed the Competitor Content Gap Analysis, When I review the provided list of topics, Then I should be able to view engagement metrics, including average shares, comments, and backlinks for each topic, allowing me to prioritize my content efforts.

As a digital marketing team member, I want to generate a report of the competitors' content gaps so I can present our findings and strategic recommendations to the team.

Given that I have analyzed the competitors' content gaps, When I select the export report option, Then I should receive a downloadable PDF report that summarizes the gaps found, including details on topic rank, engagement metrics, and strategic recommendations based on the analysis.

As a content strategist, I want to continuously monitor competitor content gaps to adapt our content strategy over time and maintain competitive advantage.

Given that I have set up a weekly monitoring schedule within the Competitor Content Gap Analysis feature, When I review my dashboard after a week, Then I should see updated content gap insights reflecting new competitor topics and any changes in engagement metrics.

As an in-house marketing manager, I need to validate that the Competitor Content Gap Analysis is accurately identifying all topic gaps compared to competitors' published content.

Given that I provide a set of competitor URLs and my URL, When the analysis completes, Then the system should accurately identify and display all topic gaps that meet our user-defined engagement thresholds, with cross-references to competitor content samples.

SEO Score Optimizer

An interactive dashboard that provides real-time feedback on content performance based on SEO best practices. Users can receive actionable suggestions on improvements, enabling them to craft high-ranking content effortlessly and confidently knowing their postings align with search engine algorithms.

Requirements

Real-time SEO Feedback

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive real-time SEO feedback while creating content so that I can ensure my posts are optimized for search engines and attract more readers.
Description: The SEO Score Optimizer requires a real-time feedback mechanism that analyzes content as it is being created or edited. This feature will utilize advanced AI algorithms to evaluate the SEO effectiveness of the content. It will provide users with immediate insights into various SEO metrics, such as keyword density, readability score, and semantic relevance, enabling users to make adjustments on-the-fly. This functionality is crucial for content creators who need assurance that their writing aligns with current SEO standards, fostering increased traffic and user engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User edits a blog post in the CodoNerve platform and expects continuous feedback on SEO metrics as they write, helping them optimize their content in real-time.

Given the user is editing a blog post, When they make changes to the content, Then the SEO Score Optimizer should provide immediate updates on keyword density and readability score within 5 seconds.

A user wants to assess the SEO effectiveness of their article before publishing it, so they utilize the real-time feedback feature of the SEO Score Optimizer to apply recommended changes.

Given the user has completed their article, When the article is analyzed, Then the dashboard should display actionable suggestions for improvement including at least three specific SEO metrics such as keyword usage, readability, and semantical relevance.

A content creator collaborates with a team member on an article in CodoNerve and requires that both users see the same real-time SEO feedback to ensure consistency in content quality.

Given that the document is shared with another user, When either user makes changes to the content, Then both users should see synchronized updates of the SEO metrics on their respective screens instantly.

A user is finalizing a piece of content and wants to ensure all SEO parameters are met, requesting a comprehensive report from the SEO Score Optimizer to verify effectiveness.

Given the user requests the final SEO report, When the report generation is complete, Then it should provide a detailed summary of all SEO metrics evaluated, including suggestions for future improvements, within 10 seconds.

A marketer is analyzing past content performance and wants to know how the current content score compares with existing posted articles in terms of SEO effectiveness.

Given the user selects a previously published article for comparison, When the comparison is executed, Then the SEO Score Optimizer should display a side-by-side analysis of the current score against the historical data of the selected article.

A user is writing an article and is unsure how effective their title is for SEO, seeking instant feedback from the SEO Score Optimizer.

Given the user inputs a title into the SEO Score Optimizer, When the title is analyzed, Then the tool should provide an immediate feedback score along with at least three tips for improvement based on SEO best practices.

Actionable Improvement Suggestions

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to receive actionable improvement suggestions after I write my content so that I can optimize it effectively for search engines and increase my content's visibility online.
Description: This requirement focuses on generating specific, actionable suggestions based on the SEO analysis of the content. The suggestions can include recommended keywords, links to authoritative sources, optimal content length, meta description tips, and structured data implementation advice. By providing clear and actionable steps, users can easily enhance their content's SEO viability. This feature aims to simplify the content optimization process, making it accessible even to those with limited SEO knowledge, and ultimately improves users' confidence in their content strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to optimize a blog post about digital marketing. After entering the content into the CodoNerve platform, they expect to receive specific actionable suggestions to improve SEO performance based on current best practices.

Given a user inputs their blog post content into the SEO Score Optimizer, when the analysis is completed, then the user should receive at least five actionable suggestions including optimal keywords and meta description tips that are relevant to their content.

A user is editing a draft article for a client. They use the SEO Score Optimizer to ensure their article meets SEO criteria before submission. They expect the tool to provide real-time suggestions during their editing process.

Given a user is editing their draft article in real-time, when they modify the content, then the SEO Score Optimizer should update its suggestions dynamically to reflect changes made, ensuring at least a 90% relevance score for the provided suggestions.

A freelance writer is preparing a new content piece for a website. They want to implement structured data but are unsure how to do so. They will use the SEO Score Optimizer to get tailored advice for their specific topic.

Given a freelance writer submits their content for analysis, when the structured data suggestions are provided, then the user should receive step-by-step guidance on how to implement structured data specific to their content type and topic.

An in-house marketing team needs to improve existing website content. They access the SEO Score Optimizer to evaluate the current content and expect to only see actionable suggestions that can realistically be implemented.

Given a marketing team assesses existing website content through the SEO Score Optimizer, when they receive improvement suggestions, then all suggestions must be practical and implementable within a week to enhance the content's SEO viability.

A user with limited SEO knowledge wants to improve an article on health and wellness. They expect clear, simple suggestions that do not require advanced SEO expertise.

Given a user with limited SEO knowledge submits their health and wellness article to the SEO Score Optimizer, when the suggestions are generated, then the user should receive at least three clear, easy-to-understand recommendations without SEO jargon.

A user is finalizing their online content and needs insights on keyword optimization. They aim to ensure their keywords are effective for search engines before publishing.

Given a user approaches the finalization stage of their online content, when they request keyword optimization recommendations, then the user should receive a list of at least three high-ranking keywords relevant to their content along with search volume data.

Comprehensive SEO Performance Analytics

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to view comprehensive SEO performance analytics for my published articles so that I can measure their effectiveness and refine my future content strategy accordingly.
Description: The requirement calls for an in-depth analytics dashboard that tracks the SEO performance of published content over time. This dashboard will present users with metrics such as organic traffic growth, bounce rates, keyword rankings, and user engagement statistics, all presented in an easy-to-understand format. Such a feature enables users to assess the effectiveness of their SEO strategies and adjust their future content plans based on data-driven insights. It will also support strategic decisions regarding content promotion and topic selection, underlining the product's role as an essential tool for marketers' success.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the SEO Performance Analytics dashboard to view various metrics after publishing a new blog post.

Given the user has published a blog post, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see SEO metrics including organic traffic, bounce rates, keyword rankings, and user engagement displayed clearly.

A user wants to compare the SEO performance of two of their recently published articles using the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has two articles published within the last month, when they select both articles in the dashboard, then they should be able to view a side-by-side comparison of their SEO performance metrics.

The user receives a notification about significant changes in keyword rankings for their content.

Given the user has set up keyword tracking, when there are significant changes in keyword rankings, then the user should receive a notification via the dashboard and/or email alerting them of the changes.

A marketer wants to analyze the impact of SEO strategies over the last quarter.

Given the user selects a date range in the analytics dashboard, when they generate a report, then they should receive a comprehensive overview of SEO performance including trends in traffic growth, engagement, and keyword rankings for that period.

The user aims to export their SEO analytics data for presentation purposes.

Given the user is on the SEO Performance Analytics dashboard, when they choose the export option, then the data should be downloadable in CSV format with all relevant metrics included.

The user wants to see visual representations of their SEO performance metrics.

Given the user accesses the analytics dashboard, when they select the option to view metrics graphically, then they should see clear charts and graphs representing organic traffic, bounce rates, and engagement statistics.

User-Friendly Interface for Content Suggestions

User Story: As a new user of CodoNerve, I want to access a user-friendly interface for content suggestions so that I can easily navigate and understand how to optimize my content for SEO without feeling overwhelmed.
Description: The SEO Score Optimizer should feature a user-friendly interface that simplifies the process of accessing SEO suggestions and performance metrics. The design must be intuitive, allowing users to easily navigate through different sections for feedback, suggestions, and analytics. Incorporating tooltips, onboarding tutorials, and a clean layout will enhance user experience, ensuring that users can quickly understand and utilize the tool's capabilities. This facilitates a smoother workflow for both novice and experienced users, ultimately leading to more effective content creation.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the SEO Score Optimizer for the first time to create a new content piece.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the SEO Score Optimizer dashboard, then they should see an onboarding tutorial guiding them through the main features and functions of the tool.

A user wants to optimize their content based on SEO performance metrics.

Given the user has created a new content piece, when they input their text into the SEO Score Optimizer, then the interface should display real-time SEO score feedback along with actionable suggestions for improvement.

A novice user is looking for help with using the SEO Score Optimizer interface effectively.

Given the user is on the SEO Score Optimizer page, when they hover over any tool or section, then informative tooltips should appear to provide concise explanations of each feature and its purpose.

An experienced user needs to quickly access specific SEO suggestions without searching through multiple tabs.

Given the user is familiar with the interface, when they click on the 'Suggestions' tab, then the layout should display a concise list of prioritized SEO suggestions for their content, clearly categorized by importance.

A user wishes to analyze their performance over time using the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has been using the SEO Score Optimizer for a while, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they should see clear graphs and metrics displaying their content performance over a specified time period, including trends and improvements.

A user is collaborating with team members on content creation using the SEO Score Optimizer.

Given the user has shared access to the SEO Score Optimizer with team members, when they view the dashboard, then they should see real-time updates of performance metrics and suggestions from all team users in a collaboration section.

Integration with Content Management Systems (CMS)

User Story: As a content creator, I want the SEO Score Optimizer to integrate with my CMS so that I can optimize my content directly within the platform I am using without needing to use additional tools.
Description: This requirement entails the capability for the SEO Score Optimizer to integrate seamlessly with popular Content Management Systems like WordPress, Wix, and Shopify. Through integration, users can receive SEO recommendations directly within their content creation workflows, eliminating the need to switch between platforms. This feature improves efficiency and ensures that SEO optimization can be a part of the content creation process without any disruptions. Easy integration enhances user satisfaction and transforms the user experience considerably.
Acceptance Criteria: User integrates the SEO Score Optimizer with their WordPress site to enable real-time SEO recommendations during post creation.

Given the user has a WordPress site and has logged into CodoNerve, when they initiate the integration process through the settings menu, then they should see a confirmation message indicating successful integration and access to SEO suggestions within their WordPress dashboard.

A user receives SEO recommendations while editing a blog post in Shopify to optimize their content for search engines.

Given the user is in the editing mode of a blog post on Shopify, when they make changes to the content based on the displayed SEO Score Optimizer suggestions, then the SEO score should update in real time, reflecting the changes made.

A digital marketer utilizes the SEO Score Optimizer to assess multiple blog posts for SEO best practices from their Wix site.

Given the user has linked their Wix account and selected multiple posts for optimization analysis, when they request an SEO scan, then the SEO Score Optimizer should provide a detailed report with specific score improvements and actionable recommendations for each selected post within 2 minutes.

A freelance writer analyzes their SEO performance through the dashboard after integrating the SEO Score Optimizer with their content management system.

Given the freelance writer has successfully integrated the SEO Score Optimizer with their CMS, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of their content performance metrics, including SEO scores and engagement statistics.

User encounters an error during the integration process of the SEO Score Optimizer with Wix and seeks support.

Given the user attempts to connect the SEO Score Optimizer with their Wix account but encounters an error message, when they click the ‘Help’ button, then they should be directed to a support page with troubleshooting steps and contact information for additional assistance.

Marketers consistently use the SEO Score Optimizer across different content platforms to ensure uniformity in SEO practices.

Given a marketer manages SEO content on various platforms (WordPress, Shopify, and Wix), when they utilize the SEO Score Optimizer's recommendations, then they should find the guidelines coherent and applicable across all platforms to maintain consistent SEO quality.

Flexible Reporting Options

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to generate customizable SEO performance reports so that I can present my findings to clients in a way that highlights the aspects most relevant to them.
Description: The requirement includes developing flexible reporting options that allow users to customize and download SEO performance reports. These reports can be generated based on various metrics and timelines, giving users the ability to focus on the specific areas they wish to analyze or present to stakeholders. Such customization supports users in tracking their progress and preparing presentations for management or clients. The implementation of this feature encourages data-driven decision making and provides a professional tool for users.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of SEO Performance Reports

Given a user is logged into CodoNerve and navigates to the SEO Score Optimizer dashboard, when they select the 'Customize Report' option, then they should be able to choose from at least five different metrics (e.g., keyword density, backlinks, page speed, more) to include in their report.

Downloadable Report Formats

Given a user has customized their SEO performance report, when they click on the 'Download' button, then the report should be available for download in at least three different formats (e.g., PDF, CSV, Excel).

Timeframe Selection for Reports

Given a user is generating a report, when they choose a timeframe for the analysis, then they should be able to select from predefined options (e.g., last week, last month, last quarter, custom range) and see analytics that reflect that timeframe.

User Preview of Customized Reports

Given a user has customized their SEO performance report, when they click on the 'Preview' option, then they should be able to see a visual representation of the report layout before downloading.

Accessibility of Report Metrics

Given a user is viewing an SEO performance report, when they look at the selected metrics, then each metric should have a clear description and context for user understanding directly accessible from the report.

Stakeholder Presentation Preparation

Given a user wants to present an SEO performance report to stakeholders, when they generate and download a report, then the downloaded report should include a summary page outlining key performance indicators and actionable insights.

Real-Time Feedback on Report Adjustments

Given a user is customizing their report, when they make adjustments to the selected metrics, then the dashboard should provide real-time feedback on how those changes impact the overall SEO score.

Collaborative Team Features

User Story: As a member of a content team, I want to collaborate with my colleagues in real-time while optimizing our content for SEO so that we can create high-quality articles collectively and efficiently.
Description: This requirement involves enabling collaborative features that allow multiple users to work on content simultaneously while receiving SEO feedback. The feature would facilitate comments, suggestions, and real-time editing functions, promoting a collaborative and efficient content creation environment. This will be particularly beneficial for teams that produce regular content, ensuring that everyone is aligned and able to contribute effectively towards achieving the same SEO objectives. Enhancing collaboration can lead to richer content and improved overall quality.
Acceptance Criteria: Multiple Users Collaborating on a Content Piece

Given multiple users are working on the same content piece, when one user makes a change, then all other users should see the update in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Real-Time SEO Suggestions Appearance

Given a user is editing content, when they make changes to the text, then relevant SEO suggestions should automatically appear on the dashboard within 3 seconds.

Commenting and Feedback Functionality

Given a user is collaborating on a content piece, when they leave a comment in the designated comments section, then all collaborators should receive a notification of the new comment in real-time.

Version Control for Collaborative Edits

Given multiple users are collaborating, when a change is made, then the previous versions of the content should be stored and accessible via a version history feature.

SEO Score Updates During Collaboration

Given users are editing content, when SEO suggestions are generated, then the SEO score displayed on the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the current content state.

User Access Controls for Collaboration

Given users are part of a team, when a new user is invited to collaborate, then the existing users should be able to set roles and permissions for the new user accordingly.

Integration with Analytics Dashboard

Given the collaboration feature is in use, when the content is published, then the analytics dashboard should reflect performance metrics specific to the collaboratively created content within 24 hours.

Topic Relevance Advisor

This feature evaluates user-generated content against current trending topics and keywords to measure relevance. It provides users with suggestions to better align their narratives with trending discussions, boosting content discoverability and audience engagement.

Requirements

Real-time Topic Matching

User Story: As a content creator, I want to receive real-time suggestions on the relevance of my topics so that I can quickly adjust my narratives to align with current trends and increase my content's discoverability.
Description: This requirement involves the implementation of a real-time analysis engine that evaluates user-generated content against trending topics and keywords. The system will utilize AI algorithms to continuously monitor social media, news platforms, and other digital sources to identify what topics are gaining traction. As users create content, the advisor will provide instant feedback on the relevance of their topics, suggesting adjustments to enhance alignment with current trends. This capability will significantly increase the visibility of the content and enhance user engagement by ensuring that created narratives resonate with ongoing discussions in the digital landscape. Additionally, the integration with existing SEO tools will allow users to optimize their content effectively, thereby maximizing its impact.
Acceptance Criteria: As a content creator using CodoNerve, I want to receive real-time feedback on the relevance of my topic choices while drafting my content, so that I can adjust my narrative to align with current trends and maximize audience engagement.

Given I am drafting a piece of content on CodoNerve, when I input my topic choice, then the system evaluates my topic against trending discussions and provides a relevance score from 1 to 10 along with suggestions for improvement.

As a digital marketer, I want the Topic Relevance Advisor to continuously update its analysis of trending keywords from multiple sources, so that I can ensure my content reflects the most up-to-date discussions.

Given the Topic Relevance Advisor is active, when new trending topics and keywords are identified by the system, then it updates its database in real-time and alerts users with a notification of significant topic changes.

As a content creator, I would like to see specific suggestions for alternate topics based on my initial choice when my original topic is deemed low relevance to current trends, to help me pivot my content direction effectively.

Given my initial topic is identified as low relevance, when I access the adjustment suggestions, then I receive at least three alternative topic suggestions that align better with current trends.

As an in-house team member, I want to analyze how the adjusted topics affect audience engagement metrics, so that we can measure the effectiveness of the Topic Relevance Advisor feature in our marketing strategy.

Given I have made adjustments to my content topics based on the suggestions from the Topic Relevance Advisor, when I review my content metrics after publication, then I see an increase in engagement metrics (likes, shares, comments) by at least 20% compared to previous similar content published without using the advisor.

As a freelance writer, I want the Topic Relevance Advisor to provide integration with my existing SEO tools, so that I can seamlessly optimize my content while ensuring topic relevance.

Given I am using the Topic Relevance Advisor, when I analyze a topic, then I should have the ability to view SEO recommendations alongside the relevance score, including keyword suggestions and optimization tips per my selected topics.

Keyword Optimization Suggestions

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive keyword optimization suggestions as I create content so that I can enhance my SEO strategy and improve content visibility.
Description: This requirement focuses on the development of a keyword optimization feature that analyzes user-generated content and provides recommendations for improving keyword usage. By assessing the current SEO landscape and trending keywords within the same content domain, this feature will help users enhance their content’s SEO performance. This functionality not only supports the visibility of the content but also aids in crafting more relevant narratives, ensuring that users can leverage high-ranking keywords effectively within their writing. The integration of this tool within the existing CodoNerve platform will facilitate a seamless user experience, enabling users to apply suggestions directly as they create their stories.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user creating blog posts about travel, I want to receive keyword optimization suggestions based on current trending topics so that my content is highly relevant and discoverable.

Given a user is writing a blog post about travel, when they reach the keyword optimization section, then they should see a list of at least 5 suggested keywords that are currently trending in the travel industry.

As a digital marketer, I need to evaluate the effectiveness of my content after applying keyword optimization suggestions in order to measure improvements in SEO performance.

Given a user has applied keyword optimization suggestions, when they check the SEO analytics dashboard, then they should see an increase of at least 20% in content visibility metrics within one week.

As a freelance writer, I want keyword optimization suggestions to integrate seamlessly into my writing process, ensuring I can incorporate them without breaking my workflow.

Given a user is using the writing interface, when they request keyword optimization suggestions, then they should be able to view and apply suggestions without leaving the writing screen.

As a user focusing on content creation about technology, I want the keyword optimization feature to provide real-time suggestions as I write, to ensure that my content stays relevant and updated with current trends.

Given a user is writing about technology topics, when they type their content, then they should receive real-time keyword suggestions displayed inline with their text.

As an in-house content team member, I need to ensure that the keyword optimization tool is user-friendly and provides actionable suggestions to improve team collaboration on content strategy.

Given multiple team members are using the keyword optimization tool, when they access the suggestions, then they should find that at least 80% of the team rates the suggestions as clear and actionable in a feedback survey.

Content Performance Analytics

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to access performance analytics for my content based on trending topics so that I can make data-driven decisions to improve future content.
Description: The Content Performance Analytics requirement entails developing a dashboard that showcases insights from user-generated content in relation to trending topics and keywords. Users will be able to track how their content performs against the advisor's suggestions by observing metrics such as engagement rates, shares, and feedback from audiences. This data-driven approach empowers content creators to refine their strategies based on actual performance analytics, directly linking content adjustments to audience engagement outcomes. The analytics dashboard will facilitate better decision-making regarding content direction and topic relevance, significantly enhancing the overall content strategy of users.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Performance Analytics dashboard after publishing a piece of content to evaluate its performance against trending topics.

Given the user is logged in and has published content, when they navigate to the Content Performance Analytics dashboard, then they should see performance metrics such as engagement rates, shares, and feedback relevant to their content and associated trending topics.

User receives suggestions from the Topic Relevance Advisor regarding trending keywords related to their published content.

Given the user has accessed the Topic Relevance Advisor, when they input their content title, then the system should return at least three relevant trending keywords along with a description of their current popularity.

User wants to compare the performance of multiple pieces of content to determine which aligns best with trending topics.

Given the user has multiple pieces of content, when they select the compare option in the analytics dashboard, then they should receive a side-by-side comparison report displaying engagement metrics for each piece, allowing the user to identify trends in topic performance.

User seeks to adjust their content strategy based on analytics presented in the dashboard.

Given the user has reviewed the performance metrics, when they click on the suggestions provided in the analytics dashboard, then they should be redirected to the Topic Relevance Advisor with tailored suggestions for improving their content based on the insights from their analytics.

The Content Performance Analytics dashboard is updated with real-time data reflecting audience interaction with user-generated content.

Given the user has been viewing the dashboard for a while, when they refresh the page, then the performance metrics displayed should reflect the latest engagement data without needing to log in again.

User wants to export performance data for further analysis or reporting.

Given the user is on the Content Performance Analytics dashboard, when they click the export button, then they should be able to download the performance data in CSV format that includes engagement rates, shares, and audience feedback.

User needs to understand how to interpret the metrics displayed on the Content Performance Analytics dashboard.

Given the user is on the Content Performance Analytics dashboard, when they hover over any performance metric, then a tooltip should appear providing a brief definition and significance of that metric for the user.

User Feedback Loop

User Story: As a user of the Topic Relevance Advisor, I want to provide feedback on the relevance of the suggestions I receive so that the tool can evolve and improve its recommendations over time.
Description: This requirement establishes a user feedback loop that captures the effectiveness of the Topic Relevance Advisor's suggestions. Users will be prompted to provide feedback on the relevance and utility of the suggestions made, enabling continuous improvement of the advisor's algorithms. By integrating this feedback directly into the system, the advisor can learn from user interactions and enhance its accuracy over time, ensuring that the most valuable suggestions are consistently delivered. This feature will create a more personalized user experience and foster engagement by allowing users to actively participate in the evolution of the tool's capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: User provides feedback on Topic Relevance Advisor suggestions after generating content based on trending topics.

Given a user who has received suggestions from the Topic Relevance Advisor, when they submit feedback on its relevance and utility, then the feedback should be recorded in the system and linked to the respective suggestion.

A user reviews the analytics dashboard to assess the impact of implemented feedback on the Topic Relevance Advisor's suggestions.

Given that feedback has been submitted by users on multiple suggestions, when the user accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see measured improvements in suggestion relevance based on user ratings over time.

System administrators monitor the effectiveness of the User Feedback Loop in improving Topic Relevance Advisor suggestions.

Given the integration of a user feedback loop, when the system analyzes the feedback data, then it should identify actionable insights that led to at least a 15% increase in user satisfaction scores related to suggestion relevance within a defined period.

A user receives a notification requesting feedback on specific suggestions made by the Topic Relevance Advisor.

Given that the user has received suggestions, when they are prompted for feedback via a notification, then they should have an option to rate the relevance on a scale of 1 to 5 and provide optional comments.

User feedback is utilized to refine the algorithm of the Topic Relevance Advisor.

Given a collection of feedback received from users, when the system processes this feedback, then it should trigger updates to the Topic Relevance Advisor's algorithm to improve future suggestion accuracy based on user responses.

A user returns to the Topic Relevance Advisor after a month to see updates based on their previous feedback.

Given that the user has provided feedback and waited for a designated period, when they revisit the Topic Relevance Advisor, then they should notice improved suggestions that reflect their past feedback and additional trending topics.

Integration with Social Media Platforms

User Story: As a content creator, I want to share my stories directly to social media platforms from CodoNerve so that I can easily reach my audience and monitor their reactions.
Description: This requirement involves creating a seamless integration with major social media platforms to facilitate the sharing of user-generated content. By allowing users to share their narratives directly from the CodoNerve platform, this feature aims to increase content reach and engagement. The integration will also enable users to monitor feedback from these platforms in real-time, creating a feedback loop that can inform future content creation. This functionality not only boosts discoverability but also enhances user experience by reducing the friction associated with sharing content across multiple platforms.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares a blog post directly from CodoNerve to Facebook.

Given the user has logged into their CodoNerve account and composed a blog post, when they select the option to share on Facebook, then the post should be published on their Facebook timeline without errors and provide a confirmation message.

User schedules a tweet of their article from CodoNerve to Twitter.

Given the user has created an article and has connected their Twitter account, when they choose to schedule the tweet for a specific time, then the article should be posted on Twitter at the scheduled time with the correct link and hashtags.

User views engagement metrics for their shared content on LinkedIn through CodoNerve.

Given the user has shared content on LinkedIn via CodoNerve, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see real-time engagement metrics including views, likes, and comments from LinkedIn.

User integrates their Instagram account to share images from CodoNerve.

Given the user has linked their Instagram account within CodoNerve, when they select an image to post, then the image should be uploaded to their Instagram account without quality loss and provide a successful upload confirmation.

User receives notifications on new feedback from social media posts made through CodoNerve.

Given the user has shared content on social media platforms via CodoNerve and receives interactions, when they check their notifications panel, then they should see an alert for new comments or likes on their shared posts.

User unlinks a social media account from their CodoNerve profile.

Given the user has linked social media accounts in their CodoNerve profile, when they choose to unlink one account, then that account should be successfully removed from their settings with an appropriate confirmation message.

Traffic Projection Simulator

An AI-driven simulation tool that forecasts potential traffic increases based on the integration of suggested keywords and content strategies. Users can visualize how adjustments to their SEO practices could impact their traffic, helping them make informed decisions.

Requirements

Keyword Integration Module

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to seamlessly integrate suggested keywords into my content strategy so that I can optimize my content for better search visibility and engagement.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing a seamless module that allows users to easily integrate keywords into their existing content strategies. The module will provide suggestions based on trending searches and relevant topics that align with user-generated content. This integration will enhance the relevance of content and improve SEO performance by ensuring that users are targeting the right keywords, ultimately leading to increased traffic and better engagement metrics. The implementation of this module is critical as it directly correlates with the success of the Traffic Projection Simulator, enabling it to simulate accurate forecasts based on real-time keyword effectiveness and integration.
Acceptance Criteria: User can seamlessly integrate trending keywords into their existing content strategies through the Keyword Integration Module.

Given a user is on the content editing page, when they enter a topic, then the module suggests at least three trending keywords related to that topic within 2 seconds.

Users receive feedback after integrating keywords, indicating their potential impact on SEO performance.

Given a user integrates keywords into their content strategy, when they click on ‘Analyze’, then the system provides a report showing expected changes in traffic and engagement metrics within 5 seconds.

The integration module updates keyword suggestions in real-time based on search trends.

Given the module is actively being used, when a user inputs a keyword, then the module updates the suggestions list dynamically reflecting real-time data for at least five related keywords within 3 seconds.

Users can view historical performance of suggested keywords to make informed decisions.

Given a user accesses the keyword performance feature, when they select a keyword, then the system displays historical data including traffic increases and engagement rates for that keyword over the past three months.

The module automatically integrates suggested keywords into existing content drafts.

Given a user selects a suggested keyword, when they choose to integrate it, then the module inserts the keyword into the content draft in a contextually appropriate location without exceeding a 5% keyword density guideline.

Traffic Forecast Visualization

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to see visual representations of traffic forecasts so that I can understand the impact of my SEO decisions and optimize my strategy accordingly.
Description: This requirement entails creating interactive charts and graphs within the Traffic Projection Simulator that visually represent traffic forecasts based on keyword and content strategy adjustments. The visualizations will allow users to comprehend potential traffic changes easily and make informed decisions regarding their content strategies. By providing clear visual representation of data, users will be able to experiment with different scenarios and immediately see the probable impact on their traffic metrics. This functionality is vital for enhancing user understanding and interaction with the Traffic Projection Simulator, making it an essential aspect of the feature.
Acceptance Criteria: User opens the Traffic Projection Simulator and inputs a set of target keywords along with their corresponding content strategies to forecast traffic changes.

Given the user has entered valid keywords and content strategies, when the user clicks the 'Forecast' button, then an interactive chart showing projected traffic increases should be rendered on the screen within three seconds.

User adjusts the keyword density within the Traffic Projection Simulator to see how it affects traffic forecast.

Given the user has adjusted keyword density, when the user clicks the 'Update' button, then the chart should update automatically to reflect the new traffic projections based on the changes made.

User needs to compare the traffic forecasts for different sets of keywords within the Traffic Projection Simulator.

Given the user has input multiple sets of keywords, when the user selects the comparison option, then a side-by-side comparative visualization of traffic projections should be displayed for easy analysis.

User wants to export the traffic forecast data for further analysis.

Given the user has generated a traffic forecast, when the user clicks on the 'Export' button, then a downloadable CSV file containing the traffic data should be generated and available for download.

User seeks to understand the factors contributing to traffic forecast changes in the Traffic Projection Simulator.

Given the user clicks on a data point in the traffic forecast chart, when the user views the tooltip, then it should display detailed information about the expected traffic change, including the impact of keyword adjustments and content strategies used.

User needs to view historical data to validate the accuracy of the Traffic Projection Simulator's forecasts.

Given historical traffic data is available, when the user navigates to the historical data section, then the system should present a clear graph comparing past traffic against forecasted traffic projections.

Scenario Comparison Tool

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to compare different keyword and content strategies so that I can choose the one that suits my audience's needs best and maximizes my traffic.
Description: The Scenario Comparison Tool will allow users to create multiple content and keyword strategy scenarios within the Traffic Projection Simulator. Users can save various configurations and compare their projected traffic outcomes side by side, which aids in decision-making. This tool will highlight the best-performing strategies by offering a comparative perspective, ensuring that users can choose the most effective approach for their content creation. This requirement significantly enhances the product's usability, encouraging users to experiment and analyze potential outcomes before committing to a strategy.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates multiple keyword strategy scenarios within the Traffic Projection Simulator to explore different content optimization paths.

Given I have access to the Traffic Projection Simulator, when I create three distinct keyword strategy scenarios and save them, then I should be able to view all saved scenarios in a list format under 'My Scenarios.'

User compares projected traffic outcomes of different keyword strategies side by side in the Scenario Comparison Tool.

Given I have saved multiple keyword strategies, when I select two or more scenarios to compare, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of projected traffic outcomes for each scenario, including visual graphs of the data.

User deletes an unwanted keyword strategy scenario from the Scenario Comparison Tool.

Given that I am viewing a list of saved keyword strategy scenarios, when I select the delete option for one scenario, then that scenario should be removed from the list, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User saves changes to a keyword strategy scenario in the Scenario Comparison Tool.

Given I have made changes to a currently saved keyword strategy scenario, when I click the 'Save Changes' button, then the system should update the scenario and confirm the changes were successfully saved.

User accesses detailed analytics for predicted traffic increases for each scenario in the Scenario Comparison Tool.

Given I am analyzing saved keyword strategies, when I select a scenario, then I should see detailed analytics, including expected traffic increase, keyword performance metrics, and historical data comparisons for that scenario.

User receives guidance on best practices for generating effective keyword strategies in the Scenario Comparison Tool.

Given I am using the Scenario Comparison Tool, when I click on the 'Help' section, then I should receive a comprehensive list of SEO best practices and suggestions tailored for creating impactful keyword strategies.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user of the Traffic Projection Simulator, I want to submit feedback on my experience so that my insights can contribute to the development of better features and improvements in the tool.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a feedback mechanism where users can submit their experiences and suggestions for the Traffic Projection Simulator. User input will help uncover areas for improvement and new features, guiding future development. By collecting user feedback, we ensure that the tool evolves according to the needs of its primary users, thus maximizing user satisfaction and product effectiveness over time. This requirement highlights the importance of user-centric development within the ecosystem of CodoNerve, ensuring ongoing alignment with user requirements.
Acceptance Criteria: User Submission of Feedback via the Interface

Given a user accesses the Traffic Projection Simulator, when they fill out the feedback form and submit it, then the feedback should be recorded in the database without errors and a confirmation message should appear to the user.

Feedback Visibility in Admin Dashboard

Given feedback has been submitted by users, when an admin accesses the feedback dashboard, then all submitted feedback should be displayed in a clear and organized format with timestamps and user identifiers.

User Notification System for Feedback Acknowledgment

Given a user submits feedback, when the submission is successful, then the user should receive an email notification confirming receipt of their feedback within 5 minutes.

Feedback Categorization for Feature Requests

Given multiple feedback submissions, when the feedback is analyzed, then at least 80% of feature requests should be accurately categorized into predefined categories (e.g., UI improvements, new features, bug reports).

Feedback Loop for Continuous Improvement

Given the feedback collected over a quarter, when the development team reviews it, then at least 2 actionable improvements should be implemented in the Traffic Projection Simulator based on user suggestions.

User Experience Survey Integration

Given users of the Traffic Projection Simulator, when the user completes a feedback submission, then they should have the option to participate in a quick user experience survey that takes no longer than 2 minutes to complete.

Reporting Feedback Trends to Users

Given that feedback has been collected for three months, when a summary report is generated, then at least one trend or common issue should be identified and communicated back to users in a newsletter or update.

Result Export Feature

User Story: As a team leader, I want to export traffic forecast results so that I can effectively present our strategies to stakeholders in a professional format.
Description: The Result Export Feature will allow users to export their traffic forecast results in multiple formats, such as CSV, PDF, and Excel. By enabling users to easily share and present their findings, this feature will facilitate collaboration and reporting. Users will value the ability to share insights with team members, clients, or stakeholders, enhancing the overall utility of the Traffic Projection Simulator in collaborative settings. This requirement is vital for extending the tool's functionality and ensuring that users can utilize their results effectively across different platforms and mediums.
Acceptance Criteria: User exports traffic forecast results in CSV format after running a simulation to analyze the impact of new keywords on traffic.

Given that the user has completed a traffic projection simulation, when they select the CSV export option, then a downloadable CSV file should be generated containing all relevant traffic data and metrics, formatted correctly without any data loss.

User exports traffic forecast results in PDF format to share with stakeholders for a presentation.

Given the user has successfully generated traffic forecast results, when they choose the PDF export option, then a PDF file should be created with a properly formatted layout including charts, tables, and data points clearly outlined, and the file should be downloadable.

User exports traffic forecast results in Excel format to perform further analysis on their performance metrics.

Given that the user has obtained the traffic forecasts, when they select the Excel export option, then an Excel file should be generated ensuring that all data is organized in a spreadsheet-friendly format with relevant formulas and headings intact.

Multiple users collaborate on a project and need to export the same traffic forecast results for different formats.

Given that multiple users are accessing the Traffic Projection Simulator, when they each make a request to export results in different formats (CSV, PDF, Excel), then each user should receive the correctly formatted file respective of their selected format without any error messages or data conflicts.

User attempts to export results and encounters an error due to missing data.

When the user clicks the export option without completing all necessary inputs in the simulation, then an error message should display, prompting the user to fill in the required fields before proceeding with the export.

User wants to verify the accuracy of exported data by checking its contents against the displayed results.

Given the user has successfully exported the traffic forecast results, when they open the exported file, then the data within the file should exactly match the figures shown in the Traffic Projection Simulator interface prior to export, ensuring data integrity.

User changes their export format preference from CSV to PDF after initially selecting CSV during simulation.

When the user updates their export format from CSV to PDF and then initiates the export process, then a PDF file should be generated reflecting the current traffic forecast without reverting to the previously selected CSV format.

Integration with Analytics Tools

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to integrate my analytics tools with the Traffic Projection Simulator so that I can base my traffic forecasts on solid historical data for better accuracy.
Description: This requirement entails the integration of the Traffic Projection Simulator with external analytics tools like Google Analytics and Adobe Analytics. By connecting these analytics platforms, users will be able to import relevant data directly into the simulator, allowing for more accurate traffic projections based on historical performance. This integration not only enhances the tool’s capabilities but also saves users significant time and effort in manual data inputs, providing a more holistic view for content strategy optimization. This requirement is essential for meeting user expectations regarding data consolidation and efficiency in data handling.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration with Google Analytics for Traffic Projection Simulator

Given the user has connected their Google Analytics account, when they import data into the Traffic Projection Simulator, then the simulator should display current traffic metrics accurately reflecting the data from Google Analytics without manual input.

Integration with Adobe Analytics for Traffic Projection Simulator

Given the user has connected their Adobe Analytics account, when they import data into the Traffic Projection Simulator, then the simulator should display key performance indicators from Adobe Analytics, confirming the successful data import.

User updates keyword strategy based on analytics integration

Given the user has integrated their analytics tools, when they adjust keywords in the Traffic Projection Simulator, then the projected traffic should reflect the changes based on real-time data imported from the analytics tools.

Historical data import verification

Given that the user requests historical data import from either Google Analytics or Adobe Analytics, when the import process is completed, then the simulator should display a summary of imported data for user verification.

Error handling during analytics integration

Given a user attempts to connect their analytics account, when an error occurs during the integration process, then the system should display a clear error message indicating the problem and suggested actions to resolve it.

User interface for data dashboard customization

Given the user is on the Traffic Projection Simulator data dashboard, when they select different data visualization options, then the selected configurations should refresh the dashboard accurately representing the chosen metrics.

Personalized SEO Goals Tracker

A goal-setting module that allows users to define their SEO objectives and monitor progress over time. By tracking key performance indicators such as keyword rankings and traffic growth, this feature motivates users to stay focused on their SEO strategies and celebrate milestones.

Requirements

SEO Objective Definition

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to set specific SEO objectives so that I can track my progress and ensure that my strategies align with my business goals.
Description: This requirement encompasses a user-friendly interface that allows users to set, define, and adjust specific SEO objectives. Users should be able to categorize their goals (e.g., increase organic traffic, improve keyword rankings, etc.) within the platform, providing a structured approach to goal-setting. This functionality will empower users to create tailored strategies aligned with their unique business needs. By centralizing the goal-setting process, the module integrates seamlessly with the rest of the platform and encourages users to remain actively engaged in their SEO efforts, fostering continuous improvement and success tracking.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets an SEO objective to increase organic traffic for their blog over the next quarter.

Given the user is on the SEO Objectives page, when they select 'Increase Organic Traffic' from the goal categories and input a target percentage increase, then the system should save the objective and display it in the user's objectives list with the current date and target date.

User wants to adjust their existing SEO objective for improving keyword rankings.

Given the user has an existing objective for 'Improve Keyword Rankings', when they click on the edit button, change the target keywords, and save, then the updated objective should reflect the new keywords and maintain the previous target date in the objectives list.

User checks the progress of their SEO objectives at the end of the month.

Given the user accesses the SEO Goals Tracker, when they view their defined objectives, then all progress indicators (such as completion percentage and traffic reports) for each objective should accurately reflect the tracked data from the past month.

User categorizes their SEO objectives into specific groups for better organization.

Given the user is on the SEO Objectives page, when they create a new objective and assign it to a custom category (e.g., 'Local SEO', 'Content Marketing'), then that objective should appear under the specified category, allowing users to filter objectives by category later on.

User celebrates milestones reached within their SEO objectives.

Given the user has reached a predefined milestone (e.g., 50% increase in keyword rankings), when they log into CodoNerve, then a congratulatory message and a badge should be displayed on the dashboard, promoting engagement and recognition of their achievement.

User removes an SEO objective that is no longer relevant to their strategy.

Given the user has an existing SEO objective listed, when they choose to delete that objective and confirm the action, then that objective should be permanently removed from the objectives list without affecting other objectives.

Progress Monitoring Dashboard

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to monitor my SEO progress through a dashboard so that I can see how my content is performing and adjust my strategies accordingly.
Description: This requirement involves the creation of a dynamic dashboard that visually represents the user's progress towards their SEO goals. The dashboard should display key performance indicators (KPIs) such as traffic growth, keyword ranking changes, and other relevant metrics over time. By providing real-time data visualization, users can quickly assess their performance, identify trends, and make informed decisions to optimize their content strategy. The dashboard is essential for maintaining user motivation and accountability by celebrating milestones and encouraging users to stay focused on their SEO efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the progress monitoring dashboard after setting their SEO goals to assess performance metrics.

Given the user has set their SEO goals and logged into the CodoNerve platform, When they navigate to the progress monitoring dashboard, Then they should see an interactive visual representation of their traffic growth and keyword ranking changes over time.

User updates their SEO objectives through the progress monitoring dashboard.

Given the user is on the progress monitoring dashboard, When they update their SEO objectives, Then the dashboard should reflect these changes and adjust the displayed KPIs accordingly within 5 seconds.

User reviews their KPIs on the dashboard to identify trends and performance fluctuations.

Given the user is on the progress monitoring dashboard, When they view the trends section, Then they should see graphical representations of their KPIs with suitable legends, allowing for easy analysis over the selected time frame.

User wishes to track their performance progress over a specific time period.

Given the user is on the progress monitoring dashboard, When they select a custom date range for their KPIs, Then the dashboard should only display data within that time range and refresh the view in under 3 seconds.

User receives notifications for milestones achieved based on progress reflected on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the progress monitoring dashboard, When they achieve a predefined milestone in their SEO objectives, Then they should receive a notification congratulating them on their achievement within 1 minute of the milestone being reached.

User exports their performance data from the progress monitoring dashboard for offline analysis.

Given the user has accessed the progress monitoring dashboard, When they choose to export their data, Then they should be able to download the performance metrics as a CSV file formatted correctly within 2 clicks.

User accesses the progress monitoring dashboard on mobile devices.

Given the user opens the CodoNerve app on a mobile device, When they navigate to the progress monitoring dashboard, Then the dashboard should adapt responsively to their screen size without any loss of functionality or data.

Milestone Celebration Notifications

User Story: As a marketer, I want to receive notifications when I hit SEO milestones so that I can celebrate my achievements and stay motivated in my ongoing efforts.
Description: This requirement outlines the implementation of a notification system that alerts users when they achieve significant milestones related to their SEO goals. This could include reaching specific traffic benchmarks, improved keyword rankings, or other key performance indicators. The notification system is critical for enhancing user engagement and motivation, as it recognizes user achievements and encourages ongoing effort toward their SEO strategies. Integration with existing platforms, such as email or mobile notifications, should be considered to ensure users receive timely updates.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when their traffic growth surpasses the set milestone of 1000 visits per month for the first time.

Given the user has set a traffic milestone of 1000 visits, when they reach this milestone, then they should receive a notification via email and in-app alert.

User is notified when their keyword ranking improves from the second page to the first page on search engines for a specified keyword.

Given the user is tracking a specific keyword, when its ranking improves from page 2 to page 1, then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device.

User achieves a 20% increase in organic traffic over a three-month period and receives a recognition notification.

Given the user has tracked their organic traffic, when it increases by 20% over three months, then they should receive a congratulatory notification detailing the achievement.

User sets a milestone to improve their bounce rate to below 50% and achieves it after 30 days.

Given a user has set a bounce rate milestone of below 50%, when they achieve this after 30 days, then a notification should be sent via email to inform them of this success.

User does not receive notifications if they have not met their milestones during the tracking period.

Given a user has set milestones for their SEO goals, when the user does not reach any milestone within the tracking period, then they should not receive any notifications.

User can customize which milestones trigger notifications in the settings of their profile.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they select specific milestones to trigger alerts, then only those milestones should activate notifications as per their preferences.

User wishes to receive reminders for unachieved milestones at the end of the tracking period.

Given the user has unachieved milestones by the end of the tracking period, when they check their notifications, then they should receive reminders of those specific unachieved milestones.

Keyword Ranking Integration

User Story: As a content creator, I want to see real-time data on my keyword rankings so that I can make timely adjustments to my content strategy for better visibility.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating real-time keyword ranking data into the personalized SEO goals tracker. Users should be able to input target keywords and receive up-to-date information on their rankings across various search engines. This feature is important for helping users understand their current position in the market and adapt their strategies based on performance data. The integration should pull information from relevant APIs to ensure accuracy and timeliness, assisting users in making data-driven decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs a target keyword into the SEO goals tracker and requests real-time ranking data.

Given a user has inputted a target keyword, when the user clicks on the 'Check Ranking' button, then the system should display the current ranking of the keyword across at least three major search engines within 5 seconds.

User views the ranking history for a specific keyword within the SEO goals tracker.

Given a user has a set of target keywords, when the user selects a keyword and navigates to the ranking history section, then the system should display a graph of ranking changes over the past 30 days.

The system pulls real-time ranking data from relevant APIs for the keyword ranking integration feature.

Given the system is configured with necessary API keys, when the user requests keyword ranking data, then the system should successfully pull and display the latest ranking data every time without any errors.

User sets a target SEO ranking goal for a specific keyword in the SEO goals tracker.

Given a user has navigated to the goal-setting module, when the user enters a desired ranking position for a target keyword and saves it, then the system should confirm the goal has been saved and display it in the user's goal list.

User checks progress towards their SEO ranking goal for a keyword over time.

Given a user has set an SEO ranking goal, when the user accesses the progress overview section, then the system should show a summary of the current ranking compared to the goal and highlight any milestones achieved.

Alerts are sent to users when there are significant changes in their keyword rankings.

Given a user has opted in for notifications, when a keyword ranking changes by more than 5 positions, then the system should send an alert via email to notify the user of the change.

SEO Strategy Recommendations

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want personalized SEO recommendations so that I can improve my content's visibility and effectiveness in reaching my target audience.
Description: This requirement entails providing users with personalized recommendations to improve their SEO based on the data collected within the platform. Using machine learning algorithms, the system should analyze performance metrics and offer actionable insights to enhance users' SEO strategies. The recommendations should address various aspects, including content optimization, backlink strategies, and user engagement practices. This functionality will significantly enhance the value of the platform by guiding users towards more effective SEO practices tailored to their unique conditions and objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the SEO Strategy Recommendations feature after inputting their existing SEO objectives and goals.

Given a user has defined their SEO objectives, When they access the SEO Strategy Recommendations, Then the system should display personalized SEO improvement recommendations based on their current performance metrics.

User checks the recommended SEO strategies and decides to implement one of them.

Given the user has viewed the personalized SEO recommendations, When they implement a recommended strategy, Then the change in keyword rankings should be tracked and reflected in their progress dashboard within one month.

User wants to understand how to optimize content for better SEO performance.

Given the user requests specific recommendations for content optimization, When the recommendations are generated, Then the system should provide at least three actionable content improvement suggestions based on current best practices and the user's historical data.

User wishes to monitor their SEO progress after implementing recommended strategies.

Given the user follows the recommendations and tracks progress, When they view their SEO Goals Tracker, Then they should see updated metrics that reflect changes in key performance indicators like traffic growth and keyword positions.

The user experiences low engagement despite following SEO recommendations.

Given the user reports low engagement levels, When the user requests insights for improving engagement, Then the system should offer tailored recommendations that include techniques for enhancing user interaction and content appeal.

Competitor Benchmarking Tool

User Story: As a marketer, I want to compare my SEO performance against competitors so that I can identify areas for improvement and enhance my content strategies.
Description: This requirement proposes the development of a benchmarking tool that allows users to compare their SEO performance against competitors. Users should be able to input competitor domains and receive insights into their keyword strategies, traffic sources, and overall performance metrics. This feature will empower users to identify gaps in their own strategies and leverage competitive analysis to formulate more effective SEO plans. By providing contextual data, this tool fosters strategic thinking and encourages users to continuously refine their approach based on market dynamics.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs competitor domains to compare SEO performance against their own strategies, viewing metrics such as keyword rankings and traffic sources in real-time.

Given a user inputs a competitor domain into the tool, when the user initiates the comparison, then the tool should display a comparative analysis of keyword strategies and traffic metrics between the user’s site and the competitor’s site.

User reviews insights generated by the benchmarking tool to identify opportunities for improvement in their own SEO strategies.

Given the benchmarking tool has generated a report comparing the user’s SEO performance to competitors, when the user reviews the report, then they should be able to identify at least three actionable insights to enhance their SEO strategy based on the comparative data provided.

User seeks to analyze multiple competitors simultaneously to assess overall market standing.

Given a user inputs multiple competitor domains into the tool, when the user requests a comparative analysis, then the tool should return a consolidated report displaying SEO performance metrics for all specified competitors in a clear and organized format.

User wants to monitor changes in competitor SEO strategies over time to adapt their own tactics.

Given the competitor benchmarking tool allows historical data analysis, when the user views competitor metrics over a specified period, then the tool should display trends in keyword rankings and traffic sources for each competitor, highlighting any significant changes.

User needs to understand the effectiveness of their SEO strategies relative to market competition.

Given the competitor benchmarking tool is used, when the user requests a performance scorecard, then the tool should provide a score rating for both the user’s and competitors' SEO performance based on defined key performance indicators.

User desires insights into the gaps in their keyword strategies compared to competitors.

Given the user has input their and competitor's domains into the tool, when the user views keyword performance insights, then the tool should identify and highlight keywords where competitors rank significantly higher, indicating potential areas for optimization.

User wishes to receive periodic performance updates on their SEO vs. competitor benchmarking.

Given the user has set up benchmarking goals, when the scheduled update occurs, then the user should receive an automated report via email summarizing performance metrics and insights from the competitor benchmarking tool.

Content Performance Benchmarking

This feature allows users to compare their content performance against industry standards and best-performing competitors. By understanding where they stand within their niche, users can identify areas needing improvement and adjust their SEO tactics accordingly.

Requirements

Performance Metrics Dashboard

User Story: As a content marketer, I want to view my content performance metrics in real-time, so that I can easily identify which strategies are effective and make necessary adjustments to improve engagement.
Description: The Performance Metrics Dashboard is a key component that visualizes real-time content performance metrics against industry benchmarks. This requirement encompasses the integration of advanced analytical tools to gather data on engagement rates, SEO rankings, and audience reach. By providing a detailed overview of how content is performing, users will be able to easily identify which pieces are resonating with audiences and which ones require adjustments. This feature will help users make informed decisions based on real-time data, thereby optimizing their content strategy and enhancing overall performance in a competitive landscape.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Performance Metrics Dashboard to view real-time content performance metrics for their recent marketing campaign.

Given the user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they select a specific content piece, then the dashboard should display engagement rates, SEO rankings, and audience reach for that piece compared to industry benchmarks and competitors.

A digital marketer uses the dashboard to analyze content performance over the last month to identify trends.

Given the user sets the date range to the last month, when they apply the filter, then the dashboard should display metrics for all relevant content pieces with visual trend indicators for engagement and reach.

A freelance writer wants to assess which types of content perform best according to the dashboard's analysis.

Given the user has accessed the content performance metrics, when they switch to a content type filter (i.e., blogs, infographics, videos), then the dashboard should update to show performance metrics specifically for the selected content type.

An in-house marketing team is preparing for a strategy meeting to discuss content optimization based on the dashboard insights.

Given the user has accessed the dashboard, when they generate a report based on the current metrics, then a comprehensive report including graphs and comparative analysis should be available for download.

A user notices that specific content metrics are lower than the industry average and seeks adjustment recommendations.

Given the user views a content metric that is below the industry benchmark, when they click on the recommendation button, then the system should provide actionable insights on how to improve the content's performance.

Competitor Comparison Tool

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to compare my content metrics against those of my competitors, so that I can identify gaps in my strategy and enhance my content to gain a competitive advantage.
Description: The Competitor Comparison Tool enables users to directly compare their content performance with that of their top competitors in the industry. This requirement entails developing a feature that utilizes data scraping techniques to gather relevant metrics from competing entities, such as social shares, backlinks, and SEO rankings. By understanding where they stand relative to competitors, users can pinpoint strengths and weaknesses in their content strategies, enabling more effective planning and execution towards outperforming their competition.
Acceptance Criteria: User inputs their content URL and the tool fetches comparative metrics from the top three competitors in real-time.

Given a user has entered a valid content URL, when they click the 'Compare' button, then the system should display performance metrics such as social shares, backlinks, and SEO rankings of the user's content alongside the competitors' metrics.

Users can filter competitors based on various metrics like engagement, domain authority, or specific content types.

Given a user is viewing the comparison results, when they apply a filter for 'High Engagement', then only competitors with engagement metrics above a specified threshold should be displayed in the results.

Users want to download the comparison results for further analysis.

Given a user has viewed the comparison metrics, when they click the 'Download' button, then a CSV file containing all the comparison data should be generated and downloaded successfully.

Users receive alerts for significant changes in competitors’ performance metrics.

Given a user has saved certain competitor profiles, when there is a change in any of the selected metrics by more than 10%, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of these changes.

Users can visualize competitor data in graphical forms, such as bar charts or line graphs.

Given a user is on the comparison results page, when they select the 'Graph' option, then the system should render a graphical representation of the selected metrics for the user and competitors for easy analysis.

User wants to understand how their content compares over time against competitors.

Given a user has a historical performance record, when they select a date range, then the system should display a historical comparison graph illustrating performance changes over the selected period for both the user and competitors.

SEO Tactics Adjustment Recommendations

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to receive customized SEO recommendations based on my content's performance, so that I can easily implement best practices and improve my visibility online.
Description: The SEO Tactics Adjustment Recommendations feature is aimed at providing users with actionable insights based on their performance data. This requirement includes the creation of an AI-driven recommendation engine that analyzes content performance and suggests specific SEO adjustments, such as keyword optimization, meta-tag improvements, and backlinks opportunities. By offering personalized recommendations tailored to the user's content performance, this feature seeks to empower users to refine their SEO tactics effectively and achieve better results in search engine rankings.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a piece of content to CodoNerve for performance analysis against industry standards.

Given the user has uploaded their content, when the performance analysis is triggered, then an actionable insights report with specific SEO adjustment recommendations is generated and displayed.

User views the SEO recommendations generated by the AI after analyzing their content performance data.

Given the user is viewing the recommendations, when their content performance data is analyzed, then the recommendations should include at least three actionable suggestions for SEO improvements relevant to the content type.

User implements the recommended SEO adjustments from the CodoNerve platform and re-analyzes the content performance.

Given the user has executed the suggested SEO adjustments, when they conduct a new performance analysis of the content, then the updated performance metrics should reflect improvement compared to previous results.

User compares their content’s SEO performance metrics against that of best-performing competitors.

Given the user accesses the benchmarking tool, when they initiate a comparison, then the platform should display a clear visual representation comparing their metrics with those of the top competitors in the same niche.

User receives notifications for newly identified SEO opportunities based on their content performance.

Given the user has subscribed to notifications, when new SEO opportunities arise from their content performance data, then the user should be alerted via email or in-platform notification within 24 hours.

User requests support for understanding complex SEO recommendations provided by the platform.

Given the user has questions about the SEO recommendations, when they access the help section, then the platform should provide contextual help articles or a chat interface with a support representative.

User trends their content performance over time to assess the effectiveness of implemented SEO strategies.

Given the user has previously implemented SEO adjustments, when they view the performance graph over time, then the graph should clearly indicate performance trends with respect to the adjustments made.

Interactive Benchmarking Reports

User Story: As an in-house content strategist, I want to generate interactive reports that benchmark my content performance against industry standards, so that I can present findings to my team and justify proposed content strategies.
Description: The Interactive Benchmarking Reports feature allows users to generate detailed reports that compare their content performance against predefined industry standards and best-performing content. This requirement focuses on developing a user-friendly interface where insights can be easily exported and shared with team members. The reports will offer visual representations of performance metrics and highlight areas for improvement. This capability not only boosts transparency within teams but also aids in strategic discussions on content improvement and direction.
Acceptance Criteria: As a content marketer, I want to generate an Interactive Benchmarking Report, so that I can visualize my content's performance against industry standards and competitors' best-performing content.

Given the user selects the 'Generate Report' option and inputs relevant parameters, when they click 'Submit', then an Interactive Benchmarking Report is generated and displayed within 10 seconds with visual performance metrics.

As a team member, I want to export the Interactive Benchmarking Report, so that I can share it with my colleagues for feedback and strategic discussions.

Given the Interactive Benchmarking Report is displayed on the user's screen, when the user clicks the 'Export' button, then the report is successfully exported in PDF format with all visuals and metrics included.

As a content creator, I want to view detailed insights about my content performance in the Interactive Benchmarking Report, so that I can identify specific areas of improvement.

Given the Interactive Benchmarking Report is generated, when the user navigates to the 'Insights' section of the report, then the section displays at least 3 specific areas of improvement highlighted based on the performance metrics.

As a digital marketer, I want to compare my content performance over time using the Interactive Benchmarking Reports, so that I can measure growth and optimization effectiveness.

Given the user has generated multiple Interactive Benchmarking Reports at different times, when they select reports from different dates, then they should be able to view a comparative analysis with relevant visuals showing performance trends.

As a product manager, I want to review the Interactive Benchmarking Reports for anomalies, so that I can ensure the data integrity and reliability of the insights.

Given the Interactive Benchmarking Report is generated, when the product manager reviews the data points, then any discrepancies or anomalies should be less than 5% compared to expected industry standards.

As a SEO specialist, I want to customize the parameters for the Interactive Benchmarking Report, so that I can focus on specific competitors and metrics relevant to my content strategy.

Given the user accesses the report customization settings, when they modify the parameters for competitors and metrics, then the generated report reflects the selected customizations and provides accurate benchmarking data.

Real-time Alert System for Performance Changes

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want to receive real-time alerts for significant performance changes in my content, so that I can quickly respond and address any issues before they escalate.
Description: The Real-time Alert System for Performance Changes will notify users of significant shifts in their content's performance metrics, such as a sudden drop in traffic or engagement. This requirement involves setting up an alert mechanism to monitor user-defined KPIs and promptly notify them via email or dashboard notifications. By alerting users to performance changes, they can quickly assess the situation, troubleshoot issues, and take necessary actions to mitigate potential negative impacts on their content strategy.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives notifications for significant performance drops in their content metrics.

Given that a user has defined KPIs for their content, when there is a drop in traffic by 20% or more within a 24-hour period, then the user receives an email notification and a dashboard alert within 15 minutes of the change.

User is notified of significant improvements in engagement metrics for their content.

Given that a user has defined KPIs for their content, when there is an increase in engagement rate by 30% or more within a 24-hour period, then the user receives an email notification and a dashboard alert within 15 minutes of the change.

User wants to customize the KPIs they want to monitor for real-time alerts.

Given the user’s ability to customize their KPIs in the settings, when they add or remove KPIs and save the changes, then the system should successfully update the monitoring parameters without errors and reflect the changes in the notification system.

User receives alerts for multiple performance metrics simultaneously.

Given that a user has set multiple KPIs, when more than one performance metric falls outside the user-defined thresholds within a single 24-hour period, then the user receives a consolidated email notification and dashboard alert detailing all affected metrics within 15 minutes.

User needs to verify correct functioning of the alert system after setup.

Given that the user has completed the setup of the alert system, when they perform a performance test that simulates a significant drop or rise in metrics, then they should receive a notification that corresponds accurately to the simulated change within the expected timeframe and without error.

User wants to manage the frequency of alert notifications received.

Given the user’s preference settings for alert frequency, when the user selects 'Daily Summary' instead of 'Instant Alerts', then the system should only send a summary email once a day, combining all alerts occurred that day.

User Feedback Integration

User Story: As a content creator, I want to gather direct feedback from my audience about my content, so that I can better understand their preferences and improve my future creations based on their input.
Description: The User Feedback Integration feature facilitates the collection of user feedback on content performance. This requirement involves implementing tools that allow users to survey their audience or gather comments directly within the platform. By integrating user feedback mechanisms, such as polls or comment sections, this feature enables users to gain insights into audience sentiment and preferences, which will inform future content creation and strategy adjustments, fostering a user-focused approach.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a feedback survey on their published content through the CodoNerve platform to gather audience insights.

Given that the user has published content, when they access the feedback integration tool and send out a survey, then the surveys should be successfully distributed to the audience, and a confirmation message should appear.

User wants to analyze the feedback collected on their content performance after a feedback survey.

Given that the user has collected feedback from the audience, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then the user should see a detailed summary of the feedback, including average ratings and comment highlights.

User receives negative feedback on their content and wants to adjust their strategy.

Given that the user has low feedback ratings, when they view specific comments and suggestions from the feedback tool, then the user should be able to export this feedback for further analysis and strategizing.

User wants to encourage engagement and collect live comments from their audience during a content session.

Given that the user has activated the comment section feature, when an audience member writes a comment during the content review, then the comment should appear live and be automatically timestamped within the platform.

User wants to ensure that the feedback collection tools are user-friendly for the audience.

Given that the user embeds feedback tools, when an audience member accesses the published content, then they should be able to easily find the feedback option and submit their responses without any technical issues.

User wants to view historical feedback trends for their content over time.

Given that the user has collected feedback over multiple content pieces, when they access the feedback analytics tool, then they should see a graphical representation of feedback trends over the specified period.

User needs to ensure the privacy of audience responses in the feedback mechanisms.

Given that the user has implemented feedback collection forms, when an audience member submits their feedback, then their identity and responses should be anonymous and securely stored in accordance with data protection regulations.

Freelancer Profiles

This feature allows freelancers to create detailed profiles showcasing their skills, experience, and portfolio. Users can browse these profiles to find the right talent for their content needs, ensuring a perfect match for project requirements. The enhanced visibility of freelancers empowers them to attract more clients and demonstrate their expertise effectively.

Requirements

Freelancer Profile Creation

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to create a detailed profile showcasing my skills and experience so that potential clients can easily find and select me for relevant projects.
Description: The Freelancer Profile Creation requirement allows users to create comprehensive profiles that highlight their skills, experience, and portfolio. This functionality enables freelancers to upload a profile picture, write a bio, list their skills, and showcase samples of their work (e.g., previous content, articles, or projects). The profiles must be easily editable, allowing freelancers to keep their information up-to-date. The enhanced profiles will improve visibility within the CodoNerve platform, allowing clients to assess potential candidates better and ensuring freelancers can attract more suitable job opportunities without manual searching.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer Profile Creation with Complete Information.

Given a freelancer is logged into their account, when they navigate to the profile creation section and enter all required fields (profile picture, bio, skills, and portfolio), then they should be able to successfully create and save their profile, which can then be viewed publicly.

Profile Editing Functionality.

Given a freelancer has an existing profile, when they edit their profile to update any field (such as adding new skills or changing their bio), then they should be able to save these changes, and the updated information should be reflected immediately on their profile.

Profile Visibility and Search Functionality.

Given multiple freelancers have profiles created, when a client uses the search feature to find freelancers by specific skill sets, then only freelancers who match the search criteria should be displayed in the results with their profiles being accessible for review.

Portfolio Uploading Capability.

Given a freelancer is creating or editing their profile, when they upload samples of their work, the upload process should allow for image or document files in multiple formats (PDF, JPG, DOCX) with a maximum size limit, and all successfully uploaded samples should be displayed in their profile.

Mandatory Fields Validation on Profile Creation.

Given the freelancer is on the profile creation page, when they attempt to submit the form without filling in the mandatory fields (profile picture, bio, and at least one skill), then they should receive an error message indicating the required fields that need to be completed before submission.

User-Friendly Notification on Successful Profile Creation.

Given a freelancer has successfully created their profile, when the profile is saved, then the user should receive a confirmation notification or message indicating that their profile has been created successfully and is now visible to potential clients.

Responsive Design for Profile Viewing.

Given a client is viewing freelancer profiles, when they access the platform from various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the freelancer profiles should display correctly and be fully functional across all devices without any layout issues.

Client Profile Browsing

User Story: As a client, I want to browse freelancer profiles based on my project’s specific criteria so that I can find the best talent for my content needs quickly and efficiently.
Description: The Client Profile Browsing requirement allows clients to browse and filter through freelancer profiles based on specific criteria such as skills, experience level, ratings, and project types. With intuitive search functionality, clients can quickly identify freelancers that match their project needs. The browsing interface will include pagination and sorting options to enhance usability. This requirement is crucial for fostering connections between clients and freelancers, streamlining the hiring process, and ensuring that clients feel empowered in their decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Clients access the Freelancer Profiles section to search for freelancers based on specific criteria to fill a content creation project.

Given a client on the Freelancer Profiles page, when they input criteria such as skills, experience level, and project types, then the system should return a filtered list of freelancers that match those criteria.

A client is browsing freelancer profiles and wants to sort the results based on their ratings to find the best-rated freelancers for their project.

Given a client viewing the filtered list of freelancers, when they select the 'Sort by Rating' option, then the system should rearrange the displayed profiles in descending order based on their ratings.

Clients need to be able to view detailed information about each freelancer when browsing profiles to make informed decisions.

Given a client is on the list of freelancer profiles, when they click on a specific freelancer's profile, then the system should display detailed information including their skills, experience, availability, and portfolio samples.

Clients want to paginate through a large number of freelancer profiles to efficiently find suitable candidates without overwhelming them with too much information at once.

Given a client on the Freelancer Profiles page, when they scroll down, then the system should implement pagination, loading the next set of profiles without creating a delay in user experience.

Clients are interested in saving their searched criteria and favorite freelancers for easier future access.

Given a client has performed a search operation, when they select 'Save Search' options, then the system should store the search parameters and the list of profiles to allow the client to access it easily later.

Clients may want to filter freelancers based on their availability for immediate projects.

Given a client on the Freelancer Profiles page, when they apply the 'Availability' filter, then only freelancers who are currently available should be displayed in the results.

Profile Ratings and Reviews

User Story: As a client, I want to leave reviews and ratings for freelancers I work with so that I can share my experience and help other clients make informed decisions.
Description: The Profile Ratings and Reviews requirement enables clients to leave ratings and feedback for freelancers after completing a project. This functionality will help build trust within the CodoNerve community by allowing potential clients to view previous clients' feedback, thus making informed hiring decisions. The rating system will be numerical and allow clients to provide written reviews, adding a qualitative aspect to the assessment. This requirement is vital for encouraging quality work among freelancers and providing transparency to clients.
Acceptance Criteria: Client leaves a rating and review for a freelancer after completing a project successfully.

Given a completed project, when the client navigates to the freelancer's profile, then they should be able to rate the freelancer on a scale of 1 to 5 and submit a written review.

Freelancer receives a notification when a new rating or review is submitted by a client.

Given a rating or review submission, when the client submits their feedback, then the freelancer should receive a notification alerting them of the new review.

Potential clients browse freelancer profiles and view ratings and reviews.

Given a client browsing freelancer profiles, when they click on a specific freelancer, then they should see the average rating and all reviews associated with that freelancer's profile.

Freelancer profiles display the total number of completed projects alongside their ratings.

Given a freelancer's profile, when viewed by a client, then the profile should display the total number of completed projects next to the average rating.

The rating system prevents clients from submitting multiple ratings for the same completed project.

Given a client who has already rated a freelancer for a project, when they attempt to rate the same freelancer for that project again, then the system should notify them that they cannot submit another rating.

Clients can easily filter freelancers based on ratings when searching for talent.

Given a client conducting a search for freelancers, when they apply a filter for ratings, then only freelancers who meet the rating criteria should be displayed in the search results.

Profile Visibility Settings

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to manage my profile's visibility settings so that I can control who can see my information and engage with me for projects.
Description: The Profile Visibility Settings requirement allows freelancers to manage the visibility of their profiles on the platform. Freelancers can choose to make their profiles public, private, or visible to selected clients only. This feature is important as it gives freelancers control over their availability and the types of clients they wish to engage with, ultimately allowing for a more tailored approach to their job search and client interaction.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer sets their profile to public visibility to attract more clients and showcase their skills to the entire CodoNerve community.

Given a freelancer selects 'Public' as their profile visibility option, when a client searches for freelancers, then the freelancer's profile should appear in the search results.

Freelancer changes their profile from public to private visibility to limit access to only selected clients.

Given a freelancer selects 'Private' as their profile visibility option, when a client who is not on the selected list searches for freelancers, then the freelancer's profile should not appear in the search results.

Freelancer specifies selected clients who can view their profile, allowing for more control over job applications.

Given a freelancer selects 'Visible to selected clients only', when the freelancer adds clients to the visibility list, then only those clients can view the freelancer's profile.

Freelancer attempts to create a public profile with missing mandatory fields, ensuring that critical information is provided.

Given a freelancer tries to set their profile to public without filling in mandatory fields, when they save the profile, then an error message should be displayed indicating which fields are required.

Client searches for freelancers with various visibility settings and sees the appropriate results based on those settings.

Given a client performs a search for freelancers, when the search is executed, then the results should include profiles according to their visibility settings (public or selected clients only).

Freelancer wants to update their visibility setting and receives confirmation of the change.

Given a freelancer updates their profile visibility, when they save the changes, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating the new visibility status.

Freelancer checks their profile from a client's perspective to ensure that the correct visibility setting is enforced.

Given a freelancer has set their profile visibility to private, when they access their profile from a client account not on the visibility list, then they should see an 'Access Denied' message.

Profile Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to access an analytics dashboard for my profile so that I can track my visibility and make improvements to attract more clients.
Description: The Profile Analytics Dashboard requirement provides freelancers with insights into how many times their profile has been viewed, the number of inquiries received, and feedback ratings. This dashboard will serve as an analytical tool to help freelancers understand their marketability and improve their profiles accordingly. By offering actionable data, freelancers can identify areas for improvement and increase their chances of securing projects.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer views their profile analytics dashboard after a week of launching their profile.

Given the freelancer is logged in, When the dashboard is accessed, Then the dashboard should display total profile views, inquiries received, and average feedback ratings for the past week.

A freelancer wants to analyze their profile performance over the last month.

Given the freelancer selects the monthly view option, When the dashboard is displayed, Then it should show profile views, inquiries, and feedback ratings aggregated for the selected month.

A freelancer receives an inquiry and wants to track its effect on their profile views.

Given an inquiry is received, When the freelancer checks their profile views immediately after, Then the dashboard should reflect an increase in profile views compared to the previous day.

Freelancer wants to improve their profile based on dashboard insights.

Given the dashboard displays low feedback ratings, When the freelancer accesses feedback comments, Then they are able to view specific feedback left by clients, helping identify areas for improvement.

A freelancer compares their profile analytics with another freelancer in the same niche.

Given both freelancers are logged in, When they access their respective dashboards side by side, Then they should be able to see comparable metrics such as profile views, inquiries, and feedback ratings clearly and accurately.

A freelancer wants to know if their recent updates to their portfolio affected their profile analytics.

Given the freelancer made recent updates to their profile, When the freelancer checks the dashboard after 24 hours, Then the profile analytics should show a change in views or inquiries since the updates were made.

Job Board

A dedicated section where users can post content-related job listings, allowing freelancers to apply directly for projects that match their skills. This centralized hub improves the job search experience for freelancers and helps businesses find qualified candidates quickly, streamlining the hiring process.

Requirements

Job Posting Interface

User Story: As an employer, I want to easily create and manage job listings so that I can attract qualified freelancers for my content projects without hassle.
Description: Develop an intuitive job posting interface that allows employers to create and manage job listings easily. The interface should enable users to input details such as job title, description, requirements, compensation, and deadline. It should support file uploads for additional documentation, and allow users to categorize jobs based on project type and skill set required. This functionality enhances the employer's experience and ensures that job listings are well-structured and easily searchable by freelancers.
Acceptance Criteria: Job Post Creation by Employer

Given an employer accesses the Job Posting Interface, when they enter valid details including job title, description, requirements, compensation, and deadline, then the job listing should be successfully created and displayed on the job board.

File Upload Functionality

Given an employer is on the Job Posting Interface, when they choose to upload a file, then the system should allow the upload of documents in supported formats (PDF, DOCX) and display a confirmation message that the upload was successful.

Job Categorization

Given an employer fills out the job posting form, when they select a category for the job from a predefined list, then the job listing should be categorized correctly in the job board based on the selected option.

Job Listing Searchability by Freelancers

Given a freelancer accesses the job board, when they input keywords related to a job they are interested in, then the results should display all relevant job listings that match the keywords against the job title and description.

Validation of Required Fields

Given an employer is completing the job posting form, when they attempt to submit the form without filling in the required fields, then an error message should be displayed indicating which fields need to be completed.

User Interface Intuitiveness

Given an employer accesses the Job Posting Interface, when they view the page layout, then they should be able to identify all input fields, including mandatory ones, and understand how to navigate the form without external guidance.

Job Post Edit and Delete Options

Given an employer has created a job posting, when they choose to edit or delete the posting, then the system should allow them to make those changes with all updates saving successfully or confirmation of deletion displayed.

Freelancer Application Dashboard

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to track my job applications and receive notifications for new jobs so that I can stay organized and respond quickly to opportunities relevant to my skills.
Description: Create a personalized dashboard for freelancers where they can view and manage their applications to job postings. The dashboard should display applied jobs, their application status, and feedback from employers. Additionally, it should allow freelancers to track job listings they are interested in and set notifications for new job postings based on their specified criteria. This will help freelancers stay organized and responsive to job opportunities, improving their chances of securing work.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer accesses their personalized application dashboard upon logging into CodoNerve and sees a summary of their job applications.

Given the freelancer has logged into CodoNerve, when they navigate to their application dashboard, then the dashboard should display a list of all jobs they have applied for along with their respective application status (e.g., 'Under Review', 'Interview Scheduled', 'Rejected').

Freelancer views detailed feedback on their job applications from employers.

Given the freelancer has applied for jobs, when they view a specific job application on their dashboard, then they should see any feedback provided by the employer regarding that application.

Freelancer sets up notifications for new job postings based on selected criteria.

Given the freelancer is on their application dashboard, when they choose their job preference criteria (e.g., 'Content Writing', 'SEO Optimization'), then they should receive notifications via email or within the platform for new job postings that match those criteria.

Freelancer tracks job listings they are interested in through their dashboard.

Given the freelancer has identified job listings of interest, when they click an 'Add to Favorites' option, then those listings should appear in a separate section labeled 'Saved Jobs' on their dashboard.

Freelancer observes the time stamp for each job application to monitor their application timeline.

Given the freelancer views their job application list on the dashboard, when they look at the application details, then each job should display the date and time they submitted the application for reference.

Freelancer checks for updates on job applications and sees relevant changes reflected on their dashboard in real-time.

Given the freelancer is on their application dashboard, when there is a change in the status of any of their applications by an employer, then that change should be updated in real-time without the need to refresh the page.

Freelancer can filter job applications by status to facilitate better organization.

Given the freelancer is on their application dashboard, when they apply a filter for a specific application status (e.g., 'Rejected', 'Under Review'), then only the jobs that meet that status should be displayed in the application list.

Job Search Filters

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to filter job listings by criteria that matter to me so that I can find suitable opportunities without wasting time on irrelevant postings.
Description: Implement a robust filtering system for the job board that allows freelancers to search for jobs based on specific criteria such as job type, compensation range, skills required, and location. This feature should enhance the user experience by enabling freelancers to quickly find jobs that match their qualifications and preferences, streamlining their job search process.
Acceptance Criteria: User searching for freelance writing jobs through the Job Board filters.

Given a user is on the Job Board, when they select job type as 'freelance', compensation range as '$20-$50/hr', and required skills as 'SEO, Content Writing', then the results should display only relevant job listings that meet these criteria.

A user filters job listings by location to find jobs in their area.

Given a user has entered a location filter as 'New York', when they apply this filter on the Job Board, then the job listings should only include opportunities available in New York.

A user searches for jobs with no available listings based on the applied filters.

Given a user applies filters with no matching job listings (e.g., 'Internship', '$15/hr', 'Graphic Design'), when they execute the search, then the system should display a message indicating no jobs match the criteria.

User resets filters to start a new job search.

Given a user has applied multiple filters on the Job Board, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all applied filters should be cleared and the job listings should revert to the default view.

A user leverages the filter feature for a detailed job search experience.

Given a user wants to find jobs that require specific skills, when they select multiple skills in the filter options, then the resulting job listings should contain at least one of the selected skills for each listed job.

User views the total number of job listings after applying filters.

Given a user has applied certain search filters, when they check the job board, then the total number of filtered job listings should be displayed at the top of the results section.

A user utilizes the filter system to find high-paying job opportunities.

Given a user filters job listings by compensation range and selects '$50/hr and above', when they apply this filter, then only job listings with compensation within that range should be shown.

Employer Profile Setup

User Story: As an employer, I want to create a profile that represents my business and showcases my previous work so that freelancers can better understand my needs and reputation.
Description: Introduce a feature that allows employers to create and maintain profiles that showcase their business, including their branding, previous projects, and testimonials. This will help freelancers assess employers' credibility and quality, thereby enhancing trust and engagement within the job board ecosystem. Moreover, it should support a rating system for freelancers to review the employers they have worked with, thus fostering transparency.
Acceptance Criteria: Employer Profile Creation and Management

Given an employer is logged into CodoNerve, when they navigate to the 'Employer Profile' section, then they should be able to create a new profile with fields for business name, branding, previous projects, and testimonials.

Employer Profile Visibility to Freelancers

Given an employer has created a profile, when a freelancer searches for jobs in the Job Board, then the employer's profile should be visible alongside the job listings, showcasing their branding and ratings.

Rating System Functionality

Given a freelancer has completed a project with an employer, when they access the employer's profile, then they should be able to submit a rating and review based on their experience.

Editing Employer Profile Information

Given an employer is logged into CodoNerve, when they access the 'Employer Profile' section, then they should be able to edit their profile information including branding, projects, and testimonials.

Testing Profile Credibility and Ratings

Given there are multiple employer profiles, when a freelancer filters employers by rating on the Job Board, then they should see a list of employers sorted by highest rating to lowest.

Displaying Testimonials on Employer Profile

Given an employer has received testimonials, when a freelancer views the employer's profile, then the testimonials should be displayed prominently to enhance credibility.

User Notification for Profile Activation

Given an employer has completed their profile setup, when they submit their profile for review, then they should receive a notification once their profile is approved and activated for freelancers to view.

Real-time Notifications for Applications

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to receive real-time notifications about my job applications so that I can respond promptly and stay engaged with potential employers.
Description: Develop a real-time notification system that alerts both freelancers and employers about application submissions, interview requests, and updates on job postings. This feature will keep both parties informed and engaged, facilitating timely communication and improving the overall efficiency of the hiring process.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Notification of Application Submission to Freelancers

Given a freelancer applies for a job, when the application is submitted, then the freelancer receives a notification within 5 seconds on their dashboard and email.

Real-time Notification of Application Submission to Employers

Given an employer receives a job application, when the application is submitted, then the employer receives a notification within 5 seconds on their dashboard and email.

Real-time Notification of Interview Requests

Given an employer sends an interview request to a freelancer, when the interview request is sent, then the freelancer receives a notification within 5 seconds on their dashboard and email.

Real-time Notification of Updates on Job Postings to Freelancers

Given an employer updates a job posting, when the update is made, then all freelancers who have applied for that job receive a notification within 5 seconds on their dashboard and email.

Real-time Notification of Updates on Job Postings to Employers

Given an employer makes changes to their job posting, when the change is published, then the employer receives a summary notification within 5 seconds on their dashboard.

Notification Delivery Confirmation

Given a notification is sent, when the notification reaches its destination (freelancer or employer), then the system confirms delivery in the notification log with a timestamp.

Analytics Dashboard for Job Seekers

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to see analytics on my job applications so that I can understand my performance and improve my chances of getting hired.
Description: Create a dashboard for freelancers that provides analytics on their job application performance. This should include metrics such as application success rates, how many profiles viewed their applications, and feedback trends from employers. This data can help freelancers understand their positioning in the job market and improve their applications over time.
Acceptance Criteria: Job Seeker Reviews Their Dashboard Metrics

Given a freelancer has logged into their account, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see their application success rates displayed as a percentage, the number of views their applications received, and feedback trends from employers over the last 30 days.

Dashboard Loads Correctly

Given a freelancer clicks on the Analytics Dashboard from their job seeker profile, when the dashboard loads, then it should display the correct data without any errors within 3 seconds.

Data Accuracy in Metrics

Given a freelancer views their application performance metrics, when they compare the displayed success rates and views with their application history, then the data should match accurately across both the dashboard and their application records.

Feedback Trend Visualization

Given a freelancer accesses the Analytics Dashboard, when they view the feedback trends, then the trends should be visualized as a graph showing feedback ratings over time, allowing for easy analysis of changes in employer feedback.

User Interaction with Dashboard

Given a freelancer is using the Analytics Dashboard, when they hover over specific metrics, then tooltips should provide additional context or information related to each metric being displayed.

Exporting Dashboard Data

Given a freelancer wants to analyze their application performance further, when they select the option to export dashboard data, then they should receive an email containing a CSV file with all their metrics and feedback data.

Customization of Dashboard View

Given a freelancer is viewing their Analytics Dashboard, when they select preferences for metrics to display, then the dashboard should dynamically update to show their chosen metrics in real-time.

In-App Messaging

This feature facilitates direct communication between users and freelancers within the CodoNerve Marketplace. The secure messaging system allows for quick discussions, clarifications, and project updates, fostering a smoother collaboration experience and ensuring a clear understanding of project expectations.

Requirements

Secure In-App Messaging

User Story: As a user, I want to send real-time messages to freelancers so that I can discuss project details and updates without delays.
Description: The Secure In-App Messaging requirement outlines the implementation of a safe and private messaging system within the CodoNerve platform. It facilitates direct communication between users and freelancers, allowing them to exchange messages, share ideas, and clarify details regarding ongoing projects. This system enhances collaboration by ensuring that project updates, discussions, and inquiries occur in a controlled environment, free from external interruptions. Additionally, it must integrate seamlessly with user profiles and project management tools within the CodoNerve ecosystem, ensuring that all communications are contextually relevant and easily accessible. The expected outcome is a smoother workflow and a reduction in misunderstandings, leading to enhanced productivity and user satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a messaging thread with a freelancer for project clarification.

Given a logged-in user and a selected freelancer, when the user sends a message, then the message should be securely delivered and visible in the conversation history.

Freelancer receives a project update from the user via in-app messaging.

Given a freelancer is logged into the CodoNerve platform, when a user sends a project update message, then the freelancer should receive a notification and access the message immediately.

User searches for past messages related to a specific project.

Given the user selects a project from their dashboard, when they use the search function in the messaging interface, then the system should display only relevant messages linked to that project.

User and freelancer exchange documents through in-app messaging.

Given the user initiates a document upload within the messaging thread, when they send the document, then the document should be securely received by the freelancer and accessible for download.

In-app messaging system is tested for security vulnerabilities.

Given a security audit is conducted, when testing the messaging system, then there should be no identified vulnerabilities or data breaches found.

Users receive error notifications for message sending failures.

Given the user tries to send a message, when there is a connectivity issue, then the user should receive a clear error message indicating that the message was not sent.

Messages are timestamped and ordered chronologically.

Given a conversation between a user and a freelancer, when messages are sent and received, then they should appear in the messaging interface in chronological order with accurate timestamps.

Message Notifications

User Story: As a user, I want to receive notifications for new messages so that I can respond promptly and keep the conversation flowing.
Description: The Message Notifications requirement focuses on developing an alert system that informs users of new messages received within the in-app messaging feature. This functionality should be capable of sending instant notifications when a message arrives, highlighting important discussions or updates that require immediate attention. Users should have control over their notification preferences, allowing them to customize alerts to minimize distractions while remaining informed. This functionality is crucial for ensuring timely responses to inquiries, thus improving overall communication efficiency and project turnaround times. The expected outcome is heightened user engagement and responsiveness to messages.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an instant notification for a new message when they are active in the CodoNerve app.

Given the user is logged into the CodoNerve app, when a new message is received, then an instant notification should appear on the screen.

User preferences are set to receive notifications for all messages.

Given the user has enabled all notifications in their settings, when they receive a new message, then the user should receive both in-app and push notification alerts.

User receives a notification for a new message while they are logged out of the app.

Given the user is logged out of the CodoNerve app, when a new message is received, then a push notification should be sent to the user's registered mobile device.

User customizes notification settings to minimize distractions.

Given the user accesses their notification preferences, when they disable non-urgent message alerts, then they should no longer receive notifications for non-urgent messages while still receiving urgent ones.

User clears a notification after reading the message.

Given the user receives a notification for a new message, when they click on the notification to read the message, then the notification should disappear from the notification panel.

User receives notifications only during specified hours as per their preferences.

Given the user has set 'Do Not Disturb' hours, when a new message is received during those hours, then no notifications should be sent until the hours are over.

User interacts with a notification and navigates to the message thread.

Given the user clicks on a message notification, when they are taken to the message thread, then the corresponding message should be highlighted within the conversation.

Message History Management

User Story: As a user, I want to access my message history so that I can review past conversations and find important project information quickly.
Description: The Message History Management requirement specifies the need for a feature that allows users to access and manage past conversations within the in-app messaging system. Users should be able to view message history, search for specific conversations, and filter messages based on date or participants. This capability will not only help users keep track of important discussions but also enable them to retrieve crucial project information without having to dig through unrelated content. Furthermore, this feature should comply with data retention policies and ensure that sensitive information is handled securely. The expected outcome is improved organization and accessibility of communication records.
Acceptance Criteria: Users should be able to view a list of all past conversations in the messaging interface.

Given the user is logged into CodoNerve, When they navigate to the messaging section, Then they should see a list of all past communications displayed in chronological order.

Users should be able to search for specific conversations to find relevant information quickly.

Given the user is on the message history page, When they enter a keyword in the search bar and press enter, Then the system should display only those messages that contain the keyword.

Users should have the ability to filter their message history by date or participants to easily locate important discussions.

Given the user is on the message history page, When they apply filters based on date or choose specific participants, Then the displayed messages should be limited to those that meet the chosen filter criteria.

The system should comply with data retention policies, ensuring messages are stored securely and can be accessed according to organizational standards.

Given that data retention policies are set, When a user attempts to access message history, Then the system should only display messages within the allowed retention period and handle sensitive information securely.

Users should be able to delete specific messages from their conversation history, maintaining their control over communication records.

Given the user is viewing their message history, When they select a conversation and choose to delete a specific message, Then that message should be removed from the history and not retrievable.

As a new user, they must be able to access past conversations immediately upon entering the messaging system for the first time.

Given that the user is a new account, When they enter the messaging interface, Then the system should present an empty message history and instruct them on how to initiate a conversation.

Users should receive confirmation messages upon successfully filtering or searching their message history, enhancing user experience.

Given that the user has performed a search or applied a filter, When the action is completed, Then they should receive a notification confirming the success of the filter or search action.

File Sharing Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to share files within the messaging system so that I can easily collaborate on project documents without switching platforms.
Description: The File Sharing Functionality requirement encompasses the implementation of a system that allows users to share files and documents directly within the in-app messaging interface. This feature will enable users to send project files, proposals, and relevant documents seamlessly, enhancing collaboration without the need for third-party applications. The system must support various file formats and size restrictions while ensuring that shared files are securely transmitted and stored. Authentication and encryption protocols should be in place to protect sensitive data during sharing. The expected outcome is an efficient communication process that reduces project turnaround time and enhances workflow.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares a project proposal document with a freelancer through the in-app messaging system.

Given a logged-in user, when they attach a file under 10MB in size in the messaging interface, then the file should be successfully sent and received by the intended freelancer.

A user attempts to share an unsupported file format through the in-app messaging system.

Given a logged-in user, when they try to attach a file with an unsupported format (e.g., .exe), then an error message should be displayed indicating the invalid file type.

User shares a document that exceeds the allowed file size limit in the in-app messaging system.

Given a logged-in user, when they attempt to attach a file larger than 10MB, then an error message should notify them of the file size limit.

Freelancer downloads a file shared by a user through the in-app messaging system.

Given a freelancer who has received a file, when they click the download button next to the file, then the file should be downloaded to their local device without any issues.

User shares a confidential document and expects it to be encrypted during transmission.

Given a logged-in user sharing a document, when the file is sent, then it must be encrypted using established security protocols before being transmitted.

All users can view the history of files shared in the in-app messaging system.

Given a user who has used the messaging feature, when they navigate to the file history section, then they should see a list of all files shared within the conversation, along with timestamps.

Integration with Task Management

User Story: As a user, I want to convert messages into tasks so that I can take actionable steps based on our discussions and ensure accountability.
Description: The Integration with Task Management requirement outlines the need for the in-app messaging feature to connect seamlessly with the existing task management tools within CodoNerve. This integration will allow users to convert messages into tasks, assign responsibilities, and monitor project progress directly from the conversation. By linking messages to specific tasks, users can enhance accountability and ensure that all communication is action-oriented. The integration should support notifications for task updates and keep conversations aligned with project milestones. The expected outcome is a more structured workflow that enhances team collaboration and project tracking.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a conversation in the in-app messaging system to discuss a project with a freelancer and identifies an actionable task during the discussion.

Given a user messages a freelancer about a project, when a task is identified, then the user should be able to convert the message into a task directly from the chat window.

A user wants to assign a task derived from an in-app messaging conversation to a specific team member while ensuring that everyone involved is notified of the assignments.

Given a user has converted a message to a task, when assigning the task to a team member, then the assigned team member should receive a notification and the task should be visible in their task management interface.

A user is monitoring the progress of tasks created from messages and wants to ensure that all tasks are linked to the appropriate messages for context.

Given that a message has been converted to a task, when the user views the task management dashboard, then the task should display a link back to the original message where it was created.

A team needs to ensure that all project communication remains aligned with key project milestones as tasks progress.

Given that a task is updated, when the team member responsible for that task makes any changes, then all related conversations should reflect the status change and notify all involved parties.

A user seeks to improve accountability and workflow efficiency between team members through the messaging and task management integration.

Given that multiple messages link to various tasks, when a user reviews the project progress, then they should be able to see how many tasks are active, completed, and in discussion based on the integrated messaging feature.

A user desires to quickly reference project milestones while chatting with a freelancer to ensure ongoing tasks are prioritized correctly.

Given a conversation in-progress regarding tasks, when a user types a command to view project milestones, then the app should display a concise view of relevant milestones alongside the chat interface.

A user receives a notification for a new task created from a message in a timely manner to avoid project delays.

Given that a task is created from a conversation, when that task is assigned, then all team members involved should receive a notification within 5 minutes of task creation.

Ratings & Reviews System

A robust feedback mechanism that enables users to leave reviews and ratings based on their experiences with freelancers. This transparent system builds trust within the marketplace, helping users make informed hiring decisions and giving freelancers visibility and recognition for their quality work.

Requirements

User Ratings Submission

User Story: As a user, I want to submit a rating and review for a freelancer I worked with so that I can share my experience and help others in their hiring decisions.
Description: This requirement facilitates the capability for users to submit their ratings and reviews for freelancers. Users should be able to provide a star rating from 1 to 5 and write a review detailing their experiences. Implementing this feature is essential for creating a transparent feedback loop, allowing users to express their satisfaction or dissatisfaction, which enhances trust within the platform. It is crucial for the success of the Ratings & Reviews system, as it directly influences user decisions and freelancers' visibility based on feedback. The submission process should be intuitive, allowing for easy input and ensuring users receive confirmation of their submission.
Acceptance Criteria: Users submit a rating and review for a freelancer after completing a project through the CodoNerve platform.

Given a user has completed a project with a freelancer, when they access the ratings and reviews section, then they can input a star rating from 1 to 5 and write a detailed review of their experience.

A user attempts to submit a rating and review without selecting a rating or providing any text.

Given a user is on the ratings and reviews submission page, when they try to submit without selecting a star rating or writing a review, then they receive an error message indicating that both fields are required.

User receives confirmation after successfully submitting a rating and review.

Given a user has successfully submitted their rating and review for a freelancer, when the submission is confirmed, then the user receives a confirmation message indicating that their review has been submitted successfully.

Users view and access previously submitted ratings and reviews.

Given a user is on the freelancer's profile page, when they look at the ratings and reviews section, then they can see all previously submitted reviews and ratings for that freelancer.

Users can edit their previously submitted ratings and reviews.

Given a user has submitted a rating and review, when they choose to edit their review, then they can change their star rating and the text of their review before resubmitting it.

The system prevents duplicate ratings and reviews from the same user for the same freelancer.

Given a user has already submitted a rating and review for a freelancer, when they try to submit another review for the same freelancer, then the system displays an error message indicating that they can only submit one review per freelancer.

Users can report inappropriate or false reviews.

Given a user is viewing ratings and reviews, when they find a review that they believe violates guidelines, then they can click a 'Report' button, prompting a confirmation message for the report submission.

Review Moderation System

User Story: As a platform administrator, I want to moderate user-submitted reviews so that I can ensure the quality and authenticity of feedback presented to other users.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for a review moderation system that ensures all submitted ratings and reviews are genuine and adhere to community guidelines. By implementing automated and manual verification processes, the platform can filter out spam or inappropriate content, fostering a safe and constructive environment. This is vital for the integrity of the Ratings & Reviews system, helping to maintain trust and reliability in the feedback received. The moderation system will enhance user engagement as users will feel comfortable sharing honest feedback, knowing it will be protected against misleading or harmful reviews.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a review for a freelancer after completing a project.

Given a user submits a review, when the review is submitted, then the review must be stored in the database with a timestamp and marked as pending moderation.

System reviews submitted ratings and reviews for compliance with community guidelines.

Given a review is marked as pending moderation, when the moderation process is executed, then the review must either be approved, rejected, or flagged for manual review based on predefined guidelines.

User checks the status of their submitted review.

Given a user requests the status of their review, when the request is processed, then the system must return the current status of the review (e.g., pending, approved, rejected).

A moderator evaluates reports of inappropriate reviews.

Given a review has been flagged for manual review, when a moderator accesses the review, then the moderator must be able to approve or reject the review and provide a reason for the decision.

Users receive notifications about the moderation results of their reviews.

Given a review has been moderated, when the moderating decision is made, then the user who submitted the review must receive a notification detailing the outcome (approved or rejected) and any reasons for rejection if applicable.

System filters out spam reviews based on predefined criteria.

Given a review is submitted, when the review content matches any predefined spam criteria (e.g., excessive links, repetitive text), then the review should be automatically rejected and the user notified.

Ratings Display and Analytics

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to see my ratings and reviews summary and detailed analytics so that I can understand my strengths and areas for improvement based on user feedback.
Description: This requirement covers the display of ratings and reviews on freelancers’ profiles. It should include an aggregate star rating, a summary of recent reviews, and a detailed view where users can read all reviews. Furthermore, it should provide analytics for freelancers, such as feedback scores over time and trends in user satisfaction. This feature is essential for freelancers to understand their performance and for users to make informed hiring decisions based on transparent information. Users will be motivated to leave feedback if they see that their input leads to visible changes and improvements.
Acceptance Criteria: Display of Aggregate Star Rating on Freelancer Profiles

Given a freelancer profile, when the profile is loaded, then the aggregate star rating should be displayed prominently and updated in real time based on the latest ratings.

Summary of Recent Reviews on Freelancer Profiles

Given a freelancer's profile, when a user views the profile, then the system should show a summary of at least three recent reviews including reviewer names, ratings, and review text.

Detailed View of All Reviews for a Freelancer

Given a freelancer's profile, when a user clicks on the 'View All Reviews' button, then the system should navigate to a detailed page displaying all reviews, sortable by date and rating.

Display of Feedback Scores Over Time for Freelancers

Given a freelancer’s analytics page, when the page is accessed, then a graph illustrating feedback scores over time for the last 12 months should be displayed accurately.

User Satisfaction Trends for Freelancers

Given a freelancer’s analytics page, when the page is accessed, then the system should present user satisfaction trends in a clear format, highlighting increases or decreases in satisfaction over time.

Motivation for Users to Leave Reviews After Engagement

Given that a user has completed an engagement with a freelancer, when they log in, then a prompt encouraging them to leave a review should be shown, ensuring it aligns with the interactive interface.

Posting a Review and Rating by Users

Given a user on a freelancer's profile page, when they submit a review and rating, then the system should confirm the submission and update the freelancer's profile with the new review and adjusted aggregate rating immediately.

Notification System for New Reviews

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to receive notifications when I get new reviews so that I can respond promptly and improve my services based on feedback.
Description: This requirement entails creating a notification system to alert freelancers when they receive new ratings or reviews. Notifications should be delivered through the platform and optionally via email to ensure timely communication. By keeping freelancers informed, this feature will encourage them to engage with user feedback actively and address any concerns promptly. This is an important aspect of fostering a responsive freelancer community and ensuring high-quality service, as freelancers can act on feedback and improve their offerings based on user insights.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer receives a new rating or review from a client after completing a project on the CodoNerve platform.

Given a freelancer has completed a project, when a client submits a rating or review, then the freelancer should receive a notification on the platform and via email.

Freelancer clicks on the notification of a new review in the CodoNerve platform.

Given a freelancer has received a notification for a new review, when the freelancer clicks on the notification, then they should be directed to the reviews page where the new review is visible.

Timeline for notification delivery after a review is submitted.

Given a client submits a review, when the review is recorded in the system, then the notification should be sent to the freelancer within 5 minutes.

Freelancer checks their notification settings for reviews.

Given a freelancer is on their settings page, when they navigate to the notification settings, then they should see an option to enable/disable email notifications for new reviews.

Performance of the notification system under high load.

Given multiple reviews are submitted simultaneously, when the notifications are being sent, then all freelancers should receive their respective notifications within the defined time frame without system errors.

User interface display of the notification alert.

Given a freelancer has received a new review, when they log into the platform, then the notification alert for the new review should be prominently displayed on the dashboard.

Platform response when a freelancer has disabled email notifications.

Given a freelancer has opted out of email notifications, when a new review is submitted, then they should receive a notification on the platform, but no email should be sent.

Incentive Program for Feedback

User Story: As a user, I want to be rewarded for submitting reviews so that I feel motivated to provide feedback on my experiences with freelancers.
Description: This requirement involves establishing an incentive program that encourages users to submit reviews and ratings. Potential incentives could include loyalty points, discounts on future services, or recognition within the community. By introducing an incentive structure, the platform can increase user participation in the Ratings & Reviews process, leading to more comprehensive feedback and enhancing the overall quality of information available to potential customers.
Acceptance Criteria: Users successfully redeem their loyalty points for completing reviews.

Given a user has submitted a valid review, when they check the loyalty points section, then they should see an updated points balance reflecting the incentive received for the review.

Users are notified about their eligibility for discounts after submitting reviews.

Given a user submits a review, when they complete the submission, then they should receive a notification confirming their eligibility for a discount on future services.

Freelancers see increased visibility in their profiles after gaining positive reviews.

Given a freelancer has received a new positive review, when a potential client views their profile, then the new review should be prominently displayed to enhance the freelancer's visibility and rating.

Users can track the impact of their reviews on the overall service rating of freelancers.

Given a user’s review is successfully submitted, when they view the service rating statistics, then they should see an updated rating reflecting their review contribution.

Users receive recognition within the community for providing valuable feedback.

Given a user submits high-quality reviews regularly, when they check their profile, then they should see a badge or recognition icon acknowledging their contribution to the community.

Users can provide feedback on the incentive program to drive improvement.

Given a user has participated in the incentive program, when they submit feedback, then their feedback should be logged for analysis and future program enhancements.

Portfolio Showcase

A feature that allows freelancers to display their previous work directly on their marketplace profiles. This visual representation of their skills and expertise helps potential clients assess the freelancers’ capabilities, enhancing the decision-making process for users seeking high-quality content.

Requirements

Portfolio Image Upload

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to upload images of my previous work to my profile so that potential clients can visually assess my skills and make informed hiring decisions.
Description: The Portfolio Showcase feature will include a requirement for freelancers to upload high-quality images of their previous work. This functionality is vital for enabling users to effectively represent their skills visually, allowing potential clients to assess the quality of work they can expect. The image upload tool will support multiple file formats and sizes, ensuring versatility and convenience for freelancers. This integration enhances the overall user experience, making profiles more attractive and informative, ultimately leading to better engagement and conversion rates for freelancers on the marketplace.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer uploads a high-quality image of their previous work to their marketplace profile in order to attract potential clients.

Given a freelancer is logged into their marketplace profile, When they navigate to the Portfolio Showcase section and choose to upload an image, Then the system should accept the image if it meets the specified file format and size requirements, and display a success message upon successful upload.

A freelancer attempts to upload an unsupported file format while showcasing their portfolio.

Given a freelancer is in the process of uploading an image, When they select a file that is not in the supported formats, Then the system should reject the upload and display an error message indicating the supported file formats.

A freelancer uploads multiple images to their profile at once to showcase a variety of work.

Given a freelancer is on the Portfolio Showcase upload page, When they select multiple images within the allowed file size and format limits, Then the system should successfully upload all images and display thumbnails of each image in the showcase.

A freelancer uploads an image that exceeds the maximum allowable file size for showcasing their portfolio.

Given a freelancer selects an image for upload, When the image exceeds the maximum file size limit defined in the requirements, Then the system should reject the upload and display an error message explaining the size limit.

A client views a freelancer’s portfolio to assess the quality of their work before making a hiring decision.

Given a client is viewing a freelancer's profile, When they navigate to the Portfolio Showcase, Then they should see all uploaded images displayed clearly along with their titles and descriptions, enhancing their evaluation of the freelancer.

A freelancer wants to edit an image they previously uploaded to their portfolio.

Given a freelancer is in their Portfolio Showcase section, When they choose to edit an existing uploaded image, Then the system should allow them to replace the image and save the changes successfully, ensuring the updated image displays accurately.

Video Portfolio Integration

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to add video clips of my work to my profile so that potential clients can see my storytelling abilities in action and understand my approach better.
Description: This requirement will allow freelancers to include video clips showcasing their work in the Portfolio Showcase section. Video content can effectively demonstrate a freelancer's capability and style, offering a dynamic and engaging perspective on their quality of work. This feature will also include options for streaming quality adjustments and thumbnail selection, enhancing the visual appeal of profiles. The video integration will support various formats and embed codes from popular platforms like YouTube and Vimeo, ensuring a seamless user experience and increased client engagement with freelancer profiles.
Acceptance Criteria: As a freelancer, I want to showcase my video portfolio in the Portfolio Showcase section so that potential clients can view my work and assess my capabilities more effectively.

Given I am on the Portfolio Showcase section, when I upload a video clip from YouTube or Vimeo, then it should display correctly with the specified thumbnail and streaming quality options.

As a freelancer, I want to ensure that my video portfolio plays smoothly across different devices and browsers, so that clients have a seamless experience when viewing my work.

Given a video is uploaded, when a client accesses the portfolio from different devices (mobile, tablet, desktop) and browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari), then the video should load and play without errors on each platform.

As a freelancer, I want to have the option to customize my video thumbnail images so that I can present my work in the most appealing way possible.

Given I have uploaded a video, when I select a custom thumbnail from the designated source, then the selected thumbnail should update correctly on my profile without affecting video playback.

As a potential client, I want to be able to view video portfolios in various streaming qualities so that I can optimize for my internet speed and experience.

Given a video is embedded in the portfolio, when the client selects a different streaming quality option, then the video should adjust and play in the selected quality without buffering excessively.

As a freelancer, I want to be notified if my video uploads are successful or if there are errors, so that I can ensure my portfolio is complete and functional for clients.

Given I attempt to upload a video, when the upload is completed, then I should receive a success notification or an error message indicating the issue encountered during the upload process.

Client Feedback System

User Story: As a potential client, I want to read feedback and reviews from previous clients about freelancers so that I can gauge their reliability and quality of work before making a hiring decision.
Description: To enhance trust and credibility within the Portfolio Showcase feature, a client feedback system will be implemented. This system allows previous clients to leave ratings and written reviews for freelancers based on their experiences. The integration of this functionality is crucial, as it provides social proof that can significantly influence new clients' decision-making processes. The feedback will be prominently displayed on freelancer profiles, along with an average rating score for quick assessment. This feature fosters a transparent, community-driven marketplace while encouraging freelancers to maintain high service standards.
Acceptance Criteria: Client Feedback Submission and Display

Given a freelancer profile with the 'Leave Feedback' option available, when a client submits a rating and written review, then the feedback should be successfully recorded and displayed on the freelancer's profile with the correct average rating score.

Rating Calculation Accuracy

Given multiple feedback submissions for a freelancer, when the ratings are submitted, then the calculated average rating displayed on the freelancer's profile must reflect the correct average based on the submitted ratings.

Feedback Visibility and Accessibility

Given a freelancer's profile with feedback displayed, when a prospective client views the profile, then the feedback section should be easily visible without scrolling and should include both ratings and written reviews.

Feedback Review Moderation

Given a feedback submission from a client, when the feedback is submitted, then it should go through the moderation process before it is displayed on the freelancer's profile to ensure it meets community guidelines.

Client Notification after Feedback Submission

Given that a client has submitted feedback for a freelancer, when the submission is confirmed, then the client should receive a notification indicating that their feedback has been successfully submitted and will be published after moderation.

Feedback Editing and Deletion

Given a previously submitted feedback by a client, when the client chooses to edit or delete their feedback, then the system should allow the client to make these changes successfully, updating the freelancer's profile accordingly.

Feedback Impact on Freelancer's Service Level

Given a freelancer profile with published feedback, when a prospective client reviews the feedback, then the client should be able to gauge the freelancer’s service level based on the feedback displayed, influencing their decision to engage the freelancer.

SEO Optimization for Portfolios

User Story: As a freelancer, I want my portfolio to be optimized for search engines so that potential clients can easily find my work when searching for relevant skills or services.
Description: This requirement focuses on optimizing freelancers' portfolio pages for search engines. It will involve implementing best practices for SEO, such as meta descriptions, alt tags for images, and structured data to enhance visibility on search engines. This capability is essential for freelancers to ensure their work is easily discoverable by potential clients searching for relevant skills or services. By integrating SEO tools into the Portfolio Showcase, freelancers can increase their chances of being found by clients, making this a crucial aspect of their marketing strategy.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer sets up their portfolio page and adds previous work samples with descriptive titles, ensuring they are displayed on their marketplace profile.

Given a freelancer has created a portfolio page, when they add work samples with descriptive titles and meta descriptions, then the portfolio should display the titles correctly formatted and searchable by relevant keywords.

Freelancer uploads images of their previous work to their portfolio page within the required guidelines for SEO optimization.

Given a freelancer has uploaded images to their portfolio, when the images include alt tags that describe the content accurately, then those images should be indexed by search engines effectively for relevant searches.

Freelancer reviews their portfolio using the SEO optimization checklist provided by CodoNerve before publishing it.

Given a freelancer uses the SEO optimization checklist, when they confirm that all requirements such as structured data, meta tags, and alt tags have been implemented, then the portfolio can be published with valid SEO practices in place.

Client searches for freelancers with specific skills using search engines, aiming to find high-quality portfolios.

Given a client searches for freelancers using keywords related to skills, when they view search results, then the portfolio pages of optimized freelancers should appear in the top results, reflecting effective SEO implementation.

Freelancer decides to edit their portfolio page after feedback from potential clients regarding visibility.

Given a freelancer has received feedback about their portfolio visibility, when they update their portfolio's SEO elements according to best practices, then the changes should be reflected and generate improved visibility in search engine results.

Freelancer integrates analytics tools to measure the search traffic to their portfolio page.

Given a freelancer has integrated analytics tools, when they monitor the traffic data, then they should observe an increase in visibility and search traffic after implementing SEO best practices on their portfolio page.

Responsive Design for Portfolio Pages

User Story: As a potential client, I want to be able to view freelancer portfolios on any device so that I can have a consistent and user-friendly experience regardless of how I access the marketplace.
Description: The Portfolio Showcase feature will include the requirement for responsive design, ensuring that portfolio pages adapt seamlessly to different devices, including smartphones, tablets, and desktops. This design capability is vital for enhancing user experience, allowing potential clients to view portfolios on any device without losing functionality or aesthetics. Implementing responsive design will attract a broader audience and ensure that freelancers can showcase their work professionally across various platforms, catering to the increasing use of mobile devices for job searching and evaluations.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing a freelancer's portfolio on a smartphone.

Given a freelancer has a published portfolio, when a client accesses the portfolio from a smartphone, then the layout should adjust to fit the screen size without horizontal scrolling, and all images should be displayed without distortion.

Accessing a freelancer's portfolio on a tablet device.

Given a freelancer has a published portfolio, when a client accesses the portfolio from a tablet, then the portfolio should display in a user-friendly format, utilizing available space effectively while maintaining visual appeal and functionality.

Assessment of portfolio on a desktop computer.

Given a freelancer has a published portfolio, when a client accesses the portfolio from a desktop computer, then the layout should provide a seamless browsing experience, with all content easily accessible and no content overlapping or misaligned.

Switching between portrait and landscape modes on mobile devices.

Given a freelancer has a published portfolio, when a client rotates the mobile device between portrait and landscape modes, then the portfolio layout should adapt gracefully and maintain usability in both orientations.

Loading time of the portfolio across different devices.

Given a freelancer has a published portfolio, when a client opens the portfolio on any device, then the portfolio should load completely within 3 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience.

Compatibility testing across different browsers.

Given a freelancer has a published portfolio, when a client accesses the portfolio using different web browsers (Chrome, Safari, Firefox, Edge), then the portfolio should render correctly and maintain functionality without errors or visual discrepancies.

Skill Verification

This functionality provides a method for freelancers to validate their skills through certifications or endorsements. Users can trust that the freelancers they hire have the competencies they claim, thus ensuring high-quality deliverables and reducing the risk of mismatched expectations.

Requirements

Freelancer Skill Certification

User Story: As a client, I want to see verified certifications of freelancers I wish to hire, so that I can ensure they have the necessary skills and expertise for my project.
Description: This requirement focuses on the implementation of a robust certification system that allows freelancers to validate their skills through recognized certifications and endorsements. The certification mechanism will involve partnerships with reputable certification bodies, ensuring that the credentials are credible and trustworthy. Users can view freelancers' certifications on their profiles, fostering transparency and trust. This integration not only enhances the credibility of freelancers but also offers clients peace of mind, knowing that they are hiring professionals with verified skills. The expected outcome includes improved client satisfaction, reduced risk of hire mismatch, and an overall increase in platform engagement and trust.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer updates their profile with a newly acquired certification from an accredited certification body.

Given the freelancer holds a valid certification when they navigate to their profile page, When they upload the certification document, Then the certification should be displayed on their profile with the correct details, including the name of the certification body and certification date.

A client searches for freelancers with specific skills verified by certifications.

Given a client is on the freelancer search page, When they filter by skill categories that require certification, Then the search results should only display freelancers who have valid certifications for those skills clearly indicated on their profiles.

User reviews a freelancer's profile including their certifications before making a hiring decision.

Given the user is viewing a freelancer's profile, When they check the section displaying certifications, Then they should see all relevant certifications listed with their validity status and links to verification where applicable.

An admin reviews requests for freelancers to add new certifications to their profiles.

Given an admin is logged into the platform, When they access the certifications approval section, Then they should be able to see all pending requests and approve or deny them with notes to ensure proper documentation.

A freelancer receives notifications when their certification is about to expire or needs renewal.

Given the freelancer has certifications with expiration dates, When the certification is approaching its expiration date, Then the freelancer should receive an email notification and an alert in their dashboard reminding them to renew or update their certifications.

Freelancers are able to validate their certifications through integrated partnerships with certification bodies.

Given a freelancer has been certified by a partnered body, When they attempt to add this certification to their profile, Then the platform should automatically verify the certification against the partnered body’s database and display an approval or rejection status.

Endorsement System

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to receive endorsements for my skills from clients and peers, so that I can showcase my abilities and attract more job opportunities.
Description: This requirement encompasses the development of an endorsement system where clients and colleagues can endorse freelancers for specific skills. The system will allow users to provide endorsements for specific skills that freelancers list on their profiles, creating a public affirmation of their abilities. This feature encourages freelancers to strive for quality work and enables potential clients to gauge the competency level of freelancers based on peer recommendations. The endorsement system will include features for managing, displaying, and validating endorsements, thereby enriching the user experience and fostering a community of trust and collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: Client Endorsement Process for Freelancers

Given a freelancer has listed specific skills on their profile, when a client visits their profile, then the client should be able to endorse these skills through a user-friendly interface that confirms the endorsement action.

Freelancer Notification of Endorsements

Given a freelancer has received endorsements, when the endorsements are made, then the freelancer should receive a notification indicating the skills endorsed and the endorsers' names.

Display of Endorsements on Freelancer Profile

Given a freelancer has received endorsements, when a client or colleague views their profile, then all endorsements should be visible on the profile, displayed next to the respective skills with the total count of endorsements.

Endorsement Validation Process

Given the system has received an endorsement, when the endorsement is submitted, then the system should validate the endorsement against the freelancer's active status and skill listing.

Reporting Inappropriate Endorsements

Given a freelancer receives an endorsement, when the freelancer believes the endorsement is inappropriate, then they should have the option to report the endorsement, triggering a review process by the system administrators.

Endorsement Analytics Dashboard

Given the endorsement system is active, when an admin accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics on total endorsements, most endorsed skills, and user engagement statistics over time.

Skill Assessment Tests

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to take skill assessment tests to verify my expertise, so that I can improve my chances of being hired for projects that require specific skills.
Description: This requirement specifies the development of a skill assessment test feature allowing freelancers to take evaluation tests that validate their abilities in specific areas. The tests will be designed to assess various competencies, and successful completion will result in additional credentials that freelancers can showcase on their profiles. This feature will not only help freelancers demonstrate their expertise but also assist clients in finding qualified candidates, enhancing the quality of job matching. The implementation will include a user-friendly interface for taking tests, results analysis, and secure certifications for passing tests, thus promoting a higher standard of professionalism on the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User registers for skill assessment tests on the CodoNerve platform, selecting a specific skill set to evaluate their competencies through the provided tests.

Given a registered freelancer on CodoNerve, when they select a skill assessment test, then they should be able to access the test interface seamlessly with clear instructions.

A freelancer completes a skill assessment test and submits it for grading, expecting to receive feedback and certification upon passing.

Given a freelancer has completed the skill assessment test, when they submit their answers, then they should receive a graded report and a certification notification if they pass.

Clients are searching for freelancers on CodoNerve and want to view the skills and certifications to ensure they hire the right candidate.

Given a client is browsing freelancer profiles, when they view a freelancer's profile, then they should see a section displaying the skills and certifications attained from completed assessment tests.

A freelancer wants to track their progress over time, including completed assessments and any certifications received.

Given a freelancer logged into their account, when they navigate to their profile, then they should have access to a history of completed skill assessments and the corresponding certifications.

The system needs to prevent a freelancer from cheating during the skill assessment tests to maintain integrity and validity of the results.

Given a freelancer starts an assessment test, when the system detects unusual activity or cheating attempts, then it should automatically terminate the test and notify the user of the violation.

The platform administrator is required to review and update the skill assessment tests to ensure they remain relevant and challenging for users.

Given an administrator is logged into the CodoNerve backend, when they access the skill assessment management section, then they should be able to edit existing tests or add new tests flexibly.

Profile Showcase of Verified Skills

User Story: As a client, I want to easily view and evaluate freelancers' verified skills on their profiles, so that I can make informed decisions when hiring.
Description: This requirement involves enhancing freelancer profiles to prominently display verified skills, including certifications and endorsements. The profile display will allow clients to easily identify and evaluate the qualifications of freelancers. By visually representing verified skills through badges or special highlights, it increases visibility and assists in creating a competitive advantage for freelancers on the platform. This improvement is crucial in streamlining the hiring process, making it more efficient for clients to find qualified candidates that match their project needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancers showcase their verified skills during a client project bidding process on CodoNerve.

Given a freelancer has obtained certifications, When the freelancer updates their profile with those certifications, Then the certifications should be displayed prominently on their profile with corresponding badges.

Clients view freelancer profiles to assess their qualifications before hiring.

Given a client is viewing a freelancer's profile, When the profile is displayed, Then verified skills should be clearly highlighted with badges indicating certifications or endorsements, enabling easy visual recognition.

Freelancers receive notifications about any updates or changes made to their skill verification display.

Given a freelancer has an updated profile, When the changes are saved, Then the freelancer should receive a notification confirming that their verified skills have been updated on their profile.

Freelancers want to ensure their profile accurately reflects their verified skills to potential clients.

Given a freelancer accesses their profile, When they review their skill verification section, Then all skills must accurately display the latest badges and endorsements associated with their certifications.

Clients filter search results for freelancers based on verified skills during their hiring process.

Given a client uses the search functionality, When they apply filters for verified skills, Then only freelancers with matching verified skills should appear in the search results, ensuring relevance to their project needs.

Freelancers wish to add new certifications to their profiles through the platform.

Given a freelancer completes a new certification, When they submit the necessary documentation through the platform, Then the new certification should be added to their profile after verification, along with a badge for the new skill.

Freelancers and clients engage in discussions about skills listed on profiles.

Given a freelancer is in communication with a client, When the client mentions a specific skill from the freelancer's profile, Then the freelancer should be able to provide additional information or links related to their verified skills to the client.

Audit Trail for Certification and Endorsements

User Story: As a client, I want to view the history and authenticity of a freelancer's certifications and endorsements, so that I can trust their qualifications are legitimate.
Description: This requirement entails the implementation of an audit trail for all certifications and endorsements received by freelancers. The audit trail will track when certifications were earned, who endorsed them, and any relevant updates, providing transparency and accountability. This functionality protects against any fraudulent claims and provides clients with a history of the credentials. Alongside user trust, this feature will contribute to the integrity of the marketplace by making sure that all claims are verifiable and legitimate, thus reinforcing the platform's commitment to quality and trustworthiness.
Acceptance Criteria: Freelancer receives a certification from an accredited organization after passing an exam and it is reflected in their profile.

Given that a freelancer has completed the certification process, when they access their profile, then the certification details including the date earned and issuing organization should be visible in the audit trail section.

A client views a freelancer's certification and endorsements to verify their competencies before hiring.

Given that a client is interested in hiring a freelancer, when they navigate to the freelancer's profile, then they should see a complete audit trail that includes all certifications and endorsements, their dates, and who issued them.

A freelancer receives an endorsement from a previous client for a skill they have listed on their profile.

Given that a client submits an endorsement for a freelancer, when the freelancer views their audit trail, then they should see the new endorsement along with the client's details and the date of endorsement in real-time.

Auditors review the audit trail of certifications and endorsements for compliance and transparency during a marketplace integrity check.

Given that an auditor is reviewing freelancers' profiles, when they access the audit trail, then they should be able to see a complete history of certifications and endorsements, including all timestamps and issuing authorities.

Freelancers request updates to their certification details or endorsements.

Given that a freelancer submits a request for updating certification details, when this request is processed, then the updated information should reflect in the audit trail along with the timestamp of the change.

System generates a report of all certifications and endorsements for a certain timeframe for administrative purposes.

Given that an administrator requests a report of certifications and endorsements, when the report is generated, then it should include the verification status, dates, and issuing organizations for each freelancer within the specified timeframe.

Search Filter for Verified Skills

User Story: As a client, I want to filter freelancers by their verified skills and certifications, so that I can quickly find qualified candidates who meet my project needs.
Description: This requirement specifies implementing a search filter that allows clients to filter freelancers based on verified skills, certifications, and endorsements. This feature will enable clients to quickly find candidates who possess the qualifications they are looking for, streamlining the hiring process. With the increasing volume of freelancers on the platform, having a search filter tailored to verified qualifications can significantly enhance user experience and satisfaction. The search filter will include options to sort freelancers based on their verified credentials, allowing for targeted searches that meet specific project requirements.
Acceptance Criteria: As a client seeking to hire a freelancer, I want to use the search filter for verified skills to quickly find candidates that meet my project requirements and ensure they have the necessary qualifications.

Given that I am on the freelancer search page, when I apply the verified skills filter, then I should see a list of freelancers who have the selected certifications and endorsements displayed prominently in their profiles.

As a freelancer, I want to ensure that my verified skills and certifications are accurately displayed in the search results, so that potential clients can easily find and hire me based on my qualifications.

Given that I have verified my skills and have certifications, when a client searches using the verified skills filter, then my profile should appear in the search results if it matches the selected skills.

As a client, I want to sort the freelancers based on their highest verified skills to make an informed decision on whom to hire for my upcoming project.

Given that I have filtered for verified skills, when I select sorting options based on skill levels, then the search results should reorder to display freelancers from the highest to the lowest skill rating as indicated by their certifications and endorsements.

As a client, I want to conduct a search for freelancers with multiple verified skills to broaden my options and find the right match for my project requirements.

Given that I am using the search filter for freelancers, when I select multiple verified skills, then the system should return freelancers who have all the specified skills in their certifications.

As a user of the CodoNerve platform, I want to know that the search functionality for verified skills is fast and responsive, minimizing waiting time.

Given that I apply a search filter for verified skills, when I submit my search, then the results should be displayed within 3 seconds, ensuring a seamless user experience.

As a platform administrator, I want to ensure that the search filter correctly updates with newly verified skills and certifications so that clients always have access to the latest information.

Given that a new skill verification has been added to a freelancer's profile, when I search using the verified skills filter, then the new certification should be reflected immediately in the search results without delays.

Payment Integration

An integrated payment system that allows users to securely pay freelancers for their work directly through the platform. This feature streamlines the transaction process, providing peace of mind for both freelancers and users, while ensuring prompt payments upon project completion.

Requirements

Secure Payment Processing

User Story: As a user, I want to securely pay freelancers for their work directly through the platform so that I can ensure my financial information is protected while facilitating smooth transactions.
Description: The Secure Payment Processing functionality ensures that all transactions between users and freelancers are handled through a secure gateway, reducing fraud risk and protecting sensitive financial information. This requirement will facilitate the verification of payment methods, provide real-time transaction tracking, and generate receipts for both parties. It enhances user confidence in the platform, thereby encouraging more transactions and ensuring timely compensation for freelancers. By integrating with established payment providers, this feature keeps transactions compliant with financial regulations and standards, offering users peace of mind.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a payment from their account to a freelancer after the successful completion of a project.

Given the user is on the payment page, when they enter valid payment details and confirm the payment, then the system should process the payment securely and provide a confirmation message within 30 seconds.

A freelancer confirms receipt of payment on their dashboard after a transaction is completed.

Given the payment has been processed successfully, when the freelancer checks their dashboard, then they should see the updated balance reflecting the payment within 1 minute.

User utilizes transaction tracking feature to monitor the status of their payment.

Given the user accesses the transaction history section, when they view their recent payments, then the status of each transaction should be visible and updated in real-time within 15 seconds of any change.

The system generates and sends a receipt to both user and freelancer after a payment is processed.

Given a payment has been successfully completed, when the payment confirmation is sent, then both user and freelancer should receive detailed receipts via email within 5 minutes.

A user tries to make a payment with an invalid credit card.

Given the user enters invalid credit card details, when they attempt to confirm the payment, then the system should display an error message indicating the payment method is not valid, preventing transaction completion.

Integration with established payment providers is validated for compliance with financial regulations.

Given integration with a payment provider, when a compliance audit is conducted, then all transactions should demonstrate adherence to the current financial regulations and standards with no violations found.

Instant Payment Confirmation

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to receive instant confirmation after a payment is processed so that I can quickly proceed with my work, knowing that I have been compensated without delay.
Description: Instant Payment Confirmation will enable users to receive immediate confirmation upon successful payment to freelancers, updating both the user and freelancer within the platform's interface. This feature is critical for ensuring both parties are aware of the transaction status and can proceed with their post-payment tasks without delay. Immediate confirmations can also enhance trust in the platform, as users appreciate timely notifications regarding their financial engagements, leading to a more seamless workflow.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a payment to a freelancer for completed work through the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user has selected a freelancer and entered the payment amount, When the user confirms the payment, Then the user should receive an instant confirmation message displayed on the screen, and the freelancer should receive a notification in their account.

A freelancer checks their notifications after a payment has been processed by a user.

Given that the payment has been successfully processed, When the freelancer logs into the platform, Then they should see a notification indicating that payment has been received immediately after the user confirmation step is completed.

User reviews the transaction history to verify completed payments to freelancers.

Given that the user has completed a payment, When they access their transaction history section, Then the payment confirmation should be listed with the exact timestamp of the transaction and the corresponding freelancer details.

The system handles potential payment errors to ensure user awareness of status.

Given the user attempts to make a payment but encounters an issue (e.g., insufficient funds), When the payment fails, Then the user should receive an instant failure notification detailing why the payment could not be processed.

Freelancer and user both need to prepare for post-payment follow-up tasks after the payment is confirmed.

Given both user and freelancer have received payment confirmations, When either party accesses the project's next steps or requirement documentation, Then they should have access to the updated project status reflecting the successful payment.

Users expect reliable performance during peak times when multiple payments are processed.

Given that multiple payment transactions are made concurrently, When a payment is completed by any user, Then the confirmation notification should be sent to all involved parties without delay or loss of data integrity.

Automated Invoicing System

User Story: As a user, I want an automated invoicing system that generates invoices for completed projects so that I can easily keep track of payments without the hassle of manual entry.
Description: The Automated Invoicing System will generate invoices automatically based on completed projects and predefined user agreements, ensuring that both users and freelancers maintain clear and accurate financial records. This feature will significantly reduce manual errors and effort associated with invoice creation, streamlining the process while supporting various billing options (like hourly, flat-rate, etc.). It will also allow for easy downloading of invoices for tax purposes or record-keeping, ensuring compliance and transparency in financial transactions.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can successfully generate invoices automatically for completed projects using the CodoNerve platform.

Given a project is marked as complete, when the user clicks 'Generate Invoice', then an invoice should be automatically created with the correct services rendered, rates, and totals, and sent to the appropriate email addresses of users and freelancers.

Users can download their generated invoices for record-keeping and tax purposes.

Given an invoice has been generated, when the user navigates to the 'Invoices' section and selects the desired invoice, then the user should be able to download it in PDF format without any errors.

Invoice amounts reflect accurate calculations based on the selected billing method (hourly, flat-rate, etc.).

Given a project completion, when the system generates the invoice, then the total amount should correctly reflect the pricing model chosen, including any calculations for time spent or flat rate.

The invoicing system supports multiple currencies for international transactions.

Given a user with a project completed in a different currency, when the invoice is generated, then it should display the amounts in the appropriate currency with the correct conversion rates applied.

Users can edit predefined user agreements before generating invoices.

Given a completed project, when the user wants to include specific terms from the user agreement, then they should be able to review and adjust invoice items prior to final generation.

Notification system alerts users and freelancers of completed invoices and payment statuses.

Given an invoice has been generated, when the invoice is completed, then both users and freelancers should receive a notification via email confirming the invoice has been created and detailing payment instructions.

The invoicing system logs all financial transactions for future reference.

Given any invoice generation action, when a user or freelancer accesses their transaction history, then all past invoices and their statuses should be retrievable with details intact.

Transaction History Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to view my transaction history in one place so that I can easily keep track of my payments and review my spending habits over time.
Description: The Transaction History Dashboard will provide users and freelancers with an easily navigable overview of all past transactions, including details such as amounts, dates, project descriptions, and statuses. This feature will support users in understanding their spending patterns, while allowing freelancers to manage and review their earnings effectively. By integrating filters and search capabilities, users can quickly find relevant transactions, enhancing the overall user experience and enabling better financial management.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Transaction History Dashboard for the first time after logging in to their account.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Transaction History Dashboard, then the dashboard displays a summary of all past transactions, including dates, amounts, project descriptions, and statuses.

Freelancer filters their transaction history by date range to review specific transactions.

Given the freelancer is on the Transaction History Dashboard, when they select a date range from the filter options and apply the filter, then the dashboard updates to display only transactions within the selected date range.

User searches for a specific transaction using the search functionality in the Transaction History Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Transaction History Dashboard, when they enter keywords related to a past transaction in the search bar, then the dashboard returns results that match the search criteria, including the relevant transaction details.

User checks the total amount spent over a defined period within the Transaction History Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Transaction History Dashboard, when they select a specific date range to view total amounts spent, then the dashboard accurately displays the total spent for that period.

Freelancer reviews the earnings from completed projects on the Transaction History Dashboard.

Given the freelancer is on the Transaction History Dashboard, when they navigate to the 'Completed Projects' section, then the dashboard shows only the transactions associated with completed projects along with their statuses.

User accesses the Transaction History Dashboard on a mobile device.

Given the user accesses the Transaction History Dashboard via a mobile device, when they view the dashboard, then the layout is responsive and all transaction details are clearly displayed without loss of information.

Payment Method Management

User Story: As a user, I want to manage my payment methods easily so that I can choose how to pay and ensure that my payment options are always current and available.
Description: The Payment Method Management feature will allow users to securely add, edit, and remove their payment methods within their profile. This requirement can enable a variety of payment options (credit cards, debit cards, PayPal, etc.), ensuring user flexibility in how they choose to make payments. By allowing users to maintain multiple payment methods, including the ability to set a preferred method, this feature enhances usability and promotes a smooth transaction experience without unnecessary interruptions.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I want to add a new payment method to my profile so that I can ensure I have the most current payment options available for transactions.

Given I am logged into my account, when I navigate to the payment methods section and choose to add a new payment method, then I should see a form to enter payment details and receive a confirmation message upon successfully adding the method.

As a user, I want to edit an existing payment method to make sure my payment information is accurate and up-to-date.

Given I have an existing payment method, when I access the payment methods section and select the option to edit that payment method, then I should be able to modify the payment details and see an updated confirmation message upon successful editing.

As a user, I want to remove a payment method I no longer use to keep my account clean and secure.

Given I have multiple payment methods, when I go to the payment methods section and choose to remove one, then that payment method should no longer be listed, and I should see a confirmation message indicating successful removal.

As a user, I want to set a preferred payment method so that I can streamline my payment process.

Given I have multiple payment methods saved, when I select one payment method as preferred, then it should be designated as my default method for future transactions and reflected in my payment settings immediately.

As a user, I want to view all my saved payment methods clearly so that I can manage them easily.

Given I am in the payment methods section, when I view my saved payment methods, then I should see a list displaying each payment method's details and options to edit or remove them.

As a user, I want to validate that my payment method is secure to ensure my transaction safety.

Given I add or edit a payment method, when I submit this information, then system validations should ensure that it meets security standards and I should receive an alert if the payment method is deemed insecure.

As a user, I want to receive a notification after adding or editing a payment method to confirm that my request was successful.

Given I perform an action to add or edit a payment method, when the action is completed, then I should receive a notification confirming the success of the operation, clearly outlining what change was made.

Refund Management System

User Story: As a freelancer, I want a clear and simple process for managing refunds so that I can address disputes effectively and maintain client satisfaction.
Description: The Refund Management System will allow users and freelancers to process refunds directly through the platform, detailing the reasons for the refund and facilitating communication between the two parties. This feature is crucial for resolving disputes and ensuring user satisfaction. By providing a clear policy and workflow for refunds, users will feel more secure in their transactions, knowing that there is a straightforward process for handling issues that may arise post-payment, thereby enhancing trust in the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a refund request after receiving unsatisfactory work from a freelancer, detailing the reasons for dissatisfaction and requesting a refund through the Refund Management System.

Given the user has received the work and is logged into the platform, when they navigate to the refund management section and fill out the refund request form with a valid reason, then the system should successfully submit the request and notify both the user and the freelancer of the refund request.

Freelancer receives a refund request from a user and wants to respond to the request, providing their perspective on the matter through the platform.

Given the freelancer is notified of a refund request, when they log into the platform and access the refund management section, then they should see the details of the refund request and have the ability to submit a response that gets logged in the system.

A user or freelancer wants to track the progress of their refund request within the platform and see updates regarding its status.

Given the user is in the refund management section, when they check the status of their refund request, then the system should display the current status (e.g., 'Pending', 'Under Review', 'Resolved') along with any communications related to the refund request.

After a refund has been processed, the user wants to receive confirmation of the refund along with details regarding the transaction.

Given the refund request has been approved and processed, when the user checks their notifications or transaction history, then they should receive a confirmation message that includes the refund amount, transaction ID, and the reason for the refund.

The platform needs to ensure that refund requests are tracked for compliance and reporting purposes.

Given the admin accesses the refund management section, when they run a report on the refund requests, then the system should generate a report detailing all refund activities including user IDs, freelancer IDs, refund amounts, and status of requests.

Users want to understand the refund policy before initiating a refund request to ensure they are following the correct process.

Given the user accesses the refund management section, when they click on the refund policy link, then the system should display a detailed refund policy that includes eligibility, timelines, and step-by-step instructions for initiating a refund.

Visual Storyboard

This feature offers a visual representation of content campaigns, allowing users to map out narratives across multiple channels. By providing a storyboard-like interface, users can visualize the flow of content and ensure alignment with their overall narrative strategy, enhancing coherence and user engagement.

Requirements

Interactive Content Mapping

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to visually map out my content campaigns so that I can easily organize my ideas and ensure they align with our overall strategy.
Description: The Interactive Content Mapping requirement involves creating an intuitive user interface that allows users to drag and drop content elements onto a visual storyboard. This feature will enable users to easily organize their content ideas, link related pieces of content, and visualize the overall structure of their campaigns. By enhancing the clarity of content relationships, users can ensure their narratives are coherent and effectively aligned with their marketing strategies. This requirement integrates seamlessly with existing features like the SEO toolkit and collaboration tools, promoting a streamlined workflow that enhances user productivity and campaign effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User is presented with a drag-and-drop interface for the Visual Storyboard feature where they can easily arrange and link content elements.

Given that the user is on the Interactive Content Mapping interface, When they drag a content element from the sidebar to the storyboard, Then the content element should snap into place without lag and provide visual feedback of successful placement.

Marketers want to connect related pieces of content to illustrate relationships and dependencies in their campaigns.

Given that the user has multiple content elements on the storyboard, When the user draws a connector line between two related content elements, Then the line should appear clearly visible on the storyboard and allow for modification (e.g., changing colors or styles).

Content creators need to ensure their storyboards reflect coherent narrative structures and align with marketing strategies.

Given that the user has created a storyboard with content elements, When they click on a 'Preview' button, Then the system should display a full-screen view of the storyboard with all connections visible and accessible for review.

Users want to save their storyboard progress to continue editing later without losing their work.

Given that the user has made changes to the storyboard, When they click the 'Save' button, Then the system should confirm with a success message and the storyboard should be stored securely, retrievable on future sessions.

Users are collaborating in real-time across different locations while mapping content for their campaigns using the Interactive Content Mapping feature.

Given that multiple users are editing the storyboard simultaneously, When one user makes a change, Then all other users should see that change reflected in real-time on their screens without refresh delays.

SEO specialists want to link content elements from the SEO toolkit to the storyboard effectively to enhance optimization.

Given that the user is viewing the SEO toolkit, When they select a content suggestion to link, Then the system should allow them to drag the suggestion directly onto the storyboard and create a link with the appropriate metadata automatically filled in.

Users need to undo recent changes in case of mistakes while organizing their storyboards.

Given that the user has recently moved or deleted a content element, When they press the 'Undo' button, Then the last action should be reversed, restoring the element to its prior state.

Multi-Channel Integration

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to publish my content from the storyboard to multiple platforms with one click so that I can save time and maintain consistency across channels.
Description: The Multi-Channel Integration requirement will enable users to connect their visual storyboards directly to various content distribution channels such as social media, email, and blogs. This feature will allow users to directly publish or schedule their content from the storyboard interface, providing a seamless transition from planning to execution. By reducing the number of steps required to launch campaigns, this requirement helps optimize workflows and ensures that content is shared consistently across platforms, enhancing audience engagement and brand cohesion.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a visual storyboard and connects it to social media accounts for a campaign launch.

Given a visual storyboard is created, when the user selects 'Connect to Channel', then they should be able to link their storyboard to their selected social media accounts without errors.

User schedules content for multiple channels using the storyboard interface.

Given a visual storyboard with scheduled content, when the user clicks on 'Schedule', then the content should successfully set scheduled posts for all connected channels in the calendar view.

User publishes content from the storyboard directly to email marketing lists.

Given a visual storyboard is ready for publication, when the user selects 'Publish to Email', then the content should be sent to the designated email list without formatting errors.

User verifies the alignment of the visual storyboard with current content strategy.

Given a visual storyboard created, when the user views the storyboard, then they should see a summary of how the content aligns with the overall strategy indicated in a clear metrics dashboard.

User edits a connected social media post directly from the visual storyboard.

Given a social media channel is connected, when the user clicks 'Edit' on a post, then they should be able to make changes and save those updates in real-time.

User tests the functionality of multi-channel publishing from a visual storyboard.

Given a visual storyboard with content prepared, when the user selects 'Publish All', then the content should be published across all selected channels within one minute without any failures.

User receives notifications of successful or failed publishing actions from the visual storyboard.

Given a publication attempt has been made, when the process completes, then the user should receive a notification detailing success or failure of the publication.

Collaborative Review Feature

User Story: As a member of a content team, I want to be able to leave comments and feedback on our visual storyboard so that we can collaborate effectively and improve our final products.
Description: The Collaborative Review Feature will facilitate real-time feedback among team members directly within the visual storyboard. Users can comment on specific content elements, tag colleagues, and implement suggestions, streamlining the review process and improving the quality of content. This requirement is crucial for fostering teamwork and ensuring that all stakeholders can contribute to the narrative development process, ultimately leading to more polished and effective content.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time feedback and collaboration among team members within the visual storyboard interface.

Given a user is editing a content element in the visual storyboard, when they click on the comment option, then they should be able to leave a comment that is tagged with their username and timestamped.

Team members receive notifications of comments and suggestions made in the visual storyboard.

Given a user has submitted a comment on a content element, when another team member accesses the storyboard, then they should receive a notification about the new comment, including the comment content and author.

Users should be able to implement suggestions from team members in the visual storyboard.

Given a user has received a suggestion on a content element, when they choose to accept the suggestion, then that modification should be reflected in the visual storyboard in real-time.

Users can tag colleagues in comments for direct feedback within the visual storyboard.

Given a user is writing a comment, when they mention a colleague using '@', then the colleague should receive a notification alerting them about the comment they were tagged in.

The visual storyboard allows users to filter comments by their status (e.g., resolved, unresolved).

Given a user is viewing comments on the visual storyboard, when they apply a filter for unresolved comments, then only the unresolved comments should be displayed.

All comments and suggestions are archived and accessible for future reference in the visual storyboard.

Given a user accesses the comment section of the visual storyboard, when they request to view archived comments, then they should see a list of all past comments along with resolution statuses.

Content Performance Analytics

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to see performance data alongside my storyboard so that I can make informed decisions to optimize our campaigns in real time.
Description: The Content Performance Analytics requirement aims to integrate analytics directly into the visual storyboard, allowing users to see real-time data regarding their content's performance across different channels. By visualizing metrics such as engagement rates, shares, and leads generated alongside the content elements, users can make data-driven adjustments to their campaigns. This feature enhances the user's ability to pivot strategies based on performance insights, leading to more effective and targeted content marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the visual storyboard and selects a specific content campaign to analyze its performance data.

Given the user is on the visual storyboard, when they select a content campaign, then the system displays real-time analytics including engagement rates, shares, and leads generated directly adjacent to the content elements.

A user views the analytics for multiple campaigns simultaneously to compare their performance.

Given the user has multiple campaigns on the storyboard, when they toggle the analytics view, then the system allows the user to compare the performance data of at least three selected campaigns side by side.

The user makes a content adjustment based on performance insights received from the analytics.

Given the user notices low engagement rates on a particular piece of content, when they click on the analytics data, then the user can edit the content directly from the storyboard based on the insights provided.

Users access the historical performance data of a content campaign over time.

Given the user is on the content campaign's analytics view, when they select the date range option, then the system displays historical performance metrics for the selected dates accurately.

Users share the performance analytics with team members directly through the platform.

Given the user views the analytics for a campaign, when they click the share button, then the system allows the user to send a link or an export of the analytics dashboard to team members via email or internal messaging.

Users receive alerts for significant changes in content performance metrics.

Given the user has set up performance notifications, when there is a significant increase or decrease in engagement metrics, then the system sends an alert to the user via the preferred notification method.

Drag-and-Drop Scheduling

An intuitive drag-and-drop interface for seamlessly scheduling content posts. Users can easily move tasks across dates and platforms, allowing for flexibility in campaign adjustments. This feature saves time and reduces the complexity of managing content timelines, making scheduling an effortless experience.

Requirements

Drag-and-Drop Interface

User Story: As a content marketer, I want to drag and drop my scheduled posts to different dates so that I can easily adjust my campaign timeline without hassle.
Description: The drag-and-drop interface must allow users to easily schedule content posts across various platforms by clicking and dragging tasks to new dates or times on a visual calendar layout. This feature should enhance user experience by simplifying the content scheduling process, enabling quick adjustments in response to changing needs or campaigns. The drag-and-drop functionality should seamlessly integrate with existing content management and timeline tools within CodoNerve, allowing for real-time updates and collaboration among team members. It aims to reduce the time spent on scheduling, minimize errors, and enhance overall workflow efficiency for digital marketers and content creators.
Acceptance Criteria: User scheduling content for a marketing campaign using the drag-and-drop interface.

Given a user is on the scheduling calendar page, when they drag a content post from one date to another, then the post should be updated to the new date with changes saved automatically.

User attempts to schedule content across multiple platforms using the drag-and-drop feature.

Given a user has multiple platforms connected, when they drag a content post to a different platform in the calendar, then the content should be successfully scheduled on that platform with no data loss.

User modifies a previously scheduled content post by using the drag-and-drop functionality.

Given a user has a content post scheduled, when they drag the content post to a new time on the same day, then the timestamp of the content post should reflect the new time accurately and notify team members of the change.

User reviews analytics after scheduling content to measure efficiency improvements using the new interface.

Given a user schedules multiple posts using the drag-and-drop interface over a week, when they check the analytics dashboard, then the system should show a reduction in scheduling errors and time taken to create the schedule compared to previous methods.

User collaborates with team members while scheduling content using the drag-and-drop tool.

Given a user is scheduling content and has other team members online, when they drag a content post to a new date, then all team members should see the change in real-time without needing to refresh their screens.

Multi-Platform Support

User Story: As a social media manager, I want to schedule posts for multiple platforms at once, so I can maintain a consistent presence without manually posting each time.
Description: The scheduling feature must offer support for multiple social media and content distribution platforms, enabling users to schedule posts on different channels simultaneously. This includes integration with major platforms like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram, and blogs, allowing users to manage their posts from a single interface. The multi-platform support should simplify the promotional efforts of content marketers and reduce the complexity of managing different platforms independently. By facilitating simultaneous scheduling, this feature will save time and ensure a cohesive content strategy across various channels.
Acceptance Criteria: Simultaneous Scheduling of Content Posts across Platforms for a Marketing Campaign.

Given a user is logged into the CodoNerve platform, when they select multiple social media platforms (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram) and create a post, then they should be able to drag and drop the post to any date on the scheduling calendar and see the post scheduled immediately on all selected platforms.

Integration Testing of Multi-Platform Support with Major Social Media Channels.

Given the user has valid accounts linked to Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Instagram, when they schedule a post using the drag-and-drop feature, then the post should be successfully created and visible on all selected platforms without errors within 10 seconds.

User Experience Testing for Drag-and-Drop Functionality.

Given a user is actively scheduling posts, when they drag a content task from one date to another or change its platform, then the system should visually update the calendar and display a confirmation message indicating the schedule change was successful.

User Notification for Successful Post Scheduling.

Given a user finishes scheduling a post across multiple platforms, when the action is completed, then the user should receive a notification summarizing the scheduled post details and the platforms it will be published on.

User Permission Management for Social Media Account Access.

Given a team leader accesses the scheduling feature, when they attempt to link or unlink a team member’s social media account, then they should see a prompt confirming the change of permissions and the updated access list reflects the change immediately.

Performance Benchmarking for Scheduling Posts During Peak Times.

Given the system is live during peak usage hours, when a user attempts to schedule multiple posts simultaneously, then the system should handle at least 100 simultaneous scheduling requests without degrading performance or response times beyond 2 seconds.

Real-Time Notifications

User Story: As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications for my scheduled posts, so I can stay informed about my content calendar and make timely adjustments when necessary.
Description: Implementing real-time notifications will ensure users receive instant updates about their scheduled content posts. Notifications can include reminders for upcoming posts, alerts for successful scheduling, and warnings for potential scheduling conflicts. This feature aims to enhance user engagement and keep content managers informed about their posting schedules. By integrating a notification system with the overall CodoNerve platform, users can adjust their content calendars proactively, thus optimizing their posting strategies and workflows.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives notification for an upcoming scheduled content post 30 minutes prior to the post's scheduled time.

Given the user has a content post scheduled, when the scheduled time is 30 minutes away, then the user receives a real-time notification alerting them of the upcoming post.

User receives an alert upon successful scheduling of a content post.

Given the user has just scheduled a new content post, when the scheduling is confirmed, then the user receives a real-time notification confirming the successful scheduling.

User is notified of potential scheduling conflicts when attempting to schedule a new content post.

Given the user attempts to schedule a new content post that overlaps with an existing post, when the user initiates the scheduling, then a real-time warning notification is displayed about the conflict.

User has the option to customize notification settings for scheduled content updates.

Given the user visits the notification settings section, when the user chooses their preferred notification types (reminders, confirmations, conflicts), then their preferences are saved for real-time notifications.

User receives notifications across multiple devices (desktop and mobile).

Given the user has the CodoNerve application running on both desktop and mobile devices, when a notification is triggered, then the notification appears on all active devices for the user.

User can view a summary of their notifications within the dashboard.

Given the user accesses the notifications section within the dashboard, when the user opens the notifications overview, then they see all recent notifications related to scheduled content posts.

User can dismiss or mark notifications as read from their notification center.

Given the user receives notifications, when the user interacts with the notification center, then they can dismiss or mark notifications as read effectively, updating the notification status in real-time.

Content Preview Functionality

User Story: As a content creator, I want to preview my posts before they are published, so that I can ensure the formatting and appearance are perfect for my audience.
Description: The content preview functionality must allow users to view their posts in a simulated environment before they go live. This includes text formatting, image display, and other rich media elements. This requirement is essential for ensuring that the final output matches user expectations and adheres to platform specifications. The feature should be instantly accessible while scheduling posts to allow quick edits and refinements. By enabling users to preview their content, this feature significantly reduces the likelihood of errors and enhances the quality of posts across platforms.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to preview their content before scheduling a post to ensure all elements appear correctly and meet their expectations.

Given that the user has created a new content post, when the user clicks on the 'Preview' button, then the content should load in a simulated environment that accurately displays text formatting, image display, and rich media elements.

User makes edits to a content post and wishes to check the changes before finalizing the schedule.

Given that the user has made changes to the content post, when the user clicks on 'Preview', then the preview should reflect all recent edits in real-time, including text modifications and image uploads.

User schedules a post and wants to confirm that the layout is consistent across different platforms.

Given that the user selects a platform (e.g., Facebook, Twitter), when the user previews the post, then the content layout should match the specifications required by the selected platform, including correct dimensions and formatting.

User encounters an error in a previously scheduled post and wants to correct it using the preview feature.

Given that the user identifies an error in the scheduled post, when the user opens the post in edit mode and clicks 'Preview', then the preview should display the corrections made, allowing the user to verify the changes before rescheduling.

User wants to ensure multimedia elements, such as videos or GIFs, are displayed correctly in their post during the preview.

Given that the user uploads a multimedia element to their post, when the user selects 'Preview', then the multimedia element should be rendered accurately within the simulated environment with the correct playback features available.

Analytics Integration

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to analyze the performance of my scheduled posts, so I can make informed decisions and optimize my content strategy.
Description: The analytics integration must provide insights into the performance of scheduled posts across various platforms. Users should have access to metrics such as engagement rates, click-through rates, and audience reach. This feature is crucial for evaluating the effectiveness of content strategies and making data-driven decisions for future campaigns. By embedding an analytics dashboard into the scheduling feature, users can easily compare the performance of their posts and adjust their content strategies based on real-time feedback and trends.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Drag-and-Drop Scheduling feature to schedule content posts for multiple platforms at once.

Given the user has scheduled posts for various platforms, When the user drags a scheduled post to a new date, Then the new date should be reflected in both the analytics dashboard and the scheduling interface immediately.

User wants to view the performance of scheduled posts after they have been published for a week.

Given that the posts have been live for a week, When the user checks the analytics dashboard for the scheduled posts, Then the dashboard should display engagement rates, click-through rates, and audience reach for each post.

User makes adjustments to a content strategy based on analytics data.

Given the user observes low engagement rates on specific posts, When the user selects those posts in the analytics dashboard, Then the system should provide recommendations for improvements and allow the user to adjust their content accordingly.

User schedules a series of posts across different platforms for a marketing campaign.

Given the user schedules multiple posts using the drag-and-drop interface, When they access the analytics integration, Then the system should summarize the total scheduled posts, along with the anticipated engagement metrics for the entire campaign.

User needs to filter analytics data by platform to evaluate performance.

Given the user is viewing the analytics dashboard, When they select a specific platform from the filter options, Then the dashboard should refresh and display only the analytics data relevant to that platform's scheduled posts.

User wants to receive alerts for scheduled posts with poor performance metrics.

Given the user has set up performance alerts, When a scheduled post's engagement rate falls below a predefined threshold, Then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the poor performance.

User requires an overview of all scheduled posts' historical performance over time.

Given the user navigates to the historical performance section of the analytics dashboard, When they request data for a specific date range, Then the system should produce a detailed report summarizing engagement rates, CTR, and audience reach for all posts within that range.

Automated Reminders

Automated notification alerts that remind users of upcoming deadlines, tasks, or scheduled posts. By ensuring that important dates aren't missed, this feature enhances accountability and helps users stay organized, leading to improved content delivery and reduced stress.

Requirements

Deadline Notification System

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive automated reminders for my upcoming deadlines and tasks so that I can stay organized and ensure timely content delivery without the risk of missing important dates.
Description: The Deadline Notification System will enable automated reminders to be sent to users for upcoming deadlines, tasks, and scheduled posts within CodoNerve. This feature will enhance user accountability and organization by ensuring that important dates are not missed. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to choose how and when they wish to be reminded (e.g., via email, in-app notifications, or SMS). The integration of this feature with CodoNerve's existing workflows will streamline content delivery processes and decrease stress associated with missed deadlines, ultimately leading to more timely and efficient content generation.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a reminder notification for a scheduled content submission deadline 24 hours before the due date.

Given a scheduled post with a submission deadline set for tomorrow, When the current time reaches 24 hours before the deadline, Then the user receives an automated reminder notification via their selected notification method (email, SMS, in-app).

Users can customize their notification preferences for due dates and tasks.

Given the user settings page, When the user selects their preferred notification method(s) for deadlines (email, SMS, in-app), Then the changes are saved successfully, and the user is able to see a confirmation message indicating that their preferences have been updated.

Automated reminders are triggered for multiple deadlines at once.

Given multiple tasks with deadlines set for the same day, When the current time reaches the reminder threshold, Then the user receives individual automated reminders for each deadline they have set for that day.

The system allows users to set custom reminder times for upcoming tasks or deadlines.

Given the deadline setting interface, When the user selects a specific date and time for their task deadline and sets a reminder for 2 hours prior, Then the system should store this configuration and send an automated reminder at the specified time.

Users receive an overview of their upcoming deadlines and reminders in their dashboard.

Given a user dashboard view, When the user navigates to the deadlines section, Then the system displays a list of all upcoming tasks and their respective reminder times, sorted by due date.

Users can opt out of reminder notifications temporarily.

Given the notification settings, When the user selects the option to temporarily disable reminders, Then all reminder notifications are paused for a specified duration and a confirmation message is displayed.

Notification provides clear information about the deadline context.

Given a reminder notification received by the user, When the user views the notification, Then the notification must include the task description, due date, and the method of submission.

Customizable Reminder Preferences

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to customize my reminder preferences for upcoming tasks so that I can tailor notifications to my schedule and maintain focus on my writing without distractions.
Description: The Customizable Reminder Preferences requirement will allow users to set their preferences for how they receive deadline notifications. Users will be able to select the timing (e.g., 1 hour, 1 day, or 1 week in advance) and method of notification (e.g., email, push notification, or SMS). This feature will provide users with greater control over their notification settings, catering to individual workflows and enhancing their overall experience by ensuring they receive reminders in a manner that works best for them. By facilitating this customization, this feature will help users stay on track more efficiently with their content strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to set a reminder for an upcoming content deadline through the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user has logged into the CodoNerve platform, when they navigate to the reminder settings, then they should see options for timing and method of notification and be able to customize those settings.

User selects to receive a reminder 1 day before a scheduled post via email notifications.

Given the user has chosen to receive notifications via email, when they set their reminder for a scheduled post for 1 day in advance, then the system should save these preferences and send an email reminder 24 hours before the deadline.

User attempts to set multiple reminders for different tasks with varying notification methods.

Given the user has multiple tasks with different deadlines, when they customize reminder preferences for each task, then the system should allow them to save different timing and notification method combinations for each task without conflict or errors.

User wants to change their existing notification method from SMS to push notifications.

Given the user has set a reminder that was previously configured to send SMS notifications, when the user updates their preferences to select push notifications instead, then the system should successfully update the method and confirm the change.

User checks their notification preferences to verify the settings are configured correctly.

Given the user is in the reminder settings section, when they review their notification preferences, then they should see the previously saved preferences accurately reflected, including timing and methods of notifications for upcoming deadlines.

Recurring Task Alerts

User Story: As an in-house content manager, I want to set recurring task alerts for my team so that we can consistently stay on top of our long-term projects and deadlines without manual tracking.
Description: The Recurring Task Alerts requirement will implement a system for notifying users about recurring deadlines and tasks. Users will have the option to set tasks on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis and receive reminders accordingly. This feature will significantly simplify content management by ensuring that users are consistently reminded of ongoing projects, thus preventing any lapses in their content workflow. By automating this process, CodoNerve will help users develop disciplined content schedules and enhance their productivity over time.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a recurring task for posting a blog every Monday at 10 AM.

Given the user has created a recurring task for every Monday at 10 AM, when the time reaches 10 AM on Monday, then the user should receive a notification reminding them of the blog post due.

User wishes to modify the frequency of a recurring reminder from weekly to bi-weekly.

Given the user has an active recurring task set for weekly reminders, when the user changes the frequency to bi-weekly, then the notifications should only alert the user every other week.

User wants to disable notifications for a specific recurring task without deleting it.

Given the user has a recurring task set up, when the user chooses to disable notifications, then no alerts should be sent for that task while the task remains active.

User checks the reminder history to confirm past notifications have been sent.

Given the user has been using the recurring task feature for at least 4 weeks, when the user accesses the notification history, then the history should display a log of all reminders sent during that period.

User sets a monthly recap reminder for billing purposes on the last day of the month.

Given the user has set a monthly reminder for the last day of each month, when that day arrives, then the user should receive a notification reminding them of the billing task.

User receives reminders for multiple tasks set on the same day.

Given the user has multiple recurring tasks set for the same day, when the reminders are due, then the user should receive all notifications without overlap or delay.

Snooze Reminder Functionality

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want the ability to snooze reminders for my tasks so that I can focus on my current project without losing track of my upcoming deadlines.
Description: The Snooze Reminder Functionality will provide users with the ability to temporarily dismiss reminders without losing sight of upcoming deadlines. Users can choose to snooze a notification for a customizable duration, after which they will receive the reminder again. This feature will support users in managing their tasks flexibly while ensuring that no important deadlines are neglected. By offering this functionality, CodoNerve will improve user experience by accommodating varying work rhythms and providing a balanced approach to task management.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to snooze a reminder for 15 minutes before an important deadline to gain some additional time to prepare.

Given a user has an active reminder, when the user selects the snooze option and chooses a 15-minute duration, then the reminder should not appear for 15 minutes and should reappear after that duration elapses.

A user sets a reminder to be snoozed for 1 hour but needs to check if the reminder is correctly modified in the system.

Given a reminder is set to snooze for 1 hour, when the notification is snoozed, then the system should update the reminder time to reflect the new snooze duration and store it accordingly in the database.

User has multiple reminders and wants to ensure that all reminders can be individually snoozed without affecting others.

Given a user has multiple active reminders, when the user snoozes one reminder for 30 minutes, then other reminders should remain unaffected, and only the selected reminder should resurface after the snooze period.

User wishes to customize the snooze duration for a reminder ranging from 5 minutes to 2 hours.

Given a user accesses the snooze option for a reminder, when the user selects a custom snooze duration between 5 minutes and 2 hours, then the system should correctly apply this duration to the reminder and store it.

User wants to receive a confirmation notification after snoozing a reminder to ensure the action was successful.

Given a user has snoozed a reminder, when the snooze action is completed, then the user should receive a confirmation notification indicating the new reminder time.

A user checks their reminders after snoozing one to ensure that the status of the snoozed reminder is displayed accurately.

Given a user snoozed a reminder, when the user opens their reminders list, then the snoozed reminder should show as 'Snoozed' with the updated time until it will reappear.

Analytics Dashboard for Reminders

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to access an analytics dashboard for my reminder notifications so that I can evaluate my productivity patterns and improve my content management efficiency.
Description: The Analytics Dashboard for Reminders will provide users with insights into their reminder notifications and compliance with deadlines. This feature will showcase statistics on how often users set reminders, complete tasks on time, and follow up on notifications. By integrating an analytics component, CodoNerve will enable users to visualize trends in their productivity, providing them with valuable data to identify patterns and optimize their time management strategies. This addition will enhance the product's data-driven capabilities, empowering users to refine their content creation processes based on their performance.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the Analytics Dashboard for Reminders after logging into their CodoNerve account, providing insights into their reminder activities and compliance rates.

Given that the user is logged in, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see visual graphs displaying the number of reminders set, completed tasks, and compliance rates for a defined period.

Users should be able to filter reminders data based on different time frames, such as daily, weekly, and monthly, to analyze their performance more effectively.

Given that the user is viewing the Analytics Dashboard, when they apply a filter for the last week, then the dashboard should update to show relevant tasks and reminders completed within that timeframe.

The Analytics Dashboard should display a trend analysis based on user activity, allowing users to recognize patterns in their reminder-setting habits.

Given that the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they select a trend analysis option, then the dashboard should show a line graph depicting the trend of reminders set and tasks completed over the last month.

Users receive a summary notification at the end of each week, highlighting their reminder activity to promote accountability and reflection on their productivity.

Given that the week has ended, when the user checks their notifications, then they should see a summary of their reminders for the past week, including the number set, completed, and missed.

The dashboard must provide a compliance percentage to indicate how well users follow up on reminders and complete their tasks on time.

Given that the user is reviewing the Analytics Dashboard, when they look at the compliance metrics, then they should see a percentage displaying the number of tasks completed on or before the deadline versus the total reminders set.

Users should be able to export reminder analytics data for further analysis or reporting purposes.

Given that the user is viewing the Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the export button, then they should be able to download a CSV file containing their reminder data and analytics.

The dashboard should give insights into the types of reminders users set most frequently, helping them to understand their prioritization patterns.

Given that the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, when they check the reminder type statistics, then they should see a pie chart representing the distribution of various types of reminders set over the last two months.

Collaboration Workspaces

Dedicated spaces within the calendar for team collaboration, where users can comment, share feedback, and brainstorm ideas on specific content pieces. This fosters a cohesive team environment, improving communication and collaboration on projects while keeping everything organized in one place.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback

User Story: As a team member, I want to give real-time feedback on the content being created so that I can contribute to the improvement of our projects quickly and collaboratively.
Description: The Real-time Feedback requirement enables team members to provide instantaneous comments and suggestions on content pieces within the Collaboration Workspaces. As users edit and brainstorm ideas, they can leave feedback that all team members can see instantly, enhancing communication and fostering a culture of collaboration. This feature integrates seamlessly with existing tools in CodoNerve, allowing updates to be displayed live, which supports an agile workflow. By implementing this requirement, it will improve the quality of content as it allows for iterative enhancements and rapid exchange of ideas among team members, ultimately resulting in better storytelling outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Collaboration on a blog post where multiple team members provide feedback in real-time.

Given a team member is editing a blog post, when they leave a comment, then all other team members can see the comment within 2 seconds.

Team members brainstorming ideas for a marketing campaign in a shared workspace.

Given a brainstorming session is in progress, when a team member shares an idea, then all team members can see the new idea immediately without refreshing the page.

A user reviews and responds to feedback on a project during a collaborative meeting.

Given a user is reviewing feedback in real-time, when they respond to feedback, then their response should be displayed concurrently to all meeting participants within 3 seconds.

Updating a user on their feedback status in a shared document.

Given a team member edits a comment's status from 'Pending' to 'Addressed', when the change is made, then all collaborators should see the updated status reflected instantly.

Enabling notifications for real-time feedback on content pieces.

Given a user has enabled notifications, when feedback is provided on a piece of content they are following, then they should receive an alert within 30 seconds of the feedback being posted.

Reviewing the feedback provided on a completed content piece after presentation.

Given a completed content piece is presented, when the feedback section is accessed, then all comments should be visible and correctly timestamped to reflect the order they were received.

Checking historical feedback on a discussed project in the Collaboration Workspace.

Given a user wants to review past comments on a project, when they access the feedback history, then all previous comments should be listed in chronological order with the proper user attribution.

Version Control

User Story: As a content creator, I want to have access to version control so that I can track changes made to our documents and restore previous versions if necessary.
Description: The Version Control requirement provides users with the ability to track edits and changes made to content within the Collaboration Workspaces. This feature will allow users to revert to previous versions if needed, which will be crucial for maintaining the integrity of creative work. By integrating this capability, CodoNerve ensures that all team members can collaborate without the risk of losing valuable ideas or edits. Version Control also includes a log of changes that allows users to see who made changes and when, fostering transparency and accountability in the creative process.
Acceptance Criteria: Version Tracking for Collaboration Workspaces

Given a user accesses the Collaboration Workspace, when they make edits to a document, then each edit should be automatically saved, and the user should be able to view a list of all saved versions along with the timestamps and the user who made each change.

Reverting to Previous Versions

Given a user is viewing the version history of a document, when they select a previous version, then the document should revert to that version, and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the successful revert action.

Change Log Transparency

Given a user accesses the Change Log, when they review the log, then they should see a chronological list of changes made to the document with details including the user who made the change, date and time of the change, and a brief description of the modification.

Collaboration Notifications for Changes

Given a user with access to a shared document, when another user makes a change to that document, then all users should receive a notification alerting them of the change, including a summary of what was changed and who made the change.

Simultaneous Editing Alerts

Given multiple users are collaborating on a document, when one user attempts to edit a section that is currently being edited by another user, then they should receive a warning indicating that the section is locked and that they can edit once the other user is finished.

Version Comparison Tool

Given a user wants to assess the differences between two versions of a document, when they select two versions from the version history, then they should be shown a side-by-side comparison highlighting the changes made between those versions.

Task Assignment

User Story: As a project manager, I want to assign specific tasks to team members within the collaboration space so that I can ensure clear ownership and accountability for each part of our content projects.
Description: The Task Assignment requirement enables users to assign specific roles and responsibilities within the Collaboration Workspaces. This feature allows team members to delegate tasks related to content creation and set deadlines for each task, enhancing organizational efficiency. With task assignment, users can clarify who is responsible for particular elements of a project, improving workflow and accountability. The ability to track individual contributions alongside collaborative efforts will help meet project timelines more effectively and streamline the content creation process.
Acceptance Criteria: Assigning Tasks to Team Members in Collaboration Workspaces

Given a user in a collaboration workspace, When the user selects a task to assign, Then the user must be able to assign the task to any team member and specify a deadline, with an acknowledgment that the assignment was successful.

Viewing Assigned Tasks for Accountability

Given a team member in a collaboration workspace, When the member accesses the task list, Then the member must see all tasks assigned to them along with their deadlines and current status, providing clear accountability for project elements.

Updating Task Assignment and Deadlines

Given an assigned task within a collaboration workspace, When a user edits the task to change the assignee or deadline, Then the changes must be saved and reflected accurately in the system for all team members to see immediately.

Commenting on Assigned Tasks for Clarity

Given a task assigned to a team member, When the team member adds comments to the task, Then other members must be able to view these comments in real-time to facilitate effective communication.

Tracking Task Progress and Completion

Given a user in a collaboration workspace, When the user marks a task as complete, Then this status change must be updated in real-time for all team members to see on their dashboards and in the task list.

Filtering Tasks by Assignee or Deadline

Given a user in a collaboration workspace, When the user applies filters to the task list, Then the system must display only those tasks that meet the filtering criteria, enhancing task management efficiency.

Receiving Notifications for Task Updates

Given a team member assigned to a task, When any updates or changes are made to that task, Then the team member must receive a notification about the changes to stay informed and ensure accountability.

Comment Threading

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to be able to reply directly to comments on the content so that I can engage in structured discussions and keep track of specific feedback more effectively.
Description: The Comment Threading requirement allows team members to organize feedback and discussion around specific points within the content. This feature facilitates clearer communication as users can respond to comments directly related to their suggestions or questions, creating organized threads that are easy to follow. By integrating a threading system, CodoNerve enhances the quality of discussions and ensures that important feedback doesn’t get lost. This organization helps streamline communication within the team, making it easier to discuss and refine ideas collectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a comment on a specific content piece within the collaboration workspace.

Given a user has opened a collaboration workspace and is viewing content, when they click on a specific section to comment, then a comment input field should appear allowing the user to type and submit their comment.

A user replies to an existing comment in a threaded discussion.

Given multiple comments exist on a content piece, when a user selects a reply option on a comment, then a new input field should be displayed for them to type their response, maintaining the thread structure after submission.

Users can view all comments and replies in an organized manner.

Given a content piece with comments and replies, when the user views the comment section, then all comments should be displayed in a threaded format, clearly showing which replies belong to which comments.

Users receive notifications for new comments or replies to their contributions.

Given a user has commented on or replied to a thread, when someone else adds a new comment or reply to that thread, then the user should receive a notification indicating the update to the discussion.

Users can edit or delete their comments within the threading system.

Given a user has posted a comment, when they choose to edit or delete it, then the comment should be updated or removed from the thread accordingly, with a confirmation prompt for deletion.

Users can search through comments to find specific feedback quickly.

Given a collaboration workspace with multiple comments, when a user enters a search query in the comment search bar, then relevant comments that match the query should be displayed in a results section.

Comments are automatically timestamped when posted.

Given a user submits a comment, when the comment is displayed in the thread, then it should include a timestamp indicating when the comment was posted.

Customizable Notifications

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my notification settings for the collaboration space so that I can choose which updates are most relevant to my work and avoid unnecessary distractions.
Description: The Customizable Notifications requirement allows users to set preferences for alerts related to activities within the Collaboration Workspaces. Users can opt to receive notifications for specific events such as comments on their contributions, task assignments, and changes made to shared content. This feature helps users stay updated with relevant information without being overwhelmed by irrelevant alerts. By allowing customization, CodoNerve ensures that users can focus on what's important to them, improving their workflow and minimizing distractions while keeping them engaged with the collaborative process.
Acceptance Criteria: User configures notification settings for their role within the Collaboration Workspaces, specifying the types of events for which they want to receive alerts.

Given the user is logged into CodoNerve, When they navigate to the notification settings, Then they should see options to customize notifications for comments, task assignments, and content changes, and they should be able to toggle these options on or off.

User receives notifications for specific events they have opted into within the Collaboration Workspaces.

Given the user has configured their notification preferences, When a comment is made on their contribution, Then they should receive an alert via their selected notification method (email or in-app notification).

User updates their notification preferences and saves the changes in the Collaboration Workspaces.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, When they modify their preferences and click save, Then their new preferences should be reflected in the notification settings and should remain after page refresh.

User wants to ensure that irrelevant notifications are not received in the Collaboration Workspaces.

Given the user has opted out of notifications for content changes, When changes are made to shared content, Then the user should not receive any notification about those changes.

User accesses the notifications history to review past alerts received related to their contributions in the Collaboration Workspaces.

Given the user has received notifications, When they navigate to the notifications history page, Then they should see a log of alerts concerning comments, task assignments, and changes organized by date.

User collaborates with a team member and wishes to adjust notification settings after receiving feedback.

Given the user is participating in a discussion on a content piece, When they receive feedback and decide to adjust their notification settings accordingly, Then they should successfully modify settings without exiting the discussion flow.

Analytics Integration

A feature that integrates performance metrics directly into the content calendar, allowing users to assess how well previous content performed at a glance. By linking data with deadlines, users can make informed decisions for future schedules, optimizing their content strategy based on what resonates with their audience.

Requirements

Real-time Metrics Display

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to see real-time performance metrics in my content calendar so that I can quickly assess past content effectiveness and make timely adjustments to my future content strategy.
Description: This requirement involves integrating a real-time metrics display within the content calendar of CodoNerve. Users will be able to view performance metrics such as engagement rates, click-through rates, and social shares directly alongside their scheduled content. This feature aims to streamline content analysis by providing instant insights, allowing users to assess the success of previous posts at a glance. By making data immediately accessible, users can adjust their content strategies promptly, improving overall effectiveness and audience engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Real-Time Engagement Metrics in Content Calendar

Given that a user is in the content calendar section, when they select a scheduled content piece, then the real-time engagement metrics (engagement rate, click-through rate, and social shares) should be displayed alongside the content details.

Comparing Past Content Performance

Given that a user has multiple scheduled content pieces, when they view the content calendar, then they should be able to see comparative performance metrics for engagement rates and click-through rates for the last three published content pieces.

Adjusting Future Content Based on Metrics

Given that a user has accessed the real-time metrics for previously published content, when they decide to modify the content schedule, then they should be able to rearrange or reschedule content based on the performance insights provided.

Filtering Metrics by Different Time Periods

Given that a user is viewing the performance metrics in the content calendar, when they apply a filter for a specific time period (e.g., last week, last month), then the metrics should update to reflect the selected time frame accurately.

User Notification of Content Performance Updates

Given that a user has scheduled content, when the performance metrics for any of their previously published content change significantly, then they should receive an in-app notification alerting them to the change.

Displaying Historical Trends of Key Metrics

Given that a user accesses the content calendar, when they hover over the performance metrics of a given content piece, then a tooltip should appear displaying the historical trends for engagement, click-through, and shares over the last 30 days.

Performance Trend Analysis

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to analyze performance trends over time for different types of content so that I can create more targeted and effective campaigns informed by past successes.
Description: The performance trend analysis requirement focuses on analyzing historical data and presenting it in a user-friendly format that highlights trends over time. This feature will allow users to filter metrics by date ranges, content types, and performance indicators. By providing visual representations such as graphs and charts, users can easily identify which types of content resonate most with their audience. This functionality empowers users to refine their content strategy based on solid historical evidence and data, leading to enhanced performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to review how different types of content have performed over the past quarter to refine their content strategy.

Given the user selects a date range of the past quarter and chooses content type filters, when they view the performance trend analysis, then they should see an accurate and visually represented summary of content performance metrics by type.

A digital marketer needs to assess which content type performed best in terms of engagement over the last month.

Given the user applies a filter for the last month and selects performance indicators for engagement, when the performance trend analysis is generated, then it should display a clear comparison of engagement metrics across different content types.

Freelance writers are looking to identify trends in audience engagement for their past articles before planning future pieces.

Given the user selects specific content pieces and a specified date range, when they access the performance trend analysis, then they should be able to visualize trends through graphs and charts displaying engagement over time.

A content manager wants to analyze performance trends to decide on the next month’s content topics based on past success.

Given the user chooses a 3-month date range and applies filters for performance indicators like views and shares, when they run the performance trend analysis report, then they should be presented with actionable insights based on historical performance trends.

Users want to view a consolidated performance report that includes both data and visual charts for easy analysis.

Given the user requests the summary report from the performance trend analysis, when the report is generated, then it should include both a numerical data table and corresponding visual charts for comprehensive insight.

Automated Insights Generation

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want automated insights about my content performance so that I can improve my writing and better engage my audience without spending hours analyzing data myself.
Description: This requirement entails the development of an automated insights generation tool that synthesizes performance data and generates actionable insights for users. The tool will leverage AI algorithms to identify patterns, successes, and opportunities for improvement in content based on audience engagement. Users will receive notifications or reports outlining key insights and suggested changes, facilitating strategic decision-making without requiring deep data analysis on their part. This feature will enhance user efficiency and effectiveness in content planning and execution.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs into CodoNerve and navigates to the Analytics Integration feature to check previous content performance.

Given that the user has logged into CodoNerve, When they access the Analytics Integration feature, Then they should be able to view performance metrics for the last 10 pieces of content at a glance with proper visualizations.

A user receives a notification after the automated insights generation tool analyzes content performance data.

Given that the automated insights generation tool has processed data, When the analysis is complete, Then the user should receive a notification summarizing key insights and suggested actions based on engagement metrics.

The user reviews the suggested changes for improving future content based on automated insights.

Given that the user has received a report outlining suggested changes, When the user reviews the report, Then they should find at least three actionable recommendations that are customized to improve content performance.

Content creators utilize the insights received from the analytics tool to plan upcoming content.

Given that the user has access to insights from previous content, When they plan new content, Then they should apply at least one insight from the report to their content calendar.

Users can compare performance metrics over different time periods using the analytics integration.

Given that the user selects a time range for comparison in the analytics dashboard, When they run the comparison, Then they should be able to view performance metrics side-by-side for the selected periods.

A user filters performance metrics by content type to identify successful formats.

Given that the user is viewing analytics, When they apply a filter for specific content types, Then they should see adjusted metrics that exclusively pertain to the selected content format.

Users can access historical data to track the effectiveness of previous strategic changes.

Given that the user is in the analytics tool, When they select to view historical data, Then they should be able to see the impact of past strategies on content performance over time.

Customizable Metrics Dashboard

User Story: As a team lead, I want to customize my metrics dashboard to track the most relevant KPIs for my team so that we can focus our efforts on metrics that matter most to our project's success.
Description: The customizable metrics dashboard requirement involves creating a personalized dashboard that allows users to choose which metrics are most relevant to their content strategies. Users can add, remove, or rearrange metrics, ensuring their dashboard displays only the data they prioritize. This level of customization enhances user satisfaction and efficiency as users can focus on metrics that align with their specific goals and objectives, enabling informed decision-making that reflects their unique content strategy.
Acceptance Criteria: User Needs to Personalize Their Metrics Dashboard for Optimal Content Strategy View.

Given the user has access to the metrics dashboard, when they click on 'Customize,' then they should be able to add, remove, or rearrange metrics according to their preference.

User Attempts to Save Custom Layout for Their Metrics Dashboard.

Given the user has made changes to their metrics dashboard layout, when they click on 'Save Changes,' then their customized metrics setup should persist upon logout and login.

User Views Default Metrics Before Customization.

Given the user is accessing the metrics dashboard for the first time, when they open the dashboard, then they should see a predefined set of default metrics displayed.

User Searches for Specific Metrics to Add to Their Dashboard.

Given the user is customizing their metrics dashboard, when they type a metric name into the search bar, then the dashboard should display a list of relevant metrics based on the search input.

User Receives Feedback After Making Customization Changes.

Given any changes are made to the metrics dashboard, when a user saves those changes, then a confirmation message should appear indicating the changes were successfully saved.

User Filters Metrics by Different Performance Indicators.

Given the user is on the metrics dashboard, when they select a filter option for performance indicators, then the dashboard should only display metrics that meet the selected criteria.

Content Performance Alerts

User Story: As a content manager, I want to receive alerts about significant changes in content performance so that I can take immediate action if a post is failing or unexpectedly succeeding.
Description: The content performance alerts feature is designed to notify users of significant changes in content performance, such as a sudden spike in engagement or a drop-off in views. Users can set thresholds for alerts to ensure they are informed of only the most crucial changes. This proactive approach allows users to react quickly to shifts in audience interest or effectiveness, enabling timely interventions to optimize ongoing campaigns and content schedules based on real-time user behavior.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when there is a significant spike in engagement for a piece of content published in the previous week.

Given that a content piece has been published, when the engagement metrics exceed the defined threshold, then the user receives a real-time notification via the platform dashboard and email alert.

User sets a threshold for content performance alerts and successfully saves the settings in their profile preferences.

Given that the user accesses the alert settings page, when they define a threshold for engagement and save the settings, then the threshold is saved and is reflected correctly in the user's profile settings.

User is notified of a drop in views for content that they have published, enabling them to make adjustments to their ongoing strategy.

Given that a content piece has been published, when the views drop below the defined threshold, then the user receives an alert with recommendations on how to enhance visibility and engagement for the specific content piece.

User tests the performance alert feature by simulating a threshold breach for both spikes and drops in engagement metrics.

Given that a testing environment is available, when the simulated engagement metrics are modified to exceed or drop below the defined thresholds, then alerts are triggered as per the specifications, confirming functionality in real-time.

User views analytics data in the content calendar, visually seeing the performance metrics integrated for each piece of content.

Given that the user accesses the content calendar, when they click on a specific content piece, then the performance metrics are displayed in a clear and concise format directly linked to that content.

User can disable the content performance alerts through their personal settings if they choose to opt-out.

Given that the user navigates to the alert settings page, when they select the option to disable performance alerts and save the change, then the alerts are no longer received, and the new setting is correctly reflected in the user's profile.

User receives a summary report of content performance alerts at the end of the month, detailing spikes and drops in engagement.

Given that the user has a monthly reporting feature enabled, when the month ends, then the user receives a detailed report summarizing all performance alerts, including action items and suggested improvements for future content.

Content Type Filters

A customizable filter system that allows users to categorize and view content based on type (blog, social media, email, etc.). This feature enhances organization, enabling users to quickly navigate categories, visualize their content mix, and ensure a balanced strategy across platforms.

Requirements

Dynamic Content Categorization

User Story: As a user, I want to filter my content by type so that I can easily find and manage my assets based on specific categories, improving my workflow and ensuring a balanced content strategy.
Description: The Dynamic Content Categorization requirement focuses on implementing a flexible and customizable filter system that allows users to categorize their content based on various types, such as blog posts, social media updates, and emails. This feature is essential for enhancing content organization within the CodoNerve platform, making it easier for users to track and manage their creative outputs across multiple channels. By enabling users to apply specific filters, they can quickly navigate through their content, visualize their content mix, and ensure they maintain a balanced content strategy that aligns with their marketing objectives. This requirement also integrates seamlessly with CodoNerve's existing user interface, providing an intuitive experience that promotes efficient workflow and productivity among digital marketers and content creators.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies a 'Blog Post' filter to view only blog-related content in the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user is on the content dashboard, when the user selects the 'Blog Post' filter, then the system should display only content categorized as blog posts, removing all other content types from view.

User combines multiple content type filters to refine content search.

Given the user is on the content dashboard, when the user selects both 'Social Media' and 'Email' filters, then the system should display only content categorized as social media posts and emails, excluding all other content types.

User saves a custom filter for future use.

Given the user has selected specific content type filters, when the user clicks on 'Save Filter', then the system should prompt the user to name the filter and confirm, subsequently saving the filter for future retrieval.

User navigates back to a previous view after applying a content type filter.

Given the user has applied a content type filter, when the user clicks on the 'Reset Filters' button, then the system should revert to the original view, displaying all content types without filtering.

User receives visual feedback when applying a content type filter.

Given the user selects a content type filter, when the selection is made, then the system should highlight the active filter in the UI and provide a notification indicating the filter is applied successfully.

User can view analytics based on filtered content types.

Given the user has applied the 'Blog Post' filter, when the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then the system should display analytics specifically related to blog content only, allowing the user to gain insights on that content type.

User can remove applied filters to restore the complete content view.

Given the user has applied one or more filters, when the user clicks on the 'Remove Filter' button for any active filter, then the system should update the content view to include all types of content again, excluding only the removed filter.

Real-time Filtering Updates

User Story: As a user, I want my content filters to update in real-time so that I can instantly see how my selections affect the content displayed, making my management process more efficient.
Description: The Real-time Filtering Updates requirement ensures that any changes made in the content categorization filters are dynamically reflected in the user interface without requiring a page refresh. This feature is crucial for maintaining a smooth and uninterrupted user experience, allowing users to see immediate results as they apply or modify their filters. It enhances the interactivity of the CodoNerve platform, enabling users to adjust their content views on-the-fly based on changing needs or preferences, facilitating better decision-making and rapid content strategy adjustments. By implementing this requirement, CodoNerve enhances its responsiveness and usability, catering to the fast-paced environment of digital marketing and content creation.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies a filter to view only blog content on the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user is on the content dashboard, when they select the 'Blog' filter, then the displayed content should only include blogs, with no other content types visible.

User removes a filter to add email content back to their view on the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user has previously applied a filter to exclude email content, when they click on the 'Email' filter to remove it, then the content display should immediately include email content without requiring a page refresh.

User modifies a filter to select multiple content types at once on the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user is on the content dashboard, when they select both 'Social Media' and 'Blog' filters simultaneously, then the displayed content should reflect a combination of both content types with other content types excluded.

User views the content filters in a collapsed state on the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user has collapsed the content filter panel, when they expand it again, then the filter options should be displayed correctly and reflect any previously selected filters.

User adjusts the filters and the content updates dynamically without interruptions.

Given the user is actively adjusting multiple filters, when the last filter is applied, then all relevant content should update instantaneously without requiring any page refresh or delay.

User-Customized Filter Options

User Story: As a user, I want to create and save my own content filters so that I can quickly access the content that is most relevant to my needs, enhancing my overall content management efficiency.
Description: The User-Customized Filter Options requirement allows users to create and save their own custom filters based on specific criteria they define (e.g., date range, engagement level, content type). This capability is significant for empowering users to tailor their content organization to their unique strategies and preferences. By giving users the flexibility to apply personalized filters, CodoNerve enhances user autonomy and satisfaction, significantly improving the content management experience. This requirement involves a user-friendly interface for creating, saving, and editing custom filters, as well as the underlying logic for retrieving content based on the selected parameters, ensuring a seamless integration with existing features.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a custom filter to view blog content published in the last month with engagement level above 100 likes.

Given the user is on the content filters page, when the user selects 'Blog' as content type, sets the date range to the last month, and specifies engagement level to be greater than 100, then the system should display only the blog content that meets these criteria.

User saves a custom filter for future use after applying it to the current content view.

Given the user has applied a custom filter to view their content, when the user clicks the save button and names the filter 'High Engagement Blogs', then the filter should be saved and accessible in the user's saved filters list.

User edits an existing custom filter to include additional content types.

Given the user has an existing custom filter called 'Social Content', when the user selects the filter and adds 'Email' as an additional content type, then the updated filter should reflect both 'Social' and 'Email' as included content types.

User applies a saved custom filter and the content view updates accordingly.

Given the user has saved a filter named 'Q1 Campaign', when the user selects this filter from the saved filters list, then the content view should refresh to show only the content relevant to the Q1 campaign criteria.

User deletes a custom filter that is no longer needed.

Given the user is viewing their saved filters, when the user selects the 'Delete' option for the filter named 'Old Campaign', then the filter should be removed from the saved filters list and no longer be accessible.

Filter Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to visualize my content distribution through graphs and charts so that I can better understand my strategy and make informed adjustments to my content plan.
Description: The Filter Visualization Dashboard requirement introduces a dedicated area within the CodoNerve platform where users can visualize their content mix and the effects of applied filters in real-time through charts and graphs. This feature is designed to provide users with insights into their content distribution across various types (blogs, emails, social media posts, etc.), helping them understand their performance and strategize effectively. By incorporating visual analytics, CodoNerve supports data-driven decision-making, allowing users to identify trends, gaps, and opportunities in their content strategy, which ultimately drives higher engagement and better marketing outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Filter Visualization Dashboard to view insights on their content distribution after applying specific content type filters.

Given the user has access to the Filter Visualization Dashboard, when they apply a content type filter, then the dashboard should update the visualizations (charts/graphs) to accurately reflect the content distribution based on the selected filters in real-time.

User wants to analyze the performance of their blog content against social media posts using the Filter Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user selects 'Blogs' and 'Social Media' content types on the dashboard, when they view the visualizations, then the dashboard should clearly differentiate and display performance metrics (e.g., views, engagement) for both content types.

User checks the overall balance of their content strategy on the Filter Visualization Dashboard to ensure they are not overcommitting to one type of content.

Given the user views the content mix visualization, when they analyze the pie chart representation, then the chart should visually indicate a balanced distribution of content types (blogs, emails, social media posts) with no single type exceeding 60% of the total mix.

User applies multiple filters to the Filter Visualization Dashboard and wants to see how these combinations impact their overall content strategy.

Given the user applies different combinations of filters, when the user applies these filters, then the dashboard should dynamically adjust and display relevant data points and trends without lag or error.

User seeks to export the visual insights from the Filter Visualization Dashboard for a reporting meeting.

Given the user selects the export option from the dashboard, when they initiate the export, then the system should generate a downloadable report of the visualizations in multiple formats (PDF, CSV) containing all relevant content metrics.

User needs an explanation of the metrics displayed in the Filter Visualization Dashboard to make informed decisions.

Given the user accesses the dashboard, when they hover over any data point in the graphs, then a tooltip should appear providing detailed explanations of that specific metric, including definitions and potential implications.

Collaborative Filtering Options

User Story: As a team member, I want to collaborate on content filters with my colleagues so that we can collectively manage our content and enhance our decision-making process.
Description: The Collaborative Filtering Options requirement facilitates a shared filtering system, allowing multiple users to collaborate on the same content set, applying various filters together. This feature is integral for teams working within CodoNerve, as it fosters collaboration and communication among team members. With this requirement, users can collectively curate content, track changes, and make group decisions about content strategies, enhancing teamwork in the creative process. The collaborative aspect ensures that everyone involved in content creation and management can contribute their expertise, making project outcomes more effective and aligned with team goals.
Acceptance Criteria: Users collaborating on a marketing campaign need to apply content type filters to ensure that all types of content (blogs, social media posts, emails) are represented in their strategy.

Given a group of users in a collaborative workspace, when they apply the content type filters, then all relevant content types should be displayed correctly without any overlap or missing data.

A team wants to compare different content strategies by filtering for specific types of content, like only blogs for a focused discussion.

Given multiple users have access to the content set, when they filter the content by type to display only blogs, then the system should display only blog-type content entries with no unrelated content mixed in.

During a collaborative review session, team members must be able to change the applied filters and see updates in real-time.

Given users are filtering content types, when one user changes a filter, then all other users in the session should see the updated content list reflect the new filters in real-time without delays.

A project manager wants to categorize content into custom groups for better visualization of the content mix across various platforms.

Given the user has created custom filters for content types, when they apply these filters, then the content dashboard should visually represent the categorized content, showing percentages of each type with clarity.

Users are tracking the effectiveness of different content types through filters set up for analytics purposes.

Given users apply content type filters, when they view the analytics dashboard, then the metrics displayed should correspond accurately to the filtered content types, showing engagement and performance data specific to those types.

Integrated Search Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to search for content using keywords in conjunction with filters so that I can quickly find the specific content I need, improving my content creation process.
Description: The Integrated Search Functionality requirement encompasses the creation of a unified search feature that allows users to find content not only by applying filters but also through keyword searches. This enhancement is important for improving content discoverability within the platform, making it effortless for users to locate specific materials based on keywords, topics, or phrases relevant to their strategies. By integrating this search capability with the existing filtering options, CodoNerve will ensure that users have a powerful tool at their disposal for effectively navigating their content library. The requirement includes the implementation of search algorithms as well as a streamlined user interface that combines filtering and searching for optimal user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for a blog post using a specific keyword related to SEO tips in the content library of CodoNerve.

Given a user is on the content library page, when they enter 'SEO tips' in the search bar and click 'search', then the system must return all blog posts that include 'SEO tips' in their title or content.

A user wants to filter social media posts from the content library while searching for content including the keyword 'promotion'.

Given a user has applied the 'social media' filter, when they input 'promotion' in the search bar, then the system should return only social media posts that contain the keyword 'promotion'.

An in-house team wants to verify that the search functionality displays relevant results across all content types based on various keyword queries.

Given a user uses different keywords such as 'newsletter', 'blog', and 'email campaign', when they perform searches for each keyword, then the system must return content that matches the keyword in the specific type (newsletter, blog, or email).

A digital marketer is checking whether the filtering and searching functionalities can be used simultaneously without issues.

Given a user applies multiple filters (e.g., blog and email) and enters a keyword, when they execute the search, then the system must provide results that match both the filters and the keyword entered.

A freelance writer wants to test the performance of the combined search and filter options under heavy usage conditions.

Given a scenario of high concurrent users applying filters and searching, when a user performs a search while other users are simultaneously interacting with the content library, then the search results should still be returned within an acceptable time frame (under 3 seconds).

Recurring Event Feature

Users can set up recurring content schedules for regular publications, such as weekly blog posts or monthly newsletters. This automated scheduling feature ensures that important content is consistently published without the need for manual input every time, enhancing efficiency and ensuring regular engagement.

Requirements

Recurring Content Scheduler

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to set up recurring content schedules so that I can ensure my blog posts and newsletters are published consistently without having to remember to do it manually every time.
Description: The Recurring Content Scheduler allows users to automate the publication of predefined content at specified intervals, such as daily, weekly, or monthly. This functionality eliminates the need for manual scheduling, thereby improving workflow efficiency. The scheduler will provide users with customizable options to set start and end dates, adjust frequency, and specify times for publication. By enabling consistent content delivery, this feature will enhance audience engagement and allow marketers and content creators to focus on other strategic tasks. Integration with existing calendars and the ability to receive notifications about upcoming scheduled posts will further streamline the user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User schedules a weekly blog post to be published every Monday at 9 AM for the next three months.

Given the user has selected a blog post, when they set the frequency to weekly, specify the start date as next Monday, and set the time to 9 AM, then the system should automatically schedule the post to be published every Monday at 9 AM for the next three months.

User wants to create a monthly newsletter that starts on the first day of the next month and ends on December 31st of the current year.

Given the user selects the 'monthly' option, when they input the start date as the first of next month and the end date as December 31st, then the system must successfully schedule the newsletters for the first day of each month until the end date.

User adjusts the frequency of a previously scheduled post from weekly to bi-weekly.

Given the user has an existing scheduled post set to publish weekly, when they change the frequency to bi-weekly and save the changes, then the system should update the schedule to reflect the new bi-weekly publishing dates accurately.

User wants to receive notifications before their scheduled posts are published.

Given the user has scheduled posts, when they set notification preferences to receive alerts 30 minutes prior to publication, then the system must send notifications to the user’s registered email address or via push notifications as specified.

User attempts to create a recurring schedule without specifying the start date.

Given the user tries to create a recurring event without entering a start date, when they attempt to save, then the system should display an error message prompting the user to provide a valid start date.

User checks the analytics dashboard for content engagement metrics after automatic publication of scheduled posts.

Given the user has scheduled content that has been published automatically, when they visit the analytics dashboard, then the system should display metrics related to views, likes, shares, and comments for each published post.

User integrates the Recurring Content Scheduler with their Google Calendar.

Given the user successfully connects their Google Calendar to CodoNerve, when they create a recurring schedule, then the scheduled events should appear in their Google Calendar with appropriate notifications as set in the CodoNerve settings.

Custom Recurrence Options

User Story: As a content manager, I want to create custom recurrence patterns for my newsletters so I can align my publications with specific marketing campaigns and events.
Description: This requirement involves providing users with the option to customize their recurring events beyond standard daily, weekly, or monthly formats. Users will have the ability to select multiple days of the week, skip specific dates, and create complex recurrence rules (such as every third Tuesday or the last Friday of the month). This customization enhances flexibility, allowing users to tailor their content scheduling to meet specific strategic marketing objectives or audience engagement tactics. The feature will integrate smoothly with the existing calendar system to ensure comprehensive awareness of scheduled events.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a customized recurring event for blog posts to be published every Monday and Thursday at 10 AM.

Given the user has selected Monday and Thursday from the weekly options, when they set the time to 10 AM, then the system should confirm the event saved with the specified recurrence schedule.

User customizes a recurring newsletter event to skip a specific date due to a holiday.

Given the user has selected a monthly recurrence, when they choose to skip a specific date (e.g., December 25th), then the system should prevent that date from being included in the published schedule and notify the user of the change.

User sets a complex recurrence for an event to occur every third Friday of the month.

Given the user has selected the option for custom rules, when they input 'every third Friday', then the system should generate the correct schedule reflecting that rule for the upcoming months.

User wants to publish content on the last weekday of every month.

Given the user selects the last weekday option for monthly recurrence, when they save the event, then the system should create a schedule for the last weekday of every month, accurately reflecting public holidays and weekends.

User integrates the recurring event feature with their existing calendar system.

Given the user has saved a recurring event, when they check their linked calendar, then the event should appear in their calendar with the correct recurrence pattern.

User attempts to set multiple recurring events for different content types.

Given the user has different content types such as blogs, newsletters, and social media posts, when they create multiple scheduled events, then all event occurrences should be correctly lined up without conflicts in the system.

User Notification System

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to receive notifications before my content is published so that I can make last-minute edits or prepare for promoting it.
Description: The User Notification System will alert users about their upcoming scheduled publications, allowing them to prepare accordingly. Notifications can be configured as email reminders or in-app alerts and can be scheduled to be sent out a day, hour, or minute before the content is published. This ensures that users are always aware of their scheduled content, reducing the likelihood of missed opportunities for engagement or follow-up actions. The notification system may also include reminders for when content requires updates or adjustments, thereby maintaining the relevance and accuracy of published materials.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification email one day prior to their scheduled blog post publication for effective content preparation.

Given a user schedules a blog post for publication, when the scheduled time is one day away, then the user should receive an email notification with the publication details.

In-app notifications are displayed to users 1 hour before their scheduled newsletter dispatch.

Given a user has a newsletter scheduled, when the current time reaches one hour before the publication time, then an in-app alert should notify the user of the impending publication.

Users can set different intervals for notifications such as 1 minute, 1 hour, or 1 day before the content is scheduled.

Given a user sets a notification interval for their scheduled content, when the user selects a specific time such as 1 minute before, then the system must allow this option and confirm the setting.

Users receive reminders for content updates as per their configured settings after the initial publication.

Given a user has published content, when the content reaches a specified age (e.g., 30 days), then the user should receive a reminder about potential updates via the configured notification method.

The user can customize notification settings to choose between email alerts and in-app notifications according to their preference.

Given the user navigates to notification settings, when the user selects their preferred notification method (email or in-app), then the system should save this preference for future notifications.

Users can view a history log of notifications sent for upcoming scheduled publications.

Given a user requests to view notification history, when they access the notification log, then a complete history of all notifications sent should be displayed with timestamps and content titles.

The system automatically handles timezone differences for scheduled notifications for international users.

Given a user from a different timezone schedules content, when the notification time is reached, then the user should receive the notification at the correct local time according to their settings.

Analytics Integration for Recurring Content

User Story: As a marketing analyst, I want to access performance metrics for my recurring content so that I can evaluate its effectiveness and refine my future content strategy.
Description: The Analytics Integration for Recurring Content will track the performance of content published through the recurring scheduler. By gathering metrics such as views, engagement rates, and click-through rates, this feature will provide users with insights into how their content is performing over time. This data will allow users to assess the effectiveness of their content strategy and adjust their future scheduling accordingly. Integration with the existing analytics dashboard will ensure a seamless experience for users seeking to measure the impact of their recurring content.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to analyze the performance of content created through the recurring event feature over a month to assess engagement rates and adjust future publishing schedules accordingly.

Given the user has published recurring content for a month, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see a detailed report of views, engagement rates, and click-through rates for each piece of content.

A user has integrated the analytics feature with their existing dashboard and wants to compare content performance across different time periods.

Given the user has selected a date range, when they generate a report, then it should reflect content performance metrics accurately for that specified period including a comparison with prior periods.

A user receives notifications on content performance metrics for their recurring posts and wishes to set parameters for alerts.

Given the user has set thresholds for engagement rates, when a metric falls below this threshold, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the drop in performance.

A user wants to integrate feedback from the analytics into their content strategy for future recurring posts.

Given the user has accessed analytics, when they review the performance metrics, then they should be able to export the data to a CSV file for deeper analysis and reference.

A digital marketer is utilizing the recurring event feature and wants to ensure the integration is seamless across all platforms used for content distribution.

Given the user has published recurring content through CodoNerve, when they check external platforms for posts, then all posts should appear consistently with the appropriate meta-data as defined by CodoNerve's standard.

The user has just published a recurring event and wants immediate feedback on initial engagement.

Given the user has set up a new recurring event, when the first content is published, then the analytics dashboard should start tracking engagement metrics in real-time within five minutes of publication.

Draft Review Process

User Story: As an in-house content team member, I want to collaborate on recurring drafts so that we can improve the quality of delivered content before it goes live.
Description: The Draft Review Process will allow collaborators to review, edit, and approve content drafts within the recurring scheduling framework. This feature will facilitate real-time collaboration by enabling team members to provide feedback and make necessary adjustments before publication. The review process will include options for comments, edit suggestions, and approval workflows, ensuring that all team members can contribute to the quality of the final content. Integration with user roles and permissions will ensure that only authorized users can approve content for publishing.
Acceptance Criteria: A collaborator accesses the Draft Review Process to review a content draft scheduled for recurring publication.

Given a scheduled content draft, When the collaborator opens the draft, Then the draft should load with all existing comments, suggestions, and the current approval status visible.

A team member provides feedback on a draft and submits their comments and edit suggestions.

Given a content draft, When the team member adds comments and edit suggestions and clicks 'Submit', Then the comments and suggestions should be saved and displayed to all team members involved in the review process.

The author of a draft receives notification of new comments and suggestions from collaborators.

Given that a draft has received new comments, When the author accesses the draft, Then a notification should display alerting the author of the new comments and a summary of the suggestions.

A team manager reviews the draft and approves it for publication.

Given the draft is ready for review, When the manager clicks 'Approve', Then the draft should change its status to 'Approved' and notify the scheduling system for publication.

A collaborator with insufficient permissions attempts to approve a draft.

Given a draft in the review process, When the collaborator tries to click 'Approve', Then the system should display an error message indicating lack of permissions.

A team member wants to delete their comment from the review process.

Given a draft under review, When the team member clicks 'Delete' next to their comment, Then the comment should be removed from the draft and all collaborators should be notified of the deletion.

The review process incorporates a deadline for submitting feedback.

Given a scheduled review period, When the deadline is reached, Then no further comments or edit suggestions should be accepted from team members, and the final approval process should commence.

Engagement Heatmap

Visualize audience engagement patterns over time with an interactive heatmap. This feature helps users identify peak interaction times and preferred content types, facilitating strategic content scheduling and optimization for maximum reach.

Requirements

Interactive Heatmap Visualization

User Story: As a content marketer, I want to visualize audience engagement patterns using an interactive heatmap so that I can identify peak interaction times and optimize my content strategy accordingly.
Description: The Engagement Heatmap feature will provide an interactive, visual representation of audience engagement data over time. This functionality will enable users to see patterns of interaction, such as peak engagement times and preferred content types. By integrating real-time data analytics with a graphical interface, it allows users to make informed decisions about content scheduling and optimization, ultimately leading to increased audience reach and engagement. The heatmap should be responsive, user-friendly, and easily navigable, allowing users to drill down into specific time frames and content categories for deeper insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Engagement Heatmap feature to analyze audience engagement data for the past month.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the Engagement Heatmap section, then the heatmap displays audience engagement data clearly segmented by week with a color-coded legend indicating levels of engagement.

User drills down into a specific week on the heatmap to view detailed engagement metrics.

Given the user selects a specific week on the heatmap, when the user clicks on that week, then the interface provides a detailed breakdown of engagement metrics for each day during that week, including total interactions, likes, shares, and comments.

User interacts with the heatmap to identify peak engagement times for their content.

Given the user hovers over the time blocks on the heatmap, when they hover over a specific time block, then a tooltip appears displaying the number of interactions and the type of content posted during that period.

User wants to filter the heatmap by content type to assess engagement patterns.

Given the user is viewing the Engagement Heatmap, when the user selects a specific content type from the filter options, then the heatmap refreshes to show only engagement metrics for that content type.

User wishes to compare engagement trends across different time periods.

Given the user has selected two different time periods, when they view the comparative heatmap, then both sets of engagement data are represented side by side for easy analysis and comparison.

Data Filtering Capabilities

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to filter audience engagement data by content type and time period so that I can focus on the most relevant information to refine my marketing strategies.
Description: This requirement involves the implementation of data filtering capabilities within the Engagement Heatmap feature. Users should be able to filter engagement data based on criteria such as time periods, content types, and audience segments. This functionality will enable users to isolate specific data sets for analysis, facilitating a more granular understanding of engagement patterns. The filtering options should be intuitive and easily accessible within the heatmap interface, allowing users to customize their analysis to meet their unique needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User filters engagement data by selecting a specific time period to analyze interactions on their posts.

Given the user is on the Engagement Heatmap interface, when they select a time period filter and apply it, then the heatmap should update to display only the engagement data for the selected time period, reflecting all relevant interactions accurately.

User filters engagement patterns based on specific content types (e.g., blog posts, videos, infographics) to see how different formats perform.

Given the user has accessed the Engagement Heatmap, when they choose a content type filter and apply it, then only the data related to the selected content type should be shown on the heatmap with a clear indication of which types are included.

User applies multiple filters (time period and content type) to analyze data from a specific audience segment.

Given the user is using the Engagement Heatmap, when they apply both a time period filter and a content type filter simultaneously, then the filtered results should accurately reflect the engagement data specific to that combination of filters without any data loss.

User utilizes the audience segment filter to refine the data displayed on the heatmap.

Given the user is viewing the Engagement Heatmap, when they select an audience segment from the filter options, then only the engagement data relevant to that specific audience segment should be displayed, along with proper labeling for clarity.

User wants to reset all applied filters to view the complete engagement data set again.

Given that the user has one or more filters applied on the Engagement Heatmap, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should be cleared and the heatmap should display the full engagement data set without any restrictions.

User interacts with the heatmap to analyze engagement trends over a specified duration, noticing changes in audience behavior.

Given the user is analyzing the Engagement Heatmap, when they hover over specific segments of the heatmap, then detailed engagement data and trends should be displayed clearly, including time, content type, and audience segment statistics.

User evaluates the responsiveness of the heatmap after applying filters.

Given the user is on the Engagement Heatmap, when they apply any filter, then the response time of the heatmap to reflect the filtering changes should not exceed three seconds, ensuring a smooth user experience.

Real-time Data Updates

User Story: As a content creator, I want the engagement heatmap to update in real-time so that I can monitor audience interaction as it happens and make immediate adjustments to my content scheduling.
Description: The Engagement Heatmap must support real-time data updates to ensure that users have access to the most current audience engagement metrics. This requirement will involve the integration of dynamic data retrieval systems that automatically refresh the heatmap as new engagement data is collected. The goal is to provide users with up-to-date insights that reflect the latest audience behaviors, enabling timely adjustments to content strategies. Real-time updates will also enhance user experience by promoting active engagement with the tool.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Engagement Heatmap to analyze audience interactions during a live campaign.

Given that the user is logged into the CodoNerve platform and has navigated to the Engagement Heatmap, When audience engagement data is updated in real-time, Then the heatmap should reflect these changes within 5 seconds of data retrieval.

A user sets a content strategy based on the insights derived from the Engagement Heatmap during peak interaction times.

Given that the user has accessed the Engagement Heatmap, When the user identifies peak engagement times on the heatmap, Then the user should be able to activate alerts for future campaigns based on these insights.

A marketing team collaborates using the Engagement Heatmap feature to optimize their content release schedule.

Given that multiple users are interacting with the Engagement Heatmap simultaneously, When any user makes a change to the data settings, Then all users should see these changes reflected in real time without refreshing the page.

An analyst reviews historical engagement patterns through the Engagement Heatmap.

Given that the user filters the heatmap to show data for the last month, When the real-time updates are applied, Then the heatmap should consistently show engagement metrics accrued in that time frame without delays.

A user examines how different content types perform over time using the Engagement Heatmap.

Given that the user has selected multiple content types to compare on the heatmap, When engagement data for those content types is retrieved, Then the heatmap should visually differentiate engagement levels for each content type accurately.

Export Functionality

User Story: As a team lead, I want to export the engagement heatmap data into a PDF so that I can share audience insights with my team and include them in our quarterly reports.
Description: This requirement entails the development of export functionality within the Engagement Heatmap feature. Users should be able to export the heatmap data and visualizations in various formats such as CSV, PDF, and image files. This feature will empower users to share insights with team members or stakeholders easily and incorporate the data into reports and presentations. The export process should be straightforward and quick, allowing users to retain valuable insights for offline analysis or dissemination.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to export heatmap data to a CSV file for offline analysis.

Given the user has access to the Engagement Heatmap, When they select the export option and choose CSV format, Then the system successfully generates a CSV file containing all relevant heatmap data without errors.

User plans to present engagement insights to stakeholders using a PDF export of the heatmap.

Given the user is viewing the Engagement Heatmap, When they select the export option and choose PDF format, Then the system generates a well-formatted PDF with visualizations and data, preserving the original layout and design.

A team member wants to share the visual representation of audience engagement via an image file.

Given the user is on the Engagement Heatmap, When they select the export option and choose image format, Then the system generates an image file (JPG or PNG) that accurately captures the heatmap visuals without any distortion.

A user is exporting the heatmap data multiple times in different formats within a single session.

Given the user has completed an export in one format, When they initiate a new export in a different format, Then the system allows the user to perform multiple exports without crashing or losing data.

User needs to incorporate heatmap data into a report while ensuring the exported data is correct and complete.

Given the user exports heatmap data, When they open the exported file in the respective application (e.g., Excel, PDF viewer), Then all data points in the heatmap should match the original data presented on the platform.

User wants to quickly access the exported files after the export process is completed.

Given the user has successfully exported their heatmap data, When the export process completes, Then the system provides a clear notification with a direct link to the location of the exported file.

User interacts with the export functionality for the first time and seeks guidance on the process.

Given the user is using the Engagement Heatmap for the first time, When they access the export option, Then the system presents a tooltip or guide that explains the export formats available and their purposes.

Customizable Alerts

User Story: As a digital marketing manager, I want to set up alerts for significant spikes in audience engagement on the heatmap so that I can respond swiftly to trends and optimize my content strategy accordingly.
Description: The Engagement Heatmap should include an alert system that allows users to set custom notifications based on specific engagement metrics. Users will have the option to receive alerts when certain thresholds are met, such as a spike in views or comments on a piece of content. This functionality will enable proactive engagement with audience trends, allowing users to act quickly on notable changes in their content's performance. Alerts should be configurable through the user settings interface for a tailored experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a custom alert for a spike in views on a specific content piece.

Given the user is on the settings page, when they set a custom alert for content views and save the settings, then the alert should be successfully configured and appear in the alert management section.

User receives a notification when engagement metrics exceed a defined threshold.

Given that the alert is configured for a specific threshold, when the engagement metric exceeds that threshold, then the user should receive a notification in both the application and via email.

User updates their configured engagement alert settings.

Given the user is on the alert management section, when they edit an existing alert and save the changes, then the updated alert settings should be reflected in the user’s alert list immediately.

User tries to set an alert with an invalid threshold.

Given the user is on the settings page, when they attempt to set an alert with an invalid threshold value, then an error message should appear indicating the threshold is invalid, and the alert should not be saved.

User wants to disable an existing engagement alert.

Given the user is on the alert management section, when they click the disable option for an alert, then the alert should be marked as disabled and no longer send notifications until re-enabled.

User views the list of all configured alerts.

Given the user navigates to the alert management section, when they view their alerts, then all configured alerts should be displayed with their corresponding thresholds and status (active/disabled).

User receives alerts based on different engagement metrics like comments and shares.

Given the user has set multiple alerts for different engagement metrics, when those metrics hit their configured thresholds, then the user should receive separate notifications for each metric that exceeds its threshold.

Demographic Insights

Gain in-depth understanding of your audience with detailed demographic breakdowns. This feature provides insights into age, gender, location, and interests, allowing users to tailor their messaging and content to resonate better with specific audience segments.

Requirements

Demographic Analysis Dashboard

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want a dashboard that displays detailed demographic insights so that I can tailor my content strategies to better engage my target audience.
Description: This requirement involves the creation of an intuitive dashboard that provides users with visual representations of demographic data. It will aggregate information such as age, gender, location, and interests into easy-to-understand charts and graphs. This dashboard will enable users to quickly grasp insights into their target audiences, helping them make informed decisions when crafting content and marketing strategies. Additionally, this feature will integrate seamlessly with existing analytics tools within CodoNerve, ensuring that users have up-to-date information at their fingertips, ultimately enhancing their content's resonance and effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Demographic Analysis Dashboard to gain insights into their target audience before launching a new marketing campaign.

Given the user is logged into CodoNerve, when they navigate to the Demographic Analysis Dashboard, then they should see visual representations of demographic data including age, gender, location, and interests displayed in clear charts and graphs.

User checks the demographic data to tailor their content for a specific audience segment.

Given the user has selected a target audience segment, when they view the Demographic Analysis Dashboard, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the selected segment's demographic data without any delay.

User wants to understand the performance of their content in relation to specific demographic groups.

Given the user is viewing the Demographic Analysis Dashboard, when they select a specific content piece from the content management system, then the dashboard should display a comparison of demographic data before and after the content launch.

User intends to integrate the Demographic Analysis Dashboard with other analytics tools in CodoNerve.

Given the user has access to both the Demographic Analysis Dashboard and the existing analytics tools, when they enable integration settings, then the dashboard should successfully pull and display data from those tools without errors.

User wishes to export demographic insights for reporting purposes.

Given the user is on the Demographic Analysis Dashboard, when they click on the export button, then they should be able to download the demographic data in a CSV format that includes all visualized information.

User seeks to customize the view of demographic data on the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Demographic Analysis Dashboard, when they select different filtering options for demographics, then the dashboard should dynamically adjust and re-display all relevant data according to the selected filters without page reload.

User looks for detailed tooltips providing explanations of demographic metrics on the dashboard.

Given the user hovers over any demographic metric displayed on the Demographic Analysis Dashboard, then a tooltip should appear providing a clear explanation of what the metric represents and its importance.

Segmentation Filters

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to filter audience demographics by specific criteria so that I can create content that speaks directly to the interests and needs of my target groups.
Description: This requirement entails the development of customizable segmentation filters that allow users to refine their analysis based on specific demographic parameters. Users can select multiple criteria such as age ranges, gender, geographical location, and interests to focus on particular audience segments. This feature will provide users with a more granular understanding of their audience and enable targeted content creation and marketing efforts. Implementation of this capability will increase user efficiency and the overall effectiveness of content strategies by allowing for tailored messaging and campaigns.
Acceptance Criteria: As a digital marketer, I want to apply segmentation filters based on age ranges to analyze my audience's preferences and tailor my content accordingly.

Given that the user has access to the demographic insights feature, when they select specific age ranges as filters, then the analysis output should only display data relevant to the selected age segments.

As a freelance writer, I want to use segmentation filters for geographical location to understand my audience's interests in different regions.

Given that the user has selected geographical location filters, when they request the demographic insights, then the results should reflect the data only from the specified regions.

As an in-house team member, I want to combine filters for age, gender, and interests to create a comprehensive audience profile.

Given that the user has chosen multiple segmentation filters (age, gender, interests), when they generate insights, then the data displayed should be a specific cross-section of the selected demographics and comply with the user-defined criteria.

As a content strategist, I want to save my segmentation filter preferences for future analyses to streamline my workflow.

Given that the user applies specific segmentation filters, when they choose to save these settings, then the system should allow them to name and save their filter preferences for later use, which should be retrievable in future sessions.

As a digital marketer, I want to reset the segmentation filters easily to quickly start new analyses without clearing individual selections.

Given that the user has applied multiple segmentation filters, when they click on the reset button, then all filters should be cleared, and the analysis results should return to the default state without any selections applied.

As a campaign manager, I want to generate reports based on the filtered audience to share insights with my team.

Given that the user has refined their analysis using segmentation filters, when they select the option to generate a report, then the report created should include only the data that matches the current filter settings, formatted for easy sharing.

Real-time Data Updates

User Story: As an in-house content strategist, I want real-time updates on audience demographics so that I can quickly adapt my content to current trends and audience behaviors.
Description: This requirement focuses on ensuring that the demographic insights provided to users are updated in real-time. By integrating with live data sources, users will receive the most current demographic information, allowing them to adjust their strategies and content on-the-fly. This functionality is essential for maintaining the relevance of engaging with audiences, especially in fast-paced marketing environments where trends can change rapidly.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses demographic insights dashboard during a live marketing campaign and checks the real-time updates of audience demographics to tailor their messaging accordingly.

Given the user is on the demographic insights dashboard, when new audience data is available, then the data should refresh automatically without requiring a manual refresh every 5 seconds.

A digital marketer reviews demographic breakdowns before launching a new ad campaign to ensure the content aligns with current audience trends based on real-time data.

Given the user has selected a specific audience segment, when the demographic data is updated, then it should reflect the latest changes in age, gender, location, and interests within 3 seconds.

An in-house team modifies their content strategy during a brainstorming session using real-time demographic insights to make data-driven decisions.

Given the team is discussing content strategies, when they access demographic insights, then they should see visual indicators (e.g., colors, graphs) that highlight significant demographic shifts effectively within the analytics dashboard.

A freelance writer uses real-time demographic data to adjust the tone and language of their content based on audience preferences.

Given the user has the demographic insights panel open, when they input changes to the content settings, then the insights should reflect updated audience engagement metrics dynamically within 2 seconds after each change.

During a performance review, a digital marketer needs to present the impact of real-time demographic updates on their latest campaign.

Given the user is generating a report, when they select the date range and audience segments, then the report should include real-time changes in the demographic insights with a timestamp showing the most recent data refresh.

A user tries to understand how the real-time update of demographic insights impacts their audience targeting strategy during a presentation.

Given the user is in a presentation mode, when new demographic data is pushed, then the presentation should automatically show the latest insights without requiring the user to navigate away from the current slide within 5 seconds.

Custom Report Generation

User Story: As a team lead, I want to create customized reports based on demographic data so that I can effectively communicate insights to my team and stakeholders.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a feature that allows users to generate customizable reports based on demographic insights. Users will be able to select specific parameters, choose visualization formats, and create reports tailored to their needs. This capability will enable users to present findings in a professional manner and share actionable insights with stakeholders, improving collaboration and strategy alignment within teams.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I want to generate a custom report based on demographic data so that I can present findings to my team effectively.

Given that I am on the Custom Report Generation page, when I select specific demographic parameters, then the report should reflect only the data relevant to the selected parameters.

As a user, I need to choose the visualization format for my report in order to make the presentation visually appealing and easy to understand.

Given that I have selected my demographic parameters, when I choose a visualization format, such as charts, tables, or graphs, then the report should display the data in the selected format accurately.

As a user, I want to save my customized report settings so that I can reuse them in the future without having to set them up again.

Given that I have completed the customization of my report, when I save the settings, then the system should store my preferences for future report generations.

As a user, I would like to share my generated report with my stakeholders to ensure alignment on the insights gathered.

Given that I have generated a custom report, when I click on the share button, then I should be able to send the report via email or generate a shareable link successfully.

As a user, I want to receive feedback on the report generation process to ensure it meets my expectations.

Given that I have completed the report generation, when I provide feedback through the prompt, then the system should acknowledge my input and save it for further research.

As a user, I wish to view a summary of the report before finalizing to ensure all parameters are set correctly.

Given that I have completed the report settings, when I request to preview the report, then I should see a summary view of the report including all selected parameters and visualizations.

As a user, I need to download the generated report in various formats (PDF, Excel) for offline viewing and sharing.

Given that I have generated a custom report, when I choose to download it, then I should have the option to download it in both PDF and Excel formats successfully.

Integration with Campaign Tools

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want to integrate demographic insights into my campaign tools so that I can enhance the targeting and effectiveness of my marketing efforts.
Description: This requirement includes the seamless integration of demographic insights with existing campaign management tools within CodoNerve. By allowing users to directly apply demographic data to their marketing campaigns, this feature enhances the overall efficiency of the content creation process. Users will be able to leverage insights for targeted messaging, optimizing campaign performance and effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User integrates demographic insights into an existing marketing campaign via the CodoNerve platform.

Given a user has demographic insights available, when they select a campaign from the campaign tools, then the demographic insights should populate within the campaign setup interface and be editable.

User generates a report on campaign performance that incorporates demographic data.

Given a user has run a campaign utilizing demographic insights, when they generate a performance report, then the report should display metrics based on audience segments, including age, gender, and location.

User applies demographic filters to target specific audience segments for a campaign.

Given a user is setting up a new campaign, when they choose to filter their audience by demographics, then only the selected demographic segments should be targeted for the campaign messaging.

Collaborative team members access demographic insights while planning a campaign.

Given a team of users is collaborating on a campaign, when any member accesses the campaign tool, then all demographic insights should be visible and up-to-date for every member in real time.

User receives a notification when demographic insights are updated or modified.

Given a user has integrated demographic insights into their campaigns, when any changes occur to those insights, then the user should receive a notification within the platform regarding the updates.

User creates a new campaign using pre-defined demographic segments.

Given a user creates a new campaign and selects a demographic segment from predefined options, when they finalize the campaign details, then the selected demographic segment should be correctly applied to the campaign setup.

User removes or modifies demographic insights in an ongoing campaign.

Given a user wants to change demographic insights in an active campaign, when they edit the demographics, then those changes should be reflected immediately in the campaign strategy without error.

A/B Testing for Audience Segments

User Story: As a data analyst, I want to run A/B tests on different demographic segments so that I can identify the best content strategies for each audience group.
Description: This requirement focuses on the capability to conduct A/B testing based on various audience segments defined by demographics. Users will be able to test different content variations across targeted demographic groups and analyze performance metrics to determine the most effective messaging strategies. This feature will empower users to make data-driven decisions and optimize content for maximum engagement based on audience preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: A user sets up an A/B test targeting two distinct demographic segments: '18-24 Urban Males' and '35-44 Suburban Females'. Each segment receives a different content variation designed to appeal to their specific interests. After one week, the user reviews the performance metrics to determine which content performed better among the segments.

Given the A/B test has been initiated with two demographic segments, When the performance metrics are analyzed, Then the system should display the engagement rate for each content variation per segment, showing a clear comparison between the two.

Users want to understand the impact of specific content changes on audience engagement. They conduct A/B testing among different age demographics to see which version of a blog post gets more clicks and shares.

Given the A/B tests have concluded for different age demographics, When users access the analytics dashboard, Then they should be able to view detailed metrics including click-through rate and share count for each content variation, segmented by age group.

A digital marketing team is preparing to launch a new campaign aimed at promoting a product to various demographic segments. They set up multiple A/B tests to evaluate which message resonates best with each group before the full rollout of the campaign.

Given the team has created A/B tests for different messages targeting multiple demographic segments, When the tests are completed, Then the system should provide a report summarizing the effectiveness of each message, identifying the top-performing variant for each demographic.

A content creator needs to assess the effectiveness of a promotional email campaign tailored to college students versus professionals. They decide to conduct an A/B test to analyze which email variant yields a higher conversion rate.

Given the A/B test has been executed with two email variants targeting college students and professionals, When the conversion data is collected, Then users should be able to see the percentage of conversions for each variant clearly displayed in the analytics section.

After conducting several A/B tests across different demographic segments, a user wants to understand trends over time to inform future content strategies. They look for historical data analysis to identify consistent performance patterns.

Given that multiple A/B tests have been completed over different time periods, When the user accesses the historical performance data, Then the system should show a trend analysis indicating the performance of each content variant against all demographic segments over time.

Sentiment Analysis Tool

Evaluate audience reactions with real-time sentiment analysis. By assessing the overall tone of audience interactions, users can adjust their content strategies to better align with audience preferences, enhancing engagement and satisfaction.

Requirements

Real-time Sentiment Evaluation

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive real-time sentiment analysis of audience interactions so that I can adjust my content strategy promptly to better resonate with my audience.
Description: The real-time sentiment evaluation requirement involves the implementation of an AI-driven system that can analyze audience interactions across various platforms and determine the sentiment (positive, negative, or neutral) expressed in those interactions. This tool will leverage natural language processing to assess textual data, providing users with immediate insights into how their content is resonating with the audience. Integrating this tool with the CodoNerve platform will allow users to receive instant feedback on their content strategies, enabling them to make quick adjustments to enhance audience engagement and satisfaction. The outcome is aimed at optimizing content based on audience reactions, thereby increasing the effectiveness of digital marketing strategies and fostering a stronger connection with the audience.
Acceptance Criteria: User interacts with the Sentiment Analysis Tool to evaluate the sentiment of audience comments during a live Q&A session on social media.

Given a live Q&A session, when the user inputs audience comments, then the system should categorize the sentiment as positive, negative, or neutral with at least 90% accuracy based on a pre-defined validation set.

A marketing team utilizes the Sentiment Analysis Tool to adjust their content strategy based on real-time audience feedback during a product launch event.

Given a product launch event, when the sentiment analysis indicates that 70% of audience feedback is negative, then the user should receive an immediate alert and recommendations for content adjustments.

A content creator reviews the sentiment analysis results of their latest blog post to understand reader opinions.

Given a completed blog post, when the user retrieves the sentiment analysis report, then the results should clearly display the percentage of positive, negative, and neutral sentiments and provide insights on which sections triggered each sentiment.

A digital marketer tests the Sentiment Analysis Tool's integration with CodoNerve's content management system to monitor audience reactions post-publication.

Given a published article, when the user accesses the sentiment analysis dashboard within CodoNerve, then the system should display real-time sentiment data within 5 minutes of audience interaction with the content.

During a team meeting, a project manager presents the sentiment analysis results to assess the effectiveness of a recent marketing campaign.

Given a completed marketing campaign, when the project manager accesses the sentiment analysis tool, then the data displayed should accurately reflect the sentiment trends over the campaign duration and correlate with engagement metrics.

A freelance writer uses the Sentiment Analysis Tool to gauge audience reception before finalizing a piece of content.

Given a draft piece of content, when the freelance writer runs the sentiment analysis, then the tool should provide an overview of anticipated audience sentiment based on comparative historical data from similar content.

Sentiment Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a content creator, I want to access a sentiment analytics dashboard so that I can visualize and interpret audience reactions over time to improve my content strategy.
Description: The sentiment analytics dashboard requirement focuses on creating an intuitive and comprehensive interface that aggregates and visualizes sentiment data from various content pieces. The dashboard will provide users with graphs, charts, and key metrics that summarize audience reactions over time, enabling users to identify trends and patterns in audience sentiment. Detailed breakdowns of sentiment by content type, topic, and platform will be included to enhance insight generation. This feature intends to empower users to make data-driven content decisions, improve storytelling effectiveness, and ultimately boost audience engagement. Successful integration of this dashboard into the CodoNerve platform will provide a central location for understanding audience sentiment and refining content strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the sentiment analytics dashboard to review overall audience sentiment trends from various content pieces published over the last 30 days.

Given the user is logged into the CodoNerve platform, When they navigate to the sentiment analytics dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation (graphs and charts) of sentiment trends for the past 30 days.

User filters sentiment data by content type (e.g., blog posts, social media, email newsletters) to analyze how different formats perform.

Given the user has selected a specific content type filter, When they apply this filter on the sentiment analytics dashboard, Then the displayed sentiment data should refresh to show only the metrics relevant to the selected content type.

User reviews detailed sentiment breakdowns to understand audience reactions to a specific topic across multiple platforms.

Given the user selects a specific topic from the sentiment analytics dashboard, When they view the detailed breakdown of audience sentiment, Then they should see metrics categorized by sentiment (positive, negative, neutral) for each platform where the content was published.

User exports sentiment analytics data for presentation to the marketing team in a meeting.

Given the user has accessed the sentiment analytics dashboard, When they choose to export the data, Then the system should provide an option to download the sentiment data in a CSV or PDF format without any loss of information.

User receives alerts or notifications about significant changes in audience sentiment which may require immediate content strategy adjustments.

Given the user has enabled notifications for sentiment changes, When there is a notable shift (e.g., 20% increase in negative sentiment over a week), Then the user should receive an automated alert via email or within the CodoNerve platform alerting them of this change.

User customizes the layout of the sentiment analytics dashboard to prioritize the most relevant metrics for their needs.

Given the user is viewing the sentiment analytics dashboard, When they modify the layout and rearrange the components (graphs, charts, metrics), Then the dashboard should save these preferences for future sessions without requiring the user to redo the arrangement.

Alert System for Negative Sentiment

User Story: As a social media manager, I want to receive alerts for negative sentiment in audience reactions so that I can promptly address issues and maintain a positive brand image.
Description: The alert system for negative sentiment requirement aims to implement a notification mechanism that triggers alerts when the sentiment analysis tool identifies significant negative sentiment trends. This system will allow users to receive real-time alerts via email or in-app notifications, providing them with the opportunity to address potential issues before they escalate. The alerts will be customizable based on thresholds set by users, allowing them to prioritize which alerts are most critical. By facilitating immediate action in response to negative feedback, this feature will help users maintain positive audience relationships and adapt their content promptly to mitigate dissatisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up the alert system for negative sentiment within the CodoNerve platform.

Given that the user has accessed the alert settings, when they set a threshold for negative sentiment, then the system should confirm that the threshold has been saved successfully and is active.

The sentiment analysis tool detects a significant negative sentiment trend in audience interactions.

Given that negative sentiment trends are detected, when the threshold set by the user is exceeded, then an alert should be triggered and sent via email and in-app notifications to the user.

User customizes the types of notifications they want to receive for negative sentiment alerts.

Given that the user is in the notification settings, when they select the specific types of alerts they want to receive, then the system should successfully update their preferences and only send the selected alerts.

The user receives a notification for a negative sentiment alert.

Given that an alert has been triggered due to negative sentiment, when the user checks their email or in-app notifications, then they should see the alert with the details of the sentiment analysis that led to the alert.

The user wants to review past alerts for negative sentiment trends.

Given that the user navigates to the alert history section, when they view the logs, then they should see all previously triggered negative sentiment alerts with relevant time stamps and sentiment scores.

User adjusts the threshold for receiving alerts after evaluating the effectiveness of the current settings.

Given that the user has accessed the threshold setting, when they change the threshold level for negative sentiment, then the system should confirm the change and the new threshold should take immediate effect for future sentiment analysis.

Sentiment Analysis Customization

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to customize sentiment analysis parameters so that I can tailor feedback to match my brand's voice and audience expectations more closely.
Description: The sentiment analysis customization requirement includes providing users with tools to customize the sentiment analysis parameters, such as the ability to select specific keywords, topics, and sentiment thresholds that are pertinent to their content goals. This feature will enable users to tailor the analysis to their unique brand voice and audience nuances, ensuring that the feedback received is relevant and actionable. Customization options will also encompass the ability to categorize sentiments into more than just positive, negative, and neutral, allowing a more nuanced understanding of audience reactions. By offering this customization, users will be better equipped to align sentiment analysis with their strategic objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes Sentiment Analysis Parameters

Given a user has access to the sentiment analysis tool, when they select specific keywords and set sentiment thresholds for their content, then the tool should accurately apply these parameters to only analyze the selected content and provide results based on user-defined sentiments.

User Categorizes Sentiments Beyond Traditional Labels

Given a user has customized the sentiment analysis tool, when they categorize audience reactions into defined segments (like frustration, excitement, satisfaction), then the analysis results should reflect these custom categories in the output analytics dashboard.

User Saves Customized Sentiment Analysis Settings

Given a user has successfully customized their sentiment analysis parameters, when they save these settings, then the system should retain the user’s preferences for future sessions without requiring reconfiguration.

User Views Real-Time Updates on Sentiment Trends

Given a user has activated the sentiment analysis tool, when they publish new content, then they should see real-time updates of sentiment trends on the analytics dashboard, reflecting immediate audience reactions.

User Generates Reports Based on Customized Sentiment Metrics

Given a user has set customized sentiment analysis parameters, when they request a report on audience feelings, then the report should include insights based on the customized metrics and segmented categories.

User Receives Suggestions Based on Sentiment Insights

Given a user has utilized the sentiment analysis tool, when the analysis identifies a negative sentiment, then the system should provide recommendations on how to adjust the content strategy in response to the feedback.

Integration with Social Media Platforms

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want the sentiment analysis tool to integrate with social media platforms so that I can analyze audience reactions across various channels seamlessly.
Description: The integration with social media platforms requirement entails connecting the sentiment analysis tool with popular social media APIs to pull data directly from platforms like Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram. This integration will allow for automatic sentiment analysis of audience interactions on these sites, providing a more comprehensive view of audience sentiment across different channels. It will streamline the process of gathering audience feedback and enhance the accuracy of sentiment evaluations by analyzing user-generated content where engagement is most prevalent. By successfully integrating these platforms, users can better understand cross-platform sentiment and better inform their content strategies based on a holistic view of audience reactions.
Acceptance Criteria: User retrieves real-time sentiment analysis from Twitter after integrating with the social media API.

Given the user is authenticated with their Twitter account, when the user requests sentiment analysis on recent tweets, then the tool should pull the last 100 tweets related to the specified topic and provide an overall sentiment score ranging from positive to negative.

User accesses integrated sentiment analysis for a Facebook post with high engagement.

Given the user has connected their Facebook account, when the user selects a specific post with at least 50 comments, then the sentiment analysis tool should analyze the comments and return a sentiment trend chart displaying positive, neutral, and negative sentiment proportions in real-time.

User monitors sentiment trends across platforms in the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has integrated Twitter and Facebook accounts, when the user navigates to the sentiment trends section on the dashboard, then the system should display a comparative line graph of sentiment scores from both platforms over the past week, updated automatically every hour.

User configures notification settings for significant sentiment changes.

Given the user is in the settings menu, when the user sets up a notification for sentiment shifts larger than 10% in either direction, then the user should receive real-time alerts via email or app notification for any post or topic that meets the criteria.

User analyzes cross-platform sentiment for an Instagram campaign hashtag.

Given the user has integrated Instagram, when the user inputs a specific campaign hashtag, then the sentiment analysis tool should compile and provide sentiment data aggregated from posts and comments associated with that hashtag across all integrated platforms with timestamps.

User tests the sentiment analysis results for accuracy and consistency.

Given the user has selected a trending topic across social media platforms, when the user compares the sentiment scores generated by the tool with a manual analysis of the same selected data, then the scores should match within a 5% variance for accuracy validation.

Behavioral Segmentation

Automatically categorize users based on their interaction patterns and behaviors. This feature allows users to understand distinct audience segments, enabling tailored content delivery and improved targeting for marketing campaigns.

Requirements

User Interaction Tracking

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to track user interactions on the platform so that I can understand their behaviors and preferences to deliver personalized content.
Description: This requirement entails the implementation of a robust user interaction tracking system capable of monitoring and recording user behaviors across the platform. It will collect data on various interaction points, such as clicks, scrolling patterns, content engagement, and time spent on different sections. The insights gained from this interaction data will empower marketing teams and content creators to personalize user experiences, ultimately leading to improved engagement and satisfaction. This feature serves as the backbone of the behavioral segmentation process, enabling teams to analyze and identify distinct behavior patterns and preferences among users, thereby improving content strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction Tracking of Visitor Engagement on Blog Posts

Given a user navigates to a blog post, When the user clicks on various internal links and engages with the content, Then each user action should be recorded, including click data, time spent on the page, and scroll depth.

Capturing User Scrolling Patterns on the Landing Page

Given a user visits the landing page, When the user scrolls through sections of the page, Then the scrolling data should be captured, including distances scrolled and time spent in each section.

Tracking User Activity in Collaboration Tools

Given a user is utilizing the collaboration features, When the user shares documents or makes comments, Then the interaction data should reflect all actions taken, including timestamps and frequency of comments or shares.

Recording User Preferences through Content Interaction

Given a user engages with multiple types of content (e.g., videos, articles), When the user completes or skips a particular content type, Then the system should record the type of content interacted with, including completion rates and skips.

Analyzing User Behavior Over Time for Personalized Marketing

Given the system has accumulated user interaction data over a specified period, When the marketing team reviews the analytics dashboard, Then behavioral insights should be available for each user segment based on their interaction patterns.

Monitoring Real-Time Collaboration Activities During Team Projects

Given users are working simultaneously in a project, When any user interacts with the project (e.g., adding content, making edits), Then those interactions should be logged in real-time, showing which users made changes and what specific actions were performed.

Segmentation Algorithm Development

User Story: As a content strategist, I want an automated segmentation algorithm that categorizes users based on their interaction patterns so that I can tailor my marketing campaigns effectively.
Description: The segmentation algorithm requirement involves developing a sophisticated AI-driven algorithm capable of classifying users into specific behavioral segments based on their interaction data. This algorithm will utilize machine learning techniques to analyze patterns and provide actionable insights into distinct audience segments. The goal is to create dynamic segments that adapt to changing user behaviors over time, thereby allowing for timely adjustments in marketing strategies and content delivery. The segmentation algorithm will not only enhance targeting precision but also optimize the effectiveness of marketing campaigns as it aligns content strategies with user preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction Based Segmentation

Given a set of user interaction data, when the segmentation algorithm processes the data, then it should accurately categorize users into at least three distinct behavioral segments based on their interactions.

Dynamic Segment Adjustment

Given a varying set of user behaviors, when new interaction data is fed into the system, then the segmentation algorithm should dynamically adjust the user segments to reflect the latest behavioral patterns within 30 minutes of data receipt.

Actionable Insights Generation

Given a completed segmentation process, when marketing teams review the segments, then they should receive actionable insights, including a report that highlights key characteristics and content preferences for each segment.

Integration with Marketing Tools

Given an established segmentation algorithm, when integrating with external marketing tools, then the segments should be automatically exported and accessible in the linked marketing platforms without data loss.

Accuracy of Segmentation Algorithm

Given a dataset of 100 users with known behavior patterns, when the algorithm processes this data, then it should achieve an accuracy rate of at least 85% in correctly predicting existing segments.

User Feedback Mechanism

Given that users interact with various content, when the algorithm updates its segments, then it should include a mechanism to gather user feedback on content relevance to refine future segmentations.

Real-time Segmentation Updates

User Story: As a marketing manager, I want real-time updates on user segments so that I can quickly adjust my content strategies and improve campaign effectiveness.
Description: This requirement focuses on the necessity of providing real-time updates to user segments based on their ongoing interactions with the platform. By continuously monitoring user behavior and dynamically updating segmentation profiles, marketing teams will gain immediate insights into shifting audience needs and preferences. This will ensure that content delivery remains relevant and targeted, allowing for timely interventions and enhancements in user engagement strategies. Furthermore, it will enable the platform to provide users with timely and relevant recommendations, thereby maximizing their engagement and experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time updates are triggered when a user engages with the platform, such as clicking on a content piece or spending more than a certain amount of time on a page.

Given a user interacts with the platform, when their behavior is analyzed, then their segmentation profile should be updated within 10 seconds reflecting the latest activity.

Marketing team reviews segment updates during a live campaign to tailor content strategies based on real-time data.

Given the marketing team accesses segmentation analytics, when they check the updated user segments, then they should see the most current audience composition reflecting the latest interactions.

Users receive personalized content recommendations based on their latest interactions and updated segments.

Given a user's profile includes updated segmentation data, when the user logs in, then they should see content recommendations that align with their most recent behavior within the first interaction.

The system automatically detects significant changes in user behavior patterns and triggers alerts for the marketing team.

Given a user segment experiences a 30% increase in engagement, when this change is detected, then an alert should be sent to the marketing team within 5 minutes of detection.

A/B testing is conducted to measure the effectiveness of content personalization driven by real-time segmentation updates.

Given A/B tests are set up for content delivery, when user segments are updated in real-time, then the results should show a 15% increase in engagement for the segment receiving personalized content.

The system provides agents with insights into the effectiveness of real-time updates in improving content relevance.

Given the implementation of real-time segmentation, when a review is conducted 30 days post-launch, then there should be at least a 20% increase in user engagement metrics compared to the previous month.

Data tracking mechanisms are in place to ensure all user interactions are accurately logged for segmentation updates.

Given user interactions occur on the platform, when interaction logs are checked, then each user action should be recorded correctly with timestamps for real-time processing and analysis.

User Interface for Segmentation Insights

User Story: As a data analyst, I want a user-friendly interface for viewing segmentation insights so that I can analyze user behavior effectively and provide data-driven recommendations to the marketing team.
Description: The requirement for creating a user-friendly interface that presents segmentation insights visually and interactively is crucial. This interface will serve as a dashboard displaying various user segments along with their respective engagement metrics, behaviors, and preferences. By integrating visual analytics tools, users will be able to filter through segments, view trends over time, and analyze the efficacy of content delivery methods on different audience groups. This feature not only facilitates better decision-making through data visualization but also enhances the collaborative efforts among teams by making insights easily accessible and actionable.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can visually access the segmentation insights dashboard upon logging into the CodoNerve platform.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the segmentation insights dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of user segments and their engagement metrics immediately displayed.

Users can filter user segments based on specific engagement metrics such as click-through rate and session duration.

Given the segmentation insights dashboard is open, when a user applies filters for engagement metrics, then only the relevant user segments should be displayed according to the applied filters.

Users can view historical trends of user engagement metrics over a defined period.

Given a user selects a time range in the segmentation insights dashboard, when they generate the report, then the historical engagement metrics should accurately reflect data for that selected period.

Collaborative features allow team members to share insights from the segmentation dashboard with others.

Given a user is on the segmentation insights dashboard, when they use the share function, then the selected insights should be sent to the designated team member with appropriate access rights.

Users can analyze the effectiveness of various content delivery methods on different audience segments.

Given a user is on the segmentation insights dashboard, when they select a content delivery method, then the impact on engagement metrics for each segment should be clearly displayed and easy to interpret.

Integration with Marketing Tools

User Story: As a marketing coordinator, I want to integrate behavioral segmentation with our existing marketing tools so that I can streamline campaign management and improve targeting efficiency.
Description: This requirement involves ensuring seamless integration of the behavioral segmentation feature with existing marketing tools, such as email marketing platforms, CRM systems, and ad management tools. Through this integration, marketing teams can directly utilize the segmentation data to create targeted campaigns, personalize email communications, and optimize ad placements. The goal is to enable marketers to leverage the insights generated from user behavior to enhance the timing, content, and delivery methods of their marketing efforts. This integration will ultimately streamline workflows and enhance the overall effectiveness of marketing strategies by making them more data-driven and user-centric.
Acceptance Criteria: Behavioral Segmentation Integration with Email Marketing Platforms

Given that the behavioral segmentation feature is active, when a user updates their interaction patterns, then the email marketing platform should receive updated segmentation data within 5 minutes to ensure timely targeting of campaigns.

Behavioral Segmentation Integration with CRM Systems

Given that the behavioral segmentation feature has categorized users, when a marketing team accesses the CRM, then they should see user segments reflected in real-time to facilitate personalized communications based on behavior.

Behavioral Segmentation Integration with Ad Management Tools

Given that a user segment has been defined based on behavioral patterns, when the marketing team creates an ad campaign, then they can select from these segments to optimize ad placements without manual entries.

User Experience in Setting Up Integration

Given that a user is setting up the integration with marketing tools, when they navigate to the integration settings, then they should find clear documentation and a step-by-step guide to facilitate the setup process seamlessly.

Testing the Functionality of Data Synchronization

Given that the integration is complete, when user behavior data is updated in CodoNerve, then this data should reflect correctly in all connected marketing tools without any data loss or discrepancies.

Monitoring Performance of Targeted Campaigns

Given that integrations are successfully established, when a marketing campaign is launched, then the performance analytics should indicate a significant increase in engagement metrics attributed to targeted segmentation efforts.

Feedback Loop for Continuous Improvement

Given that marketing teams utilize the segmentation feature, when they provide feedback on integration efficiency, then the system should have a mechanism to log this feedback for future improvements and updates.

Trend Tracker

Monitor the rise and fall of trending topics and audience interests over time. This feature aids users in adapting their content strategies promptly, ensuring they stay relevant and capture audience attention effectively.

Requirements

Topic Trend Analysis

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to monitor trending topics in real-time so that I can quickly adjust my content strategy and maintain audience engagement.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a robust analytics engine that tracks and visualizes trending topics across different platforms and industries. The engine will gather data from social media, articles, and keyword searches, providing users with insights into audience interests over time. This feature will empower users to adapt their content strategies based on real-time trends, ensuring that their narratives are timely and engaging. The integration of this engine into CodoNerve's existing analytics dashboard is essential for users to have a comprehensive view of content performance and audience interests, thereby enhancing their ability to create relevant and impactful content.
Acceptance Criteria: As a digital marketer, I want to access the Topic Trend Analysis feature within the CodoNerve analytics dashboard to view trending topics in real-time, so I can adjust my content strategy accordingly.

Given that I am logged into CodoNerve and have navigated to the analytics dashboard, when I select the Topic Trend Analysis feature, then I should see a graphical representation of trending topics over the last 30 days, including social media mentions, article references, and keyword searches.

As a freelance writer, I want the Topic Trend Analysis feature to provide alerts for sudden increases in topic trends, so I can promptly create content that aligns with current interests.

Given that I have specified a set of keywords for tracking, when there is a sudden increase in relevance for any of these keywords, then I should receive an email alert detailing the trend metrics and suggested related topics to explore.

As an in-house team member, I need the ability to filter trending topics by industry and region using the Topic Trend Analysis feature, so I can tailor content for specific target audiences.

Given that I am viewing the Topic Trend Analysis dashboard, when I apply filters for industry and region, then the trending topics displayed should match the selected criteria, and the data should refresh within 5 seconds.

As a digital marketer, I want to visualize the historical data of trending topics over the last year, so I can analyze how audience interests have changed over time.

Given that I am accessing the Topic Trend Analysis feature, when I select the date range of the last year, then I should see a detailed line chart displaying trending topics with accurate data points for each month, allowing me to identify patterns and shifts.

As a content strategist, I want to receive recommendations based on trending topics, enabling me to create relevant and engaging narratives.

Given that I have accessed the Topic Trend Analysis feature and selected a trending topic, when I click on the 'Recommendations' button, then I should receive a list of suggested content ideas tailored to that topic, along with relevant keywords for SEO optimization.

Alerts for Trend Changes

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to be alerted when significant trend changes occur so that I can create content that resonates with current audience interests.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing an alert system that notifies users of significant changes in trending topics or audience interests. Users will have the option to customize alerts based on specific keywords, topics, or metrics, allowing them to stay informed about relevant changes that can impact their content strategies. The alerts will be delivered via email or through the CodoNerve interface, ensuring immediate access to critical information. This feature will help users pivot their content planning proactively rather than reactively, enhancing their overall content effectiveness and audience relevance.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of Alert Preferences

Given that a user is logged into CodoNerve, when they navigate to the 'Alerts' settings, then they should be able to customize their keyword and topic preferences for trend change alerts.

Alert Delivery Methods

Given that a user has set up trend change alerts, when a significant change occurs, then the user should receive an alert via both email and through the CodoNerve interface.

User Interface Notification of Alerts

Given that an alert has been triggered, when the user logs into their CodoNerve account, then they should see a notification of the alert on their dashboard.

Automatic Alert Generation for Trending Topics

Given that a user has selected specific topics for trend monitoring, when a significant trend change is detected, then the system should automatically generate an alert specific to that user’s interests.

Rate of Alert Delivery

Given that alerts are set for trending topics, when an alert is triggered, then it should be delivered to the user within 5 minutes of the change being detected.

Testing Alert Functionality Under Load

Given that the system is monitoring multiple trends, when a high volume of alerts is triggered simultaneously, then the system should deliver all alerts to users without failing or experiencing delay over 95% of the time.

User Feedback Mechanism on Alerts

Given that an alert has been received and acknowledged by the user, when they provide feedback on the alert accuracy and usefulness, then the feedback should be recorded and accessible for review by system administrators.

Historical Trend Analysis

User Story: As an in-house content strategist, I want to analyze historical trends so that I can better forecast future content strategies based on past audience interests.
Description: This requirement entails adding functionality for users to view historical data on trending topics over specific time frames. Users will be able to analyze the rise and fall of topics to identify patterns and make informed predictions about future trends. This historical perspective will be crucial for users looking to establish long-term content strategies and improve audience engagement. By incorporating visualization tools such as graphs and heatmaps, CodoNerve will enhance the users' ability to interpret data effectively and strategize their content planning with greater confidence.
Acceptance Criteria: As a content strategist, I want to view historical trends to analyze how audience interests have evolved over the past year, so that I can adjust my content plans accordingly.

Given that I am logged into CodoNerve, when I navigate to the Trend Tracker feature and select the historical trends option, then I should see a visual representation of trending topics over the past year.

As a freelance writer, I want to filter historical trend data by specific topics or keywords, so that I can focus my analysis on subjects relevant to my upcoming articles.

Given that I access the historical trend analysis, when I input a specific topic or keyword into the filter, then only the relevant historical data should be displayed in the visualizations.

As a digital marketer, I want to export the historical trend data in a preferred format, so that I can share it with my team for joint analysis and strategy development.

Given that I have performed a historical trend analysis, when I click the export button, then I should be able to download the data in CSV or PDF format.

As a user, I want to toggle between different visualization tools (graphs, heatmaps) for historical trends, so that I can choose the view that best helps me understand the data.

Given that I am viewing the historical trend data, when I select a different visualization tool from the options available, then the display should update immediately to reflect my choice of visualization.

As a content planner, I want to receive recommendations based on historical trends, so that I can easily identify which topics are gaining momentum for potential future content.

Given that I have viewed the historical trend analysis, when I click on the recommendations button, then I should see a list of suggested topics based on the rising trends identified.

As a user, I want to see the date range for the historical data displayed, so that I can better contextualize the trends observed over time.

Given that I am viewing historical trend data, then the date range for the data should be clearly indicated on the visualization interface.

Competitor Trend Comparison

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to compare my trending topics with my competitors so that I can identify opportunities to strengthen my content strategy.
Description: This requirement involves building tools that allow users to compare trending topics and audience engagement metrics with competitors in their industry. Users will be able to see how their content stacks up against rivals and identify gaps in their strategy. This comparative analysis will assist users in fine-tuning their content approaches, ensuring they remain competitive and are able to leverage emerging topics more effectively. The integration of competitor insights within the Trend Tracker will provide users with a holistic view of their performance in a competitive landscape, enhancing their strategic planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Trend Tracker feature to compare their content performance against a key competitor's trending topics and engagement metrics.

Given the user selects a competitor in the Trend Tracker, when the user initiates the competitor comparison, then the system displays a side-by-side analysis of trending topics and engagement metrics, with visual indicators of performance differences.

User retrieves historical data for trending topics and engagement metrics for their content and for their competitors.

Given the user has selected a date range for analysis, when the user requests historical data, then the system provides a comprehensive report that includes trending topics, engagement metrics, and visual trends over the selected time period.

User identifies content gaps between their performance and that of competitors based on the Trend Tracker analysis.

Given the user views the comparison results, when gaps in content performance are identified, then the system highlights content topics that are trending for competitors but not currently utilized by the user, suggesting potential content opportunities.

User adjusts their content strategy based on insights gained from the trend comparison with competitors.

Given the user has reviewed the competitor analysis, when the user updates their content strategy based on the insights gained, then the system allows the user to save and implement the revised strategy within their content planning framework.

User shares the insights and comparisons from the Trend Tracker with team members for further discussion.

Given the user selects the share option, when the user sends the analysis results to team members, then the system sends an email containing the competitor comparison report and a link to the Trend Tracker for collaborative follow-up.

User analyzes the effectiveness of their competitive trend comparisons over time to assess improvements in audience engagement.

Given the user has conducted multiple competitor comparisons over time, when the user requests an effectiveness report, then the system generates a report detailing engagement improvements attributed to the strategic changes made from the competitor insights.

Content Performance Comparison

Benchmark the performance of different content pieces against each other. This feature helps users identify what resonates with their audience most, guiding future content creation efforts for better results.

Requirements

Content Performance Dashboard

User Story: As a content marketer, I want to access a dashboard that compares the performance of my content pieces so that I can identify what resonates most with my audience and create better content.
Description: Develop a comprehensive dashboard that visually presents comparative performance metrics for multiple content pieces. The dashboard should include key performance indicators such as views, engagement rate, shares, and conversion metrics. It should leverage data visualization techniques to provide an intuitive overview, allowing users to easily comprehend which content is performing best and why. By aggregating this data in one place, users can quickly identify trends and insights that will enhance their content creation strategy, leading to improved audience engagement and higher conversion rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Performance Dashboard to compare performance metrics of three different blog posts published in the last month.

Given the user is on the Content Performance Dashboard, when they select the three blog posts, then the dashboard should display a comparative view of their views, engagement rates, shares, and conversion metrics in a clear and visual format.

User analyzes the performance trends over time using the Content Performance Dashboard.

Given the user selects a specific date range, when they view the performance trends, then the dashboard should show a line graph illustrating views, engagement rates, shares, and conversion metrics for the selected period.

User wants to understand which content piece engaged their audience the most.

Given the user is viewing the Content Performance Dashboard, when they hover over the performance metrics of a specific content piece, then detailed information such as audience demographics and peak engagement times should be displayed.

User utilizes the dashboard to export performance data for a presentation.

Given the user is on the Content Performance Dashboard, when they click the export button, then the dashboard should allow them to download the performance metrics in CSV format, accurately reflecting the data presented visually.

User seeks insights from the dashboard to guide future content creation.

Given the user has accessed the Content Performance Dashboard, when they review the performance metrics, then the dashboard should highlight top-performing content pieces and provide recommendations for similar future topics based on trends.

User needs a quick overview of the top three performing content pieces.

Given the user logs into the Content Performance Dashboard, when they view the summary section, then the dashboard should prominently display the top three content pieces based on engagement metrics at the top of the page.

User aims to track the impact of recent content changes on overall performance.

Given the user has made updates to a content piece, when they revisit the Content Performance Dashboard, then the performance metrics should reflect changes in views, engagement, shares, and conversions within 24 hours.

Custom Comparison Filters

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to filter my content performance data by different criteria so that I can analyze the effectiveness of various strategies and optimize my future content.
Description: Implement custom filters that allow users to narrow down their content performance comparisons based on specific criteria such as time frame, content type, audience demographics, and channel of distribution. This functionality enables users to perform targeted analyses, leading to deeper insights regarding which factors contribute to the performance of their content. By being able to customize these comparisons, users can tailor their research to fit their unique strategies and needs, ultimately driving more effective content development and marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies custom filters to analyze content performance over the past month based on content type and audience demographics.

Given that a user selects a time frame of the last month, When they apply filters for content type and audience demographics, Then the system should display a comparison of content performance that matches the selected criteria in the analytics dashboard.

User wants to compare the performance of blogs versus videos posted on social media over the last quarter.

Given that the user specifies a time frame of the last three months and selects 'blogs' and 'videos' as content types, When they initiate the comparison, Then the system should provide a detailed analysis of performance metrics for both content types side by side.

Marketer needs to assess the performance of content distributed through email versus social media for the current campaign.

Given that the user selects the current campaign as the time frame and filters by 'email' and 'social media' channels, When they execute the comparison, Then the system should return relevant performance data showing engagement metrics for both distribution channels.

Content manager wants to filter content performance by geographical location to tailor future content strategies.

Given that the user selects specific geographical demographics as a filter, When they run the comparison, Then the analytics dashboard should reflect the performance metrics of content segmented by the selected geographical parameters.

Freelance writer wishes to examine how content published on different platforms performed during a specific promotional period.

Given that the user sets the filter for a specific promotional period and selects various platforms, When the comparison is executed, Then the system must display a clear report comparing performance across the selected platforms.

Automated Performance Insights

User Story: As a content creator, I want automated insights about my content’s performance so that I can quickly understand how to improve and optimize my posts for better engagement.
Description: Design an AI-driven feature that automatically generates insights and recommendations based on the comparative performance of content pieces. The AI should analyze data trends and suggest specific strategies to improve underperforming content, such as keywords to include, optimal posting times, and types of media that drive engagement. This feature will empower users to make data-informed decisions and enhance their content strategy without manual analysis, saving time and improving content effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Performance Comparison feature to view the automated insights generated by the AI for a recent blog post.

Given the user has multiple content pieces to compare, when they select the option for automated insights, then the system should display a detailed report highlighting key performance metrics and actionable recommendations for each piece of content.

A user receives insights and recommendations from the AI after it has analyzed performance data for their content over the last month.

Given the analysis period has been set to the last month, when the user opens the insights report, then the report should include at least three specific recommendations like keyword suggestions, best posting times, and recommended media types to optimize their content strategy.

A digital marketer uses the automated insights to create a strategy for their content based on the AI's recommendations.

Given the user implements the AI's recommendations, when they apply the suggested keywords and posting times to their next content piece, then there should be a measurable increase in engagement metrics compared to previously published similar content.

The user reviews historical performance data in conjunction with newly generated insights from the AI.

Given that the user has historical performance data, when they view both the data and the new insights side by side, then the user should be able to identify at least three trends or patterns that inform future content creation efforts.

Users compare two content pieces using the insights generated by the AI to determine which post should be promoted.

Given two pieces of content with comparable metrics, when the user applies the AI-provided insights on audience engagement and preferences, then the system should indicate one piece as the optimal choice for promotion based on performance potential.

Users seek clarification on the AI's performance recommendations and metrics analysis.

Given a user is unsure about the insights provided, when they click on the help feature, then the system should display a detailed explanation of how the performance metrics were calculated and the rationale behind each recommendation made by the AI.

The system is evaluated for accuracy of the automated insights provided by the AI.

Given the system has generated insights based on recent performance data, when a QA team reviews the insights against actual content performance post-implementation, then at least 80% of the insights should correlate with measurable improvements in content engagement.

Content Performance Alerts

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to receive alerts when my content performance decreases so that I can take immediate action to improve it.
Description: Create a notification system that alerts users when significant changes occur in the performance of their content. Users can set thresholds for key performance indicators, such as a drop in engagement or views. The alerts will provide timely insights, encouraging users to take prompt action to either revive underperforming content or replicate successful strategies across different channels. This feature helps maintain proactive content management and ensures users stay informed about their content analytics.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a threshold for view counts on their blog posts and receives an alert when views drop below this threshold within a defined period.

Given the user has set a threshold of 100 views for their blog post, when the view count drops to 99 within one week, then the user should receive an alert notification in their dashboard.

A user establishes multiple thresholds for engagement metrics across various content pieces, allowing for targeted alerts based on different performance indicators.

Given the user has created thresholds for engagement metrics, when an engagement score falls below 50% on any content piece, then the system sends an alert detailing the content piece and the specific metric affected.

The notification system triggers alerts that can be customized to user preferences, allowing them to choose how and when they receive performance alerts.

Given the user has selected email notifications for performance alerts, when any performance metric is triggered based on their threshold settings, then an email notification should be sent to the user with relevant details.

A user needs to track changes and improvements after implementing strategies suggested by performance alerts.

Given the user takes action based on a performance alert, when the content performance improves in the following week, then the user should receive a follow-up alert summarizing the improvement.

The alerts system distinguishes between significant and minor changes, sending alerts only for changes that meet the user's predefined thresholds.

Given the user has set a threshold for significant traffic drops at 20%, when the traffic decreases by 15%, then no alert is sent, and when the traffic decreases by 21%, then an alert is sent to notify the user.

Users want to view a historical log of alerts triggered over time to analyze patterns in content performance.

Given the user accesses the alerts history section, when they view the log, then they should see a chronological list of all triggered alerts, including metrics and timestamps.

Integration with SEO Tools

User Story: As a digital strategist, I want my content performance data to be integrated with SEO metrics so that I can understand how well my content is performing in search results and optimize accordingly.
Description: Enable integration with existing SEO tools to allow users to correlate content performance with SEO metrics. Users should be able to see how SEO factors like keyword ranking and backlinks influence content performance. This integration will provide a holistic view of content efficacy, helping users to refine both their content and SEO strategies simultaneously. By linking these two crucial aspects of digital marketing, users can enhance their content reach and engagement through targeted optimization.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Performance Comparison tool and selects multiple content pieces to analyze their performance against SEO metrics.

Given that the user has multiple content pieces selected, When they initiate a performance comparison, Then the system should display a comparison report that includes relevant SEO metrics such as keyword ranking, backlinks, and content engagement statistics for each content piece.

User wants to view the correlation between SEO performance and content engagement on a specific dashboard.

Given that the user is on the analytics dashboard, When they select the option to view SEO and content performance correlation, Then the system should present a visual representation (e.g., chart or graph) of how keyword rankings and backlinks influence content engagement metrics over a specified time period.

User utilizes the content performance comparison feature to refine their content strategy based on SEO insights.

Given that the user has analyzed the comparison results, When they select the highest performing content and review the accompanying SEO metrics, Then the system should provide actionable recommendations for optimizing future content based on successful SEO factors identified.

User wants to download the comparison report for offline analysis or presentation purposes.

Given that the user has completed a content performance comparison, When they click on the 'Download Report' button, Then the system should generate and download a PDF report including the content performance metrics, SEO data, and analysis summary.

User attempts to integrate a specific SEO tool with the CodoNerve platform to ensure seamless data flow.

Given that the user has entered valid API credentials for the selected SEO tool, When they initiate the integration process, Then the system should successfully connect to the SEO tool and import the latest SEO metrics for the specified content pieces, confirming integration success with an alert message.

User Collaboration Features

User Story: As a team leader, I want to collaborate with my team on content performance analyses so that we can align our content strategy and improve our overall results together.
Description: Incorporate tools that facilitate collaboration among team members when analyzing content performance. Features should include shared dashboards, commenting capabilities, and version history for content pieces. By enabling team members to work together on performance analyses, this functionality enhances communication and collective strategizing, allowing organizations to create content that aligns with team goals and audience expectations effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User A wants to analyze the performance of two blog posts collaboratively with User B in the shared dashboard provided by CodoNerve.

Given User A and User B have access to the shared dashboard, when they both log in and select the blog post comparison option, then they should be able to see performance metrics for both posts side by side in real-time.

User C leaves comments on the performance analysis of a specific content piece they’ve been reviewing together with their team members in CodoNerve.

Given User C is viewing the content performance analysis, when they select the comment option and post their feedback, then the comment should be visible to all team members with appropriate notifications.

A user wishes to view the version history of a content piece to understand past performance changes and updates made by other team members.

Given the user accesses the version history section of a specific content piece, when they view the history, then they should see a chronological list of changes along with timestamps and user identifiers.

A team member wants to create a shared folder for collaborative content performance reports within the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user has administrative rights, when they initiate the creation of a shared folder and input a folder name, then the folder should be created, and access should be granted to specified team members.

A user wants to track the engagement metrics of their content pieces over a specified period using the CodoNerve dashboard.

Given the user selects the time frame for which they want to track engagement metrics, when they apply the filters, then the dashboard should refresh and display the corresponding engagement data accurately for that period.

Users want to receive notifications for new comments, updates, or changes made to performance analyses in CodoNerve.

Given users enable notifications in their settings, when a comment or update is made to an analysis they are following, then they should receive an immediate notification via chosen communication channels (email/app).

Actionable Insights Alerts

Receive customized alerts based on user-defined parameters, such as engagement drop-offs or spikes in audience interaction. This feature empowers users to respond quickly to audience behavior changes, maximizing content effectiveness.

Requirements

Engagement Drop-off Alerts

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive immediate alerts when audience engagement drops significantly so that I can quickly analyze the situation and adapt my content strategy to re-engage my audience.
Description: The Engagement Drop-off Alerts requirement involves creating a system that notifies users when there is a significant decline in audience engagement metrics, such as views, clicks, and shares. This feature will allow users to customize parameters for what constitutes a drop-off, ensuring they receive alerts tailored to their specific needs. By enabling marketers and writers to respond swiftly to potential decreases in engagement, this requirement aims to enhance content performance and audience retention. The integration of these alerts with the existing analytics dashboard will provide users with a seamless experience, allowing them to pivot their strategies effectively and maintain or improve audience interaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert when the content engagement drops below a user-defined threshold after a 24-hour period.

Given the user has set a drop-off threshold for engagement metrics, when a specified metric falls below this threshold within the last 24 hours, then an alert notification should be dispatched to the user immediately.

User is able to customize the engagement drop-off parameters through the settings menu.

Given the user accesses the settings menu of the Engagement Drop-off Alerts feature, when they configure the parameters for engagement metrics (like views, clicks, or shares), then these parameters should be saved and used for future alerts.

User receives a summary report of drop-off alerts within the analytics dashboard.

Given the user has opted in to receive alerts, when a drop-off in engagement metrics occurs, then a summary report of drop-off alerts should be readily accessible in the analytics dashboard, including the reasons for alerts and suggested actions.

User receives alerts via email when a significant engagement drop-off occurs.

Given the user has entered their email address in the notification settings, when a significant drop-off in engagement is detected, then an email alert should be sent to the user's registered email address detailing the engagement metrics.

User can turn off alerts for specific engagement metrics they are not interested in tracking.

Given the user is in the alerts settings, when they select specific engagement metrics to disable, then those metrics should no longer trigger an alert for the user.

User can view historical trends of engagement drop-offs to adjust their content strategy.

Given the user accesses the analytics dashboard, when they navigate to the engagement drop-off section, then they should see a visual representation of historical trends and instances of engagement drop-offs.

User can receive alerts through multiple channels (e.g., mobile push notifications, SMS, and in-app notifications).

Given the user has configured their notification preferences, when an engagement drop-off is detected, then alerts should be sent via all selected channels (mobile, SMS, in-app) as per the user's preference.

Audience Interaction Spike Alerts

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to be alerted when there is a sudden increase in audience interaction with my content so that I can create more similar content or engage with my audience at the right moment.
Description: The Audience Interaction Spike Alerts requirement aims to create a notification system that informs users about unexpected spikes in audience interaction, including likes, shares, comments, or clicks. Users will be able to set specific threshold values to trigger these alerts, allowing them to capitalize on trending content or viral interactions. This capability enhances user responsiveness and strategic planning, promoting proactive content adjustments and engagement optimizations. By integrating these alerts into the platform's real-time collaboration tools, teams can coordinate their actions swiftly, leveraging peak interest periods for maximum impact.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets custom threshold for audience engagement metrics.

Given a user is on the Audience Interaction Spike Alerts settings page, when they input a threshold value for spikes in likes, shares, comments, or clicks, then the system must save the threshold value and display it in the list of active alerts.

User receives an alert upon exceeding the defined engagement threshold.

Given a user has set a threshold for audience engagement metrics, when there is an increase in engagement that exceeds the threshold within a specified time frame, then the system must send a notification to the user informing them of the spike.

User verifies the accuracy of received engagement alerts.

Given a user has received a notification alert about a spike in audience engagement, when they check the audience interaction dashboard, then the metrics displayed must confirm that the engagement levels have indeed exceeded the set threshold within the same time frame.

User modifies an existing alert's threshold value.

Given a user is on the Audience Interaction Spike Alerts settings page, when they select an existing alert to edit and change the threshold value, then the system must update the alert and display the new threshold in the active alerts list without error.

User can delete an existing spike alert.

Given a user is on the Audience Interaction Spike Alerts settings page, when they select an existing spike alert and choose to delete it, then the system must remove the alert from the active alerts list and confirm deletion with a success message.

User receives an alert for multiple spikes occurring simultaneously.

Given a user has set multiple engagement thresholds, when multiple audience interaction spikes occur at the same time, then the system must send distinct alerts for each spike instance without merging or omitting any notifications.

Customizable Alert Parameters

User Story: As an in-house team member, I want to customize my alert settings based on my specific content metrics so that I can receive notifications that are directly relevant to my content goals.
Description: The Customizable Alert Parameters requirement focuses on allowing users to define specific criteria for engagement drop-offs and spikes based on various metrics such as timeframes, audience segments, and content types. This customization feature ensures that alerts are relevant to the user's specific goals and allows for a tailored approach to content management. By offering a user-friendly interface for setting these parameters, CodoNerve enhances the overall effectiveness of the actionable insights alerts feature and ensures users can keep a pulse on their content's performance in a way that aligns with their unique strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: Setting custom engagement drop-off parameters for a specific audience segment within the CodoNerve platform.

Given the user has access to the customizable alert parameters interface, when they set a threshold for engagement drop-off for a specified audience segment, then an alert should be triggered when engagement falls below this threshold.

Creating an alert for spikes in audience interaction based on content type to engage users quickly.

Given the user selects a content type, when they define a spike threshold for audience interactions, then the system must send an alert when interactions exceed this threshold within the set timeframe.

Modifying previously defined alert parameters to fine-tune engagement monitoring for ongoing campaigns.

Given the user accesses the existing alert parameters, when they modify any criteria such as timeframes or audience segments, then the changes must be saved and reflected in the next alert triggering.

Using the alerts in real-time to analyze ongoing engagement trends and content performance.

Given the alerts are activated, when a user receives an alert for an engagement drop-off or spike, then they must be able to access real-time analytics to review the cause and make necessary adjustments to content strategy.

Using predefined templates for creating and customizing alert parameters efficiently.

Given the user opts to use an alert template, when they apply a template for engagement drop-offs or spikes, then they must be able to customize the parameters without manual entry of all metrics.

Testing custom alerts with historical data to ensure proper functionality before full rollout.

Given the user has set customizable alert parameters, when they run a test using historical data, then the alert should trigger according to previously defined metrics, ensuring accurate functionality.

Integration with Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a content strategist, I want the alerts I receive to be linked to my analytics dashboard so that I can analyze past performance in conjunction with real-time data and make strategic content decisions.
Description: The Integration with Analytics Dashboard requirement ensures that the actionable insights alerts feature is connected seamlessly with the platform's existing analytics dashboard. This integration will allow users to view historical data alongside real-time engagement alerts, enabling them to analyze trends, measure the impact of their adjustments, and make data-driven decisions. Effective integration will ensure that users have a comprehensive view of their content performance, leading to informed strategic choices that enhance both content reach and audience engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User views real-time engagement alerts on the analytics dashboard while creating a new marketing campaign.

Given the user has configured their engagement alert parameters, When an alert is triggered, Then the alert should be displayed prominently on the analytics dashboard with relevant metrics.

User analyzes historical performance data alongside real-time engagement alerts on the analytics dashboard.

Given the dashboard integration is set up correctly, When the user accesses the analytics dashboard, Then they should see a side-by-side comparison of historical data and alerts for the selected content.

User receives a customized alert due to a spike in audience interaction after publishing a new article.

Given the user has set spike detection parameters, When an interaction spike occurs, Then the user should receive an alert via their preferred notification method (e.g., email, in-app) within 5 minutes of detection.

User modifies alert parameters to reduce noise from alert notifications.

Given the user accesses the alert settings, When the user adjusts the parameters and saves changes, Then the system should confirm the changes and only alert the user based on the new parameters.

User collaborates with team members to strategize based on insights from the analytics dashboard.

Given the analytics dashboard shows real-time alerts and historical data, When the user shares the dashboard link with team members, Then the shared dashboard should maintain the latest insights and allow for comments or discussion.

User evaluates the impact of adjustments made to their content strategy based on engagement alerts.

Given the user has applied changes to their content following alerts, When the user reviews the analytics dashboard after one week, Then there should be a visible increase in engagement metrics compared to the previous week.

Multi-channel Alert System

User Story: As a digital marketer on the go, I want to receive alerts through different channels like email and SMS so that I can respond to changes in audience engagement no matter where I am.
Description: The Multi-channel Alert System requirement focuses on enabling users to receive actionable insights alerts through multiple communication channels, such as email, SMS, and push notifications. By offering various delivery methods, CodoNerve ensures that users can stay informed about critical engagement changes regardless of their current location or activity. This flexibility enhances user responsiveness and ensures that urgent content adjustments can be made in a timely manner, maximizing the effectiveness of the actionable insights provided.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an engagement spike alert via email when the audience interaction exceeds defined thresholds.

Given a user has set an engagement spike threshold of 50% increase, when audience interaction exceeds this threshold, then an email alert is sent to the user.

User receives a drop-off alert through SMS when audience engagement drops below a specified level.

Given the user has configured a drop-off threshold of 20% decrease, when audience engagement falls below this level, then an SMS alert is sent to the user immediately.

User can customize delivery methods for alerts in the settings menu of the platform.

Given a user accesses the alert settings, when the user selects preferred delivery methods (email, SMS, push notifications), then these preferences are saved and applied to future alerts.

User receives push notifications on their mobile device for urgent engagement alerts.

Given the user has opted in for push notifications, when an urgent alert is triggered by a significant engagement change, then a push notification is delivered to the user's mobile device within 5 minutes.

User can view a history of all alerts received in a dedicated dashboard within CodoNerve.

Given the user accesses the alerts history dashboard, when the user checks the past alerts, then all alerts are displayed with timestamps and details of the engagement changes.

User can specify different thresholds for alerts based on content type (e.g., blogs, videos, social media posts).

Given a user is setting alert thresholds, when they specify different thresholds for each content type, then these thresholds are saved for future engagement monitoring.

User can turn off alerts for specific content types through a preference setting.

Given a user visits the alert preferences page, when they disable alerts for selected content types, then no alerts are generated for those content types until the user re-enables them.

User Feedback Mechanism for Alerts

User Story: As a user of CodoNerve, I want to give feedback on the alerts I receive so that the system can improve and provide more relevant notifications based on my engagement needs.
Description: The User Feedback Mechanism for Alerts requirement focuses on creating a system that allows users to provide feedback on the actionable insights alerts they receive. This feedback will help refine the accuracy and relevance of future alerts based on user experiences and effectiveness. By incorporating user feedback, CodoNerve can continuously improve its alert system and adapt to user needs, ensuring that alerts evolve as content strategies change and audiences shift. Implementing this mechanism will also foster a sense of collaboration between users and the platform, enhancing overall user satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on a received actionable alert during a weekly performance review meeting.

Given the user receives an actionable insights alert, when they provide feedback using the feedback form, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating that the feedback was submitted successfully.

User interacts with the feedback system after receiving several alerts over a month.

Given the user has submitted multiple pieces of feedback, when they review their submitted feedback history, then they should see all previous feedback entries listed with timestamps and alert references.

User opts to adjust the parameters for their actionable insights alerts based on feedback received.

Given the user accesses the alert settings, when they modify the parameters and save the changes, then the system should update the alert preferences and display a success message confirming the changes have been applied.

User evaluates the relevance of past insights alerts via the feedback mechanism.

Given the user accesses the feedback section for alerts, when they rate the relevance of previous alerts, then the system should capture the ratings and store them for future reference in refining alert accuracy.

User provides qualitative feedback on the usefulness of an actionable insights alert they received.

Given the user selects an alert from the alert history, when they submit detailed feedback regarding that specific alert, then the feedback should be recorded in the system and linked to the corresponding alert ID for analysis.

User receives a report summarizing their feedback on actionable insights alerts.

Given the user navigates to the feedback summary section, when they request a report, then the system should generate and display a comprehensive summary of all feedback submitted, categorized by type and date.

Workshop Wizard

An interactive feature that allows users to create and customize workshops based on their specific interests and skills. Users can choose topics, set agendas, and even invite guest speakers, enabling tailored educational experiences that meet individual learning needs and preferences.

Requirements

Custom Workshop Builder

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to create a custom workshop so that I can target specific skills and topics that align with my professional development goals.
Description: The Custom Workshop Builder allows users to create personalized workshops by selecting specific topics and customizing agendas according to their learning preferences. This feature will enable users to engage meaningfully with content that aligns with their interests and professional goals. It integrates seamlessly with the CodoNerve platform, leveraging existing AI-powered content suggestions to help users choose relevant subjects and design agendas that facilitate effective learning. The expected outcome is increased user satisfaction and enhanced educational outcomes, as users can access workshops tailored to their individual needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully creates a workshop from scratch using the Custom Workshop Builder.

Given the user accesses the Custom Workshop Builder, when they select topics, customize the agenda, and save the workshop, then the workshop is successfully created and listed in the user's dashboard.

User invites a guest speaker to their customized workshop.

Given the user has created a workshop, when they send an invitation to a guest speaker using the invite feature, then the guest speaker receives the invitation email and can accept or decline the request.

User receives AI-powered content suggestions while designing their workshop agenda.

Given the user is in the Custom Workshop Builder, when they select a specific topic, then relevant AI-powered content suggestions are displayed to assist in building the agenda.

User edits an existing workshop to refine its topics and agenda.

Given the user has an existing workshop, when they modify the topics and update the agenda, then the changes are saved and reflected correctly in the user's dashboard.

User views analytics for their completed workshops to assess effectiveness.

Given the user has hosted workshops, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they see engagement metrics such as attendance, feedback scores, and participant ratings for each workshop.

User shares their created workshop on social media for increased engagement.

Given the user has a workshop listed in their dashboard, when they select the share option, then the workshop is successfully shared to the chosen social media platform with the correct link and title.

User deletes a workshop they no longer wish to keep in their dashboard.

Given the user selects a workshop to delete, when they confirm the deletion, then the workshop is removed from the dashboard and is no longer accessible.

Guest Speaker Invitation System

User Story: As a workshop creator, I want to invite guest speakers to my sessions so that I can enrich the content with expert insights.
Description: The Guest Speaker Invitation System enables users to invite guest speakers to their workshops directly through the platform. The feature streamlines the process by allowing users to send invitations, manage responses, and communicate with potential speakers within a centralized interface. This functionality will enhance the workshop experience by facilitating collaboration with industry experts and adding valuable insights to the educational content. The impact of this requirement includes improved engagement in workshops and increased value for participants.
Acceptance Criteria: User sends an invitation to a guest speaker for a workshop they are organizing.

Given the user is on the workshop planning page, when they click on the 'Invite Guest Speaker' button, then they should see a modal window to enter speaker details and send the invitation.

A guest speaker receives an invitation to join a workshop and responds to it.

Given the guest speaker has received an invitation email, when they click on the 'Respond to Invitation' link, then they should be directed to a page where they can accept or decline the invitation and leave a note.

The user views the status of their sent invitations to guest speakers.

Given the user is on the 'Invitations' tab of the workshop interface, when they look at the list of invitations, then they should see the list updated with statuses of each invitation (Pending, Accepted, Declined) alongside the speaker's name.

Users manage guest speaker invitations for multiple workshops.

Given the user has invited multiple guest speakers for different workshops, when they navigate to the 'My Workshops' dashboard, then they should see a summary of all invitations with their current statuses grouped by each workshop.

A notification system that informs users about changes in invitation statuses.

Given the user has sent invitations to guest speakers, when a guest speaker accepts or declines an invitation, then the user should receive an in-app notification and an email informing them of the status change.

Users communicate with invited guest speakers directly within the platform.

Given the user has invited a guest speaker, when they click on the 'Message Speaker' option, then they should have access to a chat interface to communicate with the speaker without leaving the platform.

Users can delete an invitation sent to a guest speaker before it is accepted or declined.

Given the user has sent an invitation to a guest speaker, when they choose to delete the invitation from their invitations list, then the invitation should be removed, and the speaker should no longer receive any notifications.

Interactive Agenda Planning

User Story: As a team member, I want to collaborate on the workshop agenda so that everyone’s input is integrated into the final plan.
Description: The Interactive Agenda Planning feature provides users with tools to collaboratively design workshop agendas with interactive timelines and sessions. This functionality allows multiple users to contribute ideas, adjust timings, and add comments in real-time, improving collaboration among workshop participants. By making agenda planning more dynamic, users can experience better feedback and inclusive ideas, ultimately leading to a more successful and engaging workshop. The feature supports effective communication and ensures that all voices are heard during the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Agenda Collaboration by Multiple Users

Given a workshop agenda is being planned, when multiple users contribute ideas simultaneously, then all changes should be reflected in real-time for all participants without any delay.

Interactive Feedback Mechanism for Agenda Items

Given a user is reviewing the proposed agenda, when they add comments or feedback on any specific agenda item, then the comments should be visible to all other users in real-time and remain accessible throughout the planning process.

Customizable Session Timings

Given a workshop agenda with predefined session blocks, when a user requests to adjust the timing of any session, then the system should allow that adjustment while notifying other users of the change and updating the interactive timeline accordingly.

Inviting Guest Speakers to Agenda

Given a workshop agenda is being created, when a user selects to invite a guest speaker, then the system should provide an option to send an invitation with a session outline and receive an RSVP confirmation.

Completing the Agenda Planning Process

Given a fully developed workshop agenda with all sessions and topics finalized, when the user marks the agenda as complete, then the system should generate a summary of the agenda and send it to all participants involved in the planning process.

Real-Time Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a workshop participant, I want to provide real-time feedback so that my input can help improve the session as it happens.
Description: The Real-Time Feedback Mechanism allows participants to provide instant feedback during workshops through polls, ratings, and comments, which can be viewed live by the facilitator. This feature enhances user engagement and provides immediate insights into the effectiveness of the session, helping facilitators adjust content delivery in real time. It fosters an interactive learning environment and enables continuous improvement of workshops, as organizers can gather valuable data for future sessions.
Acceptance Criteria: Participants are able to provide feedback during a workshop session using the Real-Time Feedback Mechanism without any technical issues.

Given a workshop is in progress, When a participant submits feedback through the poll, Then the submission should be recorded successfully and displayed in real-time on the facilitator's dashboard.

Facilitators can see live feedback from participants during a workshop, allowing them to make immediate adjustments to their delivery.

Given a participant selects a rating in the feedback section, When they submit the rating, Then the facilitator should see the updated rating reflected on their dashboard within 5 seconds.

The Real-Time Feedback Mechanism provides an overview of participant engagement levels during the workshop.

Given that participants have provided feedback through polls and comments, When the workshop ends, Then the facilitator should receive a summary report highlighting engagement metrics like average ratings and the number of comments received.

Participants have various options to give feedback, including polls, ratings, and comments, which are easily accessible during the workshop.

Given a workshop session in progress, When a participant navigates to the feedback section, Then they should see options for polls, ratings, and comments clearly displayed and functional.

Facilitators can track trends in feedback over multiple sessions to improve future workshops.

Given multiple workshops have been conducted, When a facilitator accesses the feedback dashboard, Then they should see aggregated feedback data including trends over time for polls, ratings, and comments for each session.

Participants receive acknowledgement after submitting their feedback, enhancing their engagement and participation.

Given a participant submits feedback through the Real-Time Feedback Mechanism, When the submission is successful, Then the participant should receive a confirmation message acknowledging their feedback.

The feedback mechanism is user-friendly and requires minimal training for participants to understand how to provide their input.

Given a first-time user is participating in a workshop, When they review the feedback instructions, Then they should be able to submit their feedback without assistance or confusion.

Post-Workshop Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a workshop organizer, I want to access detailed analytics after my workshop so that I can understand its effectiveness and areas for improvement.
Description: The Post-Workshop Analytics Dashboard provides users with comprehensive analytics on workshop performance, including attendee engagement rates, feedback summaries, and suggestions for improvement. This feature allows organizers to assess the effectiveness of their workshops based on real data and insights, enabling them to refine future sessions. By integrating analytics into the planning process, CodoNerve empowers users to optimize their workshop content and delivery based on participant response, leading to enhanced quality of workshops over time.
Acceptance Criteria: Post-Workshop Analytics Dashboard Access

Given the user has completed a workshop, when they navigate to the Post-Workshop Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to access a detailed report containing attendee engagement rates, feedback summaries, and suggestions for improvement.

Engagement Metrics Measurement

Given the workshop has concluded, when the organizer views the analytics, then the dashboard should display engagement metrics, including average attendance duration and participation rates, calculated based on attendee records.

Feedback Summary Visualization

Given that attendees have submitted feedback, when the organizer views the analytics dashboard, then the system should provide a visual summary of feedback, such as sentiment analysis and common themes from open-ended responses.

Suggestions for Improvement Implementation

Given the feedback collected from participants, when the analytics dashboard is viewed, then the recommended suggestions for improving future workshops should be clearly listed based on identified trends and areas of concern.

Data Export Functionality

Given the user is on the Post-Workshop Analytics Dashboard, when they select the option to export data, then the system should allow them to download analytics reports in a CSV format.

Real-time Updates during Workshop

Given the workshop is currently ongoing, when real-time data is collected, then the dashboard should reflect current engagement metrics and participant feedback instantly.

Webinar Library

A comprehensive archive of recorded webinars covering a wide range of topics in content creation and digital marketing. Users can access past sessions at their convenience, allowing them to learn at their own pace, revisit complex concepts, and stay updated on industry trends.

Requirements

Webinar Access Control

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to control who can access my recorded webinars so that I can ensure that sensitive information is only shared with authorized users.
Description: This requirement involves implementing access control mechanisms for the Webinar Library, allowing users to manage who can view recorded sessions. Users should have the ability to set permissions based on user roles (e.g., public, private, invite-only) and control access to specific webinars. This feature enhances user security and content exclusivity, allowing marketers to share insights while managing audience access effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: As a digital marketer, I want to categorize my webinars into public, private, and invite-only formats so that I can manage access based on user roles and ensure the right audience is viewing my content.

Given I am a logged-in user, When I create a new webinar, Then I should see an option to select the access level (public, private, invite-only) and save the setting successfully.

As a user with 'invite-only' permissions, I want to send invitations to specific users so that they can access the recorded session while maintaining content exclusivity.

Given I have created a webinar and set it to 'invite-only', When I send invitations to specific email addresses, Then the invited users should receive an email with a unique access link to the webinar.

As an admin, I want to view a list of all webinars along with their access permissions so that I can monitor and manage the content being shared.

Given I am an admin, When I navigate to the webinar management section, Then I should see a comprehensive list of all webinars, including their titles and corresponding access settings (public, private, invite-only).

As a user, I want to access a private webinar that I have permission to view, to ensure that I can learn from the content while it remains exclusive to certain users.

Given I have access permission to a private webinar, When I click on the webinar link, Then I should be able to view the webinar content without any access restrictions.

As a user, I want to receive notifications when there are changes to the access level of webinars I am registered for, to stay updated about my content access.

Given I am registered for a webinar, When the access level is changed by the host, Then I should receive an email notification about this change and its implications on my access.

As a user, I want to easily retrieve and filter webinars based on their access type, so I can quickly find the content I am interested in.

Given I am in the Webinar Library, When I apply filters for webinar access types, Then I should see a list of webinars that match my selected access criteria (public, private, invite-only).

Search and Filter Functionality

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to search for webinars by topic so that I can find relevant content to improve my skills and knowledge in specific areas.
Description: Users should be able to search for and filter webinars based on different criteria such as topic, date, duration, and speakers. This requirement enhances user experience by providing a user-friendly interface that allows users to quickly find relevant content that meets their specific learning needs. It is crucial for effective navigation of the extensive library of resources available.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to find a webinar on social media marketing to refresh their knowledge and learns that they can filter by topic, date, speaker, and duration.

Given the user opens the Webinar Library, when they select the 'Social Media Marketing' filter and click 'Apply', then the page displays only webinars that match the selected topic.

A user is trying to access a webinar from last month on SEO updates but wants to ensure it was conducted by a recognized expert in the field.

Given the user applies the 'SEO' topic and 'Last Month' date range filters, when the user applies the 'Speaker' filter to 'John Doe', then the system should display only the relevant webinars by John Doe conducted in the last month.

A content marketer wants to watch a webinar that is less than one hour long to quickly grasp the concepts without investing too much time.

Given the user is in the Webinar Library, when they set the duration filter to 'Less than 60 minutes' and apply the filter, then the system should show only webinars that are under one hour in length.

A new user looking for webinars on video marketing should find the search function intuitive and straightforward to help them understand what content is available.

Given the user types 'Video Marketing' in the search bar, when they hit 'Enter', then the results should display a list of all webinars related to video marketing.

A returning user who has watched several webinars in the past wants to revisit them and check for any additional insights on the same topics.

Given the user accesses the Webinar Library and filters by 'Viewed' webinars, when they apply the filter, then the user can see a list of previously watched webinars neatly organized under the specified filter category.

User Feedback System

User Story: As a user, I want to leave feedback on the webinars I've attended so that I can share my experience and help others decide which sessions to view.
Description: This requirement encompasses the development of a feedback system where users can rate and review webinars they have attended. The feedback collected will be displayed publicly, helping other users gauge the quality of content and engagement. This feature fosters community involvement and allows the CodoNerve team to continuously improve the quality of the webinars offered based on user insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User Rating for Webinars

Given a user who has attended a webinar, when they navigate to the Webinar Library and select the specific webinar, then they should see an option to rate the webinar on a scale of 1 to 5 stars.

User Reviews for Webinars

Given a user who has attended a webinar, when they submit a review for that webinar, then the review should be saved and displayed publicly under the webinar details in the Webinar Library.

Display Average Rating

Given multiple user ratings for a webinar, when a user views the webinar details in the Webinar Library, then the average rating should be displayed clearly alongside the total number of ratings.

Review Moderation Process

Given user-submitted reviews, when the CodoNerve team reviews these submissions, then they should be able to approve or reject reviews based on community guidelines, and the status should be reflected in the Webinar Library immediately after moderation.

User Notification for New Webinars

Given a user who has attended a webinar and provided feedback, when a new webinar is scheduled on a similar topic, then the user should receive an email notification about the upcoming event.

Webinar Analytics Dashboard

Given the feedback system is implemented, when the CodoNerve team accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view summary statistics such as average rating, total reviews, and user feedback trends for all webinars.

Automated Webinar Reminders

User Story: As a user, I want to receive reminders for upcoming webinars so that I can ensure I attend and don’t miss important sessions.
Description: This feature involves creating a system where users can opt-in to receive automated reminders for upcoming webinars. Users should be able to choose their preferred notification method (email, SMS, push notifications) for session reminders. This enhances engagement by ensuring users don’t miss out on valuable learning opportunities and streamlines their learning process through timely notifications.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their preferred notification method for automated webinar reminders during the webinar registration process.

Given the user has registered for a webinar, when they select 'Email' as their notification preference, then they should receive an email reminder 24 hours before the webinar starts.

User opts for SMS notifications for upcoming webinars via their profile settings.

Given the user has chosen to receive SMS notifications, when a webinar is scheduled, then the user should receive an SMS reminder 1 hour before it begins.

User wants to update their notification preferences after registering for multiple webinars.

Given the user is logged in, when they change their preferred notification method from 'Push Notification' to 'Email' in their profile settings, then all future reminders should be sent via email instead of push notifications.

Admin manages the list of users who opted into automated reminders.

Given the admin accesses the user management dashboard, when they filter for users who opted into webinar reminders, then a list of users with their selected notification methods should be displayed accurately.

User receives reminders on specific dates for upcoming webinars based on their notification preferences.

Given the user has set their reminder preferences, when a webinar is scheduled, then the user should receive reminders according to their preferred method at the designated times (e.g., 24 hours and 1 hour prior).

User unsubscribes from all notifications related to automated webinar reminders.

Given the user chooses to unsubscribe from automated reminders, when they confirm their decision, then they should no longer receive any notifications regarding upcoming webinars.

Integration with Social Media Platforms

User Story: As a user, I want to share my favorite webinars on social media so that I can inspire others to engage with the content I find valuable.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating the Webinar Library with major social media platforms to allow users to share favorite webinars directly on their profiles. This feature enables users to promote their learning journey and CodoNerve’s offerings, helping to increase visibility and organic reach of webinars while fostering interaction and discussion among their social circles.
Acceptance Criteria: User Sharing a Webinar on Facebook

Given that the user is logged into their CodoNerve account and has accessed the Webinar Library, when they select a webinar and click on the 'Share on Facebook' button, then the webinar link should be shared on their Facebook profile with a preview of the webinar's title and description.

User Sharing a Webinar on Twitter

Given that the user is logged into their CodoNerve account and has accessed the Webinar Library, when they select a webinar and click on the 'Share on Twitter' button, then a tweet including the webinar link and a predefined message should be successfully posted on their Twitter account.

User Sharing a Webinar on LinkedIn

Given that the user is logged into their CodoNerve account and has accessed the Webinar Library, when they select a webinar and click on the 'Share on LinkedIn' button, then a post should be created on their LinkedIn profile highlighting the webinar with a link to watch it.

User Accessing Shared Webinars via Social Media

Given that a user has shared a webinar link on a social media platform, when another user clicks on that link, then they should be directed to the specific webinar page within the CodoNerve platform without encountering any errors.

User Analyzing Social Media Engagement of Shared Webinars

Given that the user has shared a webinar via social media, when they view their engagement analytics in CodoNerve, then they should see metrics such as clicks, shares, and comments related to their shared webinars.

User Configuring Social Media Integration Settings

Given that the user is on the integration settings page of their CodoNerve account, when they connect their social media accounts, then the user should see confirmation messages for each successfully connected platform (e.g., Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn).

Live Q&A Features

User Story: As a webinar attendee, I want to ask questions during the live session so that I can clarify my understanding directly with the presenter.
Description: This requirement integrates a live Q&A feature during webinars, allowing participants to engage with presenters in real time. This interactivity enhances the overall learning experience and ensures that users can clarify concepts directly with experts, driving greater engagement and satisfaction with the content.
Acceptance Criteria: Live Q&A engagement during a webinar with a minimum of 50 participants.

Given a scheduled webinar with live Q&A, when participants submit questions in the chat, then presenters must respond to at least 75% of the submitted questions during the session.

Participants accessing recorded webinars with an option to filter by topics discussed in live Q&A.

Given a completed webinar, when a participant accesses the webinar library, then they must be able to filter webinars based on topics and view a specific timestamp where live Q&A took place.

User experience during the live Q&A feature in terms of response time from presenters.

Given a live webinar with an active Q&A session, when participants ask questions, then the average response time from presenters must not exceed 2 minutes.

Integration of live chat for Q&A during webinars on multiple devices.

Given a participant using either a mobile device or computer, when they join the webinar, then they must have access to the live Q&A feature without any functionality loss.

Feedback collection post-webinar regarding the live Q&A experience.

Given a completed webinar with live Q&A, when participants receive the post-webinar survey, then at least 85% of respondents must indicate that the Q&A session enhanced their learning experience.

Real-time notifications system for submitted questions during live Q&A.

Given a live Q&A session, when a participant submits a question, then they must receive a confirmation notification within 5 seconds that their question is received by the system.

Recording availability of the Q&A segment alongside the webinar replay.

Given a user watching a previously recorded webinar, when they access the video, then the recorded Q&A segment must be seamlessly integrated and accessible at designated timestamps.

Skill Assessment Tool

An innovative assessment tool that evaluates users' knowledge and skills in various areas of content creation and marketing. This feature provides personalized recommendations for workshops and resources based on assessment results, allowing users to focus on areas that need improvement.

Requirements

User Skill Evaluation

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to assess my content creation skills so that I can identify my strengths and weaknesses and improve my overall effectiveness.
Description: The User Skill Evaluation requirement focuses on developing an interactive tool that accurately assesses users' knowledge and skills in various aspects of content creation and marketing. This feature will integrate seamlessly into CodoNerve, utilizing AI algorithms to analyze users' responses to a series of skill-based questions and scenarios. The aim is to provide a comprehensive evaluation that highlights users' strengths and weaknesses, enabling them to understand their current competencies and areas for improvement. By offering actionable insights based on the assessment results, this tool will enhance user engagement and guide them towards targeted content strategies that align with their skill levels. Additionally, the assessment will be user-friendly and cater to different skill levels, ensuring inclusivity and accessibility for all users.
Acceptance Criteria: Skill Assessment Tool allows users to select their preferred content creation area for evaluation, such as copywriting, SEO, or social media marketing.

Given a user navigates to the Skill Assessment Tool, when they select a content creation area, then the system should display relevant skill-based questions for that area.

Users complete the skill assessment within the given time limit and submit their responses for evaluation.

Given a user has answered all questions in the skill assessment, when they click the submit button, then their responses should be processed and stored in the database without errors.

Based on the assessment results, users receive personalized recommendations for workshops and resources to improve their skills.

Given a user receives their skill evaluation results, when the evaluation is complete, then the system should provide at least three tailored recommendations based on identified weaknesses.

The assessment tool provides immediate feedback to users about their strengths and weaknesses after completing the evaluation.

Given a user has completed the assessment, when they view their results, then the system should display a clear summary of their strengths and weaknesses in a user-friendly format.

Users can retake the skill assessment to track their progress over time.

Given a user has previously completed the skill assessment, when they choose to retake the assessment, then they should be able to do so without any data conflicts or loss of previous results.

The skill assessment tool is accessible and user-friendly for users of varying skill levels, including beginners.

Given a user with limited experience attempts to use the assessment tool, when they interact with the interface, then they should easily understand how to navigate and complete the assessment without external assistance.

Personalized Recommendations Engine

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want personalized recommendations for skill development so that I can focus on improving the areas I struggle with the most.
Description: The Personalized Recommendations Engine requirement entails the creation of a system that generates tailored suggestions for workshops, resources, and learning materials based on users’ assessment results. This feature will utilize advanced algorithms that analyze user inputs and preferences to curate a list of recommended workshops and resources that specifically target users' identified areas for improvement. By integrating this engine with the skill assessment tool, CodoNerve will not only identify users' skill gaps but also provide a clear pathway for personal and professional growth. The goal is to ensure that users receive guidance that is directly applicable to their unique needs and aspirations, fostering continuous learning and optimization in their content creation journey.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes a skill assessment and receives personalized recommendations based on their results.

Given a user completes the skill assessment, when they submit their results, then the system should generate a list of personalized recommendations that includes at least three workshops and resources relevant to identified skill gaps.

User reviews the personalized recommendations generated by the tool.

Given the user has received personalized recommendations, when they view the recommendations, then each suggested workshop and resource should include a brief description, expected outcomes, and relevance to their assessment results.

User selects a workshop from the personalized recommendations to enroll in.

Given the user selects a workshop from the recommendations, when they click on the enrollment link, then they should be directed to the workshop registration page without errors, and the selected workshop should be highlighted as chosen in their profile.

User provides feedback on the effectiveness of the recommended workshops after completion.

Given a user completes a recommended workshop, when they submit feedback through the feedback form, then the system should successfully record the user's feedback and update the database with the new input for improving future recommendations.

Admin reviews user engagement with the recommendations engine.

Given an admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the usage statistics, then the dashboard should display metrics such as the number of assessments taken, recommendations generated, and the percentage of users who enrolled in workshops after receiving recommendations.

User requests to refresh their personalized recommendations after completing new workshops.

Given a user has completed a workshop and wants to refresh their recommendations, when they click the refresh button in the recommendations section, then the system should re-evaluate their skills and provide a new list of at least three updated recommendations.

System generates error messages for invalid inputs during skill assessment.

Given a user inputs invalid data while completing the skill assessment, when they attempt to submit the assessment, then the system should display clear error messages indicating the nature of the invalid input and guidance on how to correct it.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a content creator, I want a progress tracking dashboard so that I can visualize my skill improvement over time and stay motivated to continue learning.
Description: The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement focuses on creating a visual interface that allows users to monitor their growth and improvement in content creation skills over time. This dashboard will display key metrics derived from the user’s skill assessments and their engagement with recommended workshops and resources. By offering visual feedback on users' progress, this feature will motivate users to continually enhance their skills and achieve their learning goals. The dashboard will provide insights into completed assessments, recommended resources utilized, and overall skill improvement, thus serving as a valuable tool for self-reflection and goal-setting.
Acceptance Criteria: User Dashboard Overview for Skill Progress Visualization

Given a user has completed multiple skill assessments, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their skill improvement over time, including graphs and charts for at least three assessment categories.

Assessment Completion Metrics Display

Given a user has completed skill assessments, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see the total number of assessments taken and the average score displayed prominently on the dashboard.

Engagement with Recommended Workshops Tracking

Given a user has engaged with recommended workshops, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be able to view a list of workshops completed, along with completion dates and ratings for each workshop.

Goal Setting and Tracking Feature

Given a user wants to set personal skill goals, when they use the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be able to create, edit, and view their goals alongside their skill progress metrics, with visual indicators of goal completion status.

User Feedback Mechanism on Progress

Given a user has viewed their skill progress, when they access the feedback section of the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be able to provide feedback on the dashboard's usability and relevance of the displayed data.

Performance Comparison with Peers

Given a user has accessed the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to compare their skills with a peer group, then they should be able to view their performance metrics relative to the group average, including visual graphs.

Export Functionality for Progress Reports

Given a user wants to share their progress, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should have the option to export their progress metrics and assessment results as a downloadable PDF report.

Interactive Learning Modules

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want access to interactive learning modules so that I can actively engage with the material and improve my content creation skills in a practical way.
Description: The Interactive Learning Modules requirement involves the development of engaging and interactive educational content related to content creation and marketing. These modules will provide users with the opportunity to deepen their knowledge through various formats such as quizzes, videos, and exercises that complement the recommendations generated from their skill assessments. By integrating these modules within the CodoNerve platform, users will be able to apply their knowledge in practical scenarios and reinforce their learning through active participation, thus enhancing retention and understanding of content creation concepts.
Acceptance Criteria: User engages with the Interactive Learning Modules after completing the Skill Assessment Tool, selecting a module recommended based on their assessment results.

Given the user has completed the Skill Assessment Tool, When they select a recommended Interactive Learning Module, Then the module should load successfully and present the user with the content without errors.

User completes an Interactive Learning Module that includes a quiz component at the end to assess understanding of the material.

Given the user has finished the module content, When they attempt the quiz, Then the system should allow them to complete and submit the quiz, providing feedback on performance after submission.

User requests personalized resource recommendations after finishing an Interactive Learning Module.

Given the user has completed an Interactive Learning Module, When they click on 'Get Recommendations,' Then the system should provide a list of personalized resources based on the module content and user performance.

User seeks to track their progress in the Interactive Learning Modules over time.

Given the user has accessed multiple Interactive Learning Modules, When they navigate to the progress dashboard, Then the dashboard should display a visual representation of their engagement and completion status for each module.

Admin user updates content within an Interactive Learning Module to ensure accuracy and relevance.

Given the admin user has selected an Interactive Learning Module, When they edit the content and save changes, Then the updated module should reflect the new content accurately without any loss of previously saved data.

User interacts with the Interactive Learning Modules on a mobile device.

Given the user opens an Interactive Learning Module on a mobile device, When they navigate through the content, Then the display should be responsive, maintaining usability without content overlap or accessibility issues.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

User Story: As a content creator, I want to receive ongoing feedback on my work so that I can make immediate improvements and enhance the quality of my content.
Description: The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement is aimed at implementing a system where users receive ongoing feedback on their content creation and marketing practices based on their interactions with the platform. This real-time feedback will be generated from AI algorithms that analyze user-generated content and provide constructive suggestions for improvement. By creating a dynamic learning environment, this mechanism will encourage users to experiment with their skills and understand how their practices align with industry best practices. This feature not only enhances learning but also fosters a sense of continuous improvement and application within the users' workspace.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits content for assessment and receives immediate feedback on specific aspects of their writing.

Given a user submits content using the Skill Assessment Tool, when the content is analyzed, then the system should return feedback within 5 seconds that highlights at least three areas for improvement and suggestions for best practices.

User revises content based on feedback and resubmits it for further evaluation.

Given a user revises their content according to the feedback received, when they resubmit the same content, then the system should generate a new feedback report that shows improvement in at least two of the previously identified areas.

User accesses their feedback history to review past assessments and track improvements over time.

Given a user navigates to the feedback history section, when they view their feedback records, then the system should display a chronological list of feedback reports with clear indicators of areas of progress and areas that still need work.

User receives personalized recommendations for additional resources based on assessment results after multiple submissions.

Given a user has submitted content for assessment multiple times, when the user finishes their latest evaluation, then the system should provide at least three personalized resource recommendations tailored to their skills gap.

User participates in a collaborative session where feedback is provided in real-time.

Given multiple users are collaborating on content creation using the tool, when one user submits work for assessment during the session, then all participants should receive real-time feedback visible in their interface within 10 seconds.

User receives confirmation notifications after their content has been assessed and feedback is generated.

Given a user submits content for assessment, when the feedback is generated, then the system must send an email notification confirming the completion of the assessment and a link to view the feedback.

Peer Learning Circles

A collaborative feature that facilitates the formation of small groups where users can discuss topics, exchange knowledge, and learn from each other. By connecting users with similar interests, this feature encourages mutual growth and fosters a sense of community within the learning hub.

Requirements

Group Formation Management

User Story: As a user, I want to create and manage a peer learning circle so that I can collaborate with others who share similar interests and enhance my learning through shared knowledge.
Description: This requirement entails the capability to allow users to create, join, and manage peer learning circles within the CodoNerve platform. It should include functionalities that enable users to invite others, set group parameters (such as topics of discussion, meeting schedules, and group size), and manage participation levels. The group formation management system should also provide notifications and updates to guide members on upcoming discussions or topics, fostering a structured learning environment. This feature is crucial as it enhances user engagement and promotes a collaborative learning culture, ultimately enriching the user experience and knowledge sharing.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully creates a new Peer Learning Circle with specified parameters.

Given the user has access to the group formation management interface, when they provide a name, topic, meeting schedule, and desired group size for the Peer Learning Circle, then the system should create the group and notify the user of successful creation.

User invites others to join their created Peer Learning Circle.

Given the user has successfully created a Peer Learning Circle, when they enter the email addresses of potential members and send invitations, then the system should send invitation emails and confirm the action to the user.

User successfully joins an existing Peer Learning Circle.

Given the user is browsing available Peer Learning Circles, when they select a circle and click 'Join', then the system should add them to the circle and notify them of their new membership status.

User updates the parameters of an existing Peer Learning Circle.

Given the user is a member of a Peer Learning Circle, when they modify the meeting schedule or group size, then the system should save the changes and notify all members of the updates.

User receives notifications about upcoming discussions.

Given the user is a member of a Peer Learning Circle, when the scheduled meeting time approaches, then the system should send an automated notification to remind them of the discussion.

User checks the participation levels of their Peer Learning Circle.

Given the user is a circle admin, when they access the participation management interface, then the system should display a list of members along with their confirmed attendance for upcoming meetings.

User removes a member from their Peer Learning Circle.

Given the user is an admin of a Peer Learning Circle, when they select a member to remove and confirm the action, then the system should delete the member from the circle and notify them of their removal.

Content Scheduling and Resources

User Story: As a user, I want to schedule meetings in my peer learning circle so that we can discuss topics thoughtfully and utilize our time efficiently.
Description: This requirement focuses on implementing a scheduling tool that enables peer learning circles to allocate specific times for discussions and indicate required resources for each session. Users should be able to propose discussion times, share agendas in advance, and suggest materials or articles to review before meetings. This tool will help streamline meeting organization, ensuring that participants come prepared and discussions are focused. The integration of this functionality will greatly improve the productivity and effectiveness of peer learning circles by enhancing preparation and reducing miscommunication.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can easily propose discussion times for peer learning circles using the scheduling tool.

Given a user accesses the scheduling tool, when they select a proposed meeting date and time, then the proposed time should be saved and visible to all members of the learning circle.

Users should be able to share agendas for peer learning circle meetings in advance through the platform.

Given a user creates an agenda for a meeting, when they publish the agenda, then all members of the learning circle should receive a notification and be able to view the agenda on their dashboard.

Users can suggest materials and articles for review before peer learning circle meetings.

Given a user submits a suggestion for materials or articles, when they confirm the submission, then the suggestion should be logged and visible to all members of the learning circle along with a 'review before meeting' notice.

Participants receive reminders for upcoming peer learning circle meetings along with the agenda and resources required.

Given a meeting is scheduled, when the reminder is sent out, then all members should receive an email notification containing the agenda and resources.

The scheduling tool should prevent double-booking of discussion times within peer learning circles.

Given multiple users propose meeting times, when a conflict arises, then the system should notify users of the scheduling conflict and prompt for a new proposal.

Users can view past meeting notes and discussions in the peer learning circle interface.

Given a user accesses the peer learning circle, when they navigate to the meeting history section, then they should be able to view all past minutes and resources discussed.

Feedback and Rating System

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on my learning circle discussions so that the group can improve future meetings and strengthen our collaborative learning.
Description: This requirement involves introducing a mechanism for users to provide feedback on their peer learning circle experiences. Users should be able to rate discussions, share suggestions for improvement, and recognize contributions from other members. This system is vital for assessing the value of each meeting, encouraging constructive criticism, and promoting accountability within circles. By collecting this feedback, the CodoNerve platform can continuously enhance the peer learning experience based on user input and preferences, thus fostering a culture of growth and improvement.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can provide feedback after participating in a peer learning circle discussion.

Given a user participates in a peer learning circle, when the discussion ends, then they should have the option to rate the session from 1 to 5 stars and write a review.

The rating system allows for aggregate feedback visualization by the platform.

Given multiple users have provided feedback on a peer learning circle, when the feedback is collected, then the average rating and the number of reviews should be displayed on the circle's information page.

Users should be able to submit suggestions for improving the peer learning circle experience.

Given a user has attended a peer learning circle, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to suggest improvements and submit them successfully.

Users can recognize the contributions of other members in their learning circle.

Given a user participates in a peer learning circle, when the discussion concludes, then they should have the option to recognize another user's contribution with a 'kudos' feature.

Feedback submitted can be viewed by other users within the peer learning circle.

Given feedback has been submitted by users, when they visit the peer learning circle page, then they should be able to view all feedback and ratings posted by members.

The feedback mechanism is accessible and straightforward for all users.

Given any user is on the peer learning circle page, when they look for the feedback option, then it should be clearly visible and easy to access without any technical challenges.

The platform administrators can access the aggregated feedback for analysis and improvement planning.

Given users have submitted feedback over time, when an admin accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should see insights, trends, and areas for improvement based on user ratings and comments.

Certification Program

A structured program that offers users the opportunity to earn certifications upon completing specific workshops or courses. These credentials can enhance users' resumes and demonstrate their expertise in content strategies and digital marketing, providing credibility in their professional endeavors.

Requirements

Certification Course Creation

User Story: As an instructor, I want to create certification courses so that I can help users learn and demonstrate their expertise in digital marketing effectively.
Description: This requirement entails the development of a user-friendly interface that allows instructors to create and manage certification courses within the CodoNerve platform. It should support media uploads, course outlines, schedules, and prerequisite settings. The functionality will enable more structured learning and allow users to earn certifications, thereby enhancing their professional credentials. The successful implementation of this requirement will facilitate an engaging educational experience and expand the platform's usability for users seeking career advancement.
Acceptance Criteria: Instructor uses the course creation interface to upload various media types, including videos, PDFs, and images, as part of their certification course.

Given an instructor is logged into the CodoNerve platform, when they access the course creation interface and select media upload options, then they should be able to successfully upload at least one video, one PDF, and one image without any errors.

An instructor needs to outline their certification course's structure, including modules and lessons, to provide a clear learning path for users.

Given an instructor is creating a certification course, when they add at least three modules and define at least two lessons under each module, then the course structure should save correctly and display in the course preview.

Instructors need to set a schedule for their certification course to manage periods of enrollment and course duration effectively.

Given an instructor is creating a certification course, when they specify a start date, end date, and enrollment period for the course, then the system should accurately reflect these dates in the course settings and prevent user enrollment outside of this window.

An instructor needs to set prerequisites for their certification course to ensure that users have the required background knowledge before enrollment.

Given an instructor is creating a certification course, when they add prerequisites such as previous courses or skills required, then this information should be clearly displayed on the course page and prevent enrollment if prerequisites are not met.

Instructors want to preview and test the course creation process to ensure everything is functional before publishing the course.

Given an instructor has completed all steps in the course creation process, when they select the preview option, then they should see a fully rendered version of the course, including media, outlines, schedules, and prerequisites, without any broken links or missing content.

The system needs to provide instructors with feedback on the completion status of their course creation process to or any errors that may have occurred.

Given an instructor is using the course creation interface, when they attempt to leave the interface without completing all mandatory fields, then a warning message should appear indicating which fields are incomplete before they can exit the interface.

User Registration for Certification Program

User Story: As a user, I want to register for certification courses easily so that I can enhance my skills and advance my career in digital marketing.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling user registration for the certification program through a simple and intuitive interface. Users should be able to easily sign up for workshops and track their progress towards earning certifications. This feature will increase user engagement and retention by providing clear pathways for professional development, and it will gather valuable data on user preferences and performance.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully registers for the certification program through an intuitive interface.

Given a user is on the certification program registration page, when they fill in all required fields accurately and submit the form, then they should receive a confirmation message and an email confirming their registration.

User can view available workshops associated with the certification program.

Given a user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the certification program section, then they should see a list of available workshops with details such as date, time, and prerequisites.

User can track their progress towards certification.

Given a user has registered for multiple workshops, when they access their user dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their progress towards certification, including completed workshops and upcoming ones.

User updates their profile information during the registration process.

Given a user is in the registration process, when they choose to update their profile information, then the system should save the changes and reflect them immediately on their account page.

User receives reminders for upcoming workshops they have registered for.

Given a user is registered for a workshop, when the workshop is approaching, then the system should send an automated reminder email to the user at least 24 hours before the event.

User can cancel their registration for a workshop.

Given a user has registered for a workshop, when they choose to cancel their registration from their account, then they should see a confirmation message and the status of the workshop should be updated to 'Cancelled' in their dashboard.

Users can provide feedback on the certification program once completed.

Given a user has completed the certification program, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit their feedback, which is then stored in the system for review.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to see my progress in the certification program so that I can keep track of my achievements and stay motivated in my learning.
Description: This requirement introduces a progress tracking dashboard for users enrolled in the certification program. Users should have access to a visual representation of their course completions, badges earned, and upcoming workshops. This will motivate users to continue their learning journey and provide them with insight into their development milestones. Additionally, it enables instructors to monitor user engagement effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Certification Program users navigate to their Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing one of the workshops offered in the training program.

Given a user is logged into the platform and has completed a workshop, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see their workshop completion marked as completed and visually represented on the dashboard.

An instructor checks the Progress Tracking Dashboard to assess the engagement levels of their certification program participants.

Given an instructor accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when viewing user engagement, then they should be able to see a list of users along with visual representations of their progress, including completed courses and badges earned.

A user who has completed all assigned workshops receives confirmation through the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user has completed all required workshops for their certification, when they view their Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a notification indicating they have completed the certification along with the option to download their certificate.

A user observes their accumulated badges through the Progress Tracking Dashboard after participating in various workshops.

Given a user has participated in multiple workshops and earned badges, when they check the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see all earned badges displayed clearly, with descriptions and criteria for each badge.

A user interacts with the Progress Tracking Dashboard to view their upcoming workshops scheduled for the certification program.

Given a user is enrolled in a certification program, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a section listing their upcoming workshops with dates, times, and statuses.

An admin reviews the overall participation data from the Progress Tracking Dashboard for reporting purposes.

Given an admin has access to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they request a report of user progress, then they should be able to generate a report that includes total users, total completions, and average engagement metrics.

Certification Assessment Module

User Story: As a user, I want to take assessments at the end of my courses so that I can demonstrate my knowledge and earn my certifications with confidence.
Description: This requirement involves developing an assessment module to evaluate users' knowledge and skills at the end of each certification course. The assessments should include quizzes, practical tasks, or projects that test users' understanding of the course material. Implementing this feature will ensure that certificates issued are credible and represent true competency in the subjects covered.
Acceptance Criteria: Certification Assessment Module - User completes a certification workshop and accesses the assessment module.

Given the user has completed the certification workshop, when they access the assessment module, then they should see all quizzes and practical tasks available for their selected certification, each clearly labeled with completion status and due date.

Certification Assessment Module - User submits completed assessments.

Given the user has completed the quizzes and practical tasks, when they submit their assessments, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including scores for quizzes and evaluation comments for practical tasks.

Certification Assessment Module - User receives their certification after passing assessments.

Given the user has successfully completed all required assessments with a passing score, when they check their certification status, then they should see their certification issued and available for download in their user profile.

Certification Assessment Module - Admin reviews and updates assessment content.

Given an administrator accesses the certification assessment module, when they review the assessments, then they should be able to edit quiz questions, update practical task instructions, and save changes to the assessment module.

Certification Assessment Module - User retakes assessments after failing.

Given a user has failed an assessment, when they choose to retake the assessment, then they should be able to access the assessment once more, provided they meet any necessary waiting period or requirements for retake eligibility.

Certification Assessment Module - Analytics dashboard reflects users' assessment performance.

Given the analytics dashboard is accessed by the admin, when they view the assessment results, then the dashboard should display overall performance metrics, including average scores, pass rates, and user feedback trends for the assessments

Certification Assessment Module - User engages with mentoring support for assessments.

Given a user is preparing for the certification assessments, when they request mentoring support, then they should have access to a mentor who can guide them through their preparations and answer related queries.

Certification Issuance System

User Story: As a user, I want to receive a digital certificate upon completing my course so that I can showcase my expertise to potential employers and clients.
Description: This requirement presents a system for automatically generating and issuing digital certificates upon successful completion of courses and assessments. The certificates should be downloadable and shareable on professional platforms such as LinkedIn. This functionality adds significant value to users by providing tangible proof of their accomplishments, enhancing their resumes, and establishing their credibility in the industry.
Acceptance Criteria: Automatic certificate issuance upon course completion.

Given a user completes all required modules of a course, when the final assessment is marked as passed, then the system must automatically generate and issue a digital certificate to the user's profile.

Certificate download functionality for users.

Given a user has received a digital certificate, when they access their profile, then they must have the option to download the certificate in PDF format.

Social media sharing capability for certificates.

Given a user has downloaded their digital certificate, when they choose to share the certificate on LinkedIn, then the system must provide a direct sharing link that includes a preview of the certificate.

Verification of certificate authenticity for employers.

Given a potential employer views a shared certificate on LinkedIn, when they click on the certificate link, then they must be directed to a verification page that confirms its authenticity and displays relevant course details.

Notification system for issued certificates.

Given a user has successfully completed a course, when the digital certificate is issued, then they must receive an email notification with a link to their certificate.

User interface for accessing certificates.

Given a user is logged into their CodoNerve account, when they navigate to the 'My Certifications' section, then they must see a list of all certificates they have earned along with options to download or share them.

Tracking completion rates of courses leading to certificate issuance.

Given an administrator reviews statistics, when they access the certification program dashboard, then they must see the completion rates for each course displayed graphically for analysis.

Feedback Collection Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to give feedback on my certification course so that my insights can help improve the learning experience for future participants.
Description: This requirement includes the creation of a feedback collection tool that allows users to provide input on the certification courses they complete. The feedback will be crucial for instructors to improve their course offerings, and it will help the CodoNerve team assess program effectiveness and user satisfaction. Gathering user insights can drive future enhancements to the certification program, ensuring it meets the evolving needs of users.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the feedback collection tool after completing a certification course.

Given a user has completed a certification course, when they navigate to the course completion page, then the feedback collection tool should be prominently displayed for them to fill out.

The feedback collection tool allows users to submit their comments and ratings easily.

Given the feedback collection tool is displayed, when a user enters their feedback and selects a rating out of 5, then they should be able to submit their feedback without encountering errors.

Instructors receive the collected feedback in a structured manner for review and analysis.

Given feedback has been submitted by users, when an instructor logs into the admin panel, then they should see a summary report of all feedback organized by course, including average ratings and key comments.

Users receive a confirmation after submitting their feedback.

Given a user has successfully submitted their feedback, when they submit, then they should see a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been received.

The feedback collection tool ensures user anonymity to encourage honest feedback.

Given a user is filling out the feedback form, when they submit their feedback, then the tool should not collect any personally identifiable information to maintain their anonymity.

The system tracks user feedback over time to identify trends in course satisfaction.

Given feedback has been collected from multiple users over time, when a report is generated, then it should display trends in user satisfaction metrics such as average ratings and common themes in comments.

Interactive Learning Modules

Engaging, self-paced learning modules that incorporate quizzes, exercises, and video content to enhance user understanding and retention of information. These modules are designed to break down complex topics into manageable segments, making learning both effective and enjoyable.

Requirements

Interactive Module Creation

User Story: As a content creator, I want to create interactive learning modules so that I can engage my audience and enhance their understanding of complex topics through quizzes and multimedia content.
Description: The Interactive Module Creation requirement will allow users to easily create and customize engaging learning modules within the CodoNerve platform. Users will be able to include quizzes, exercises, and multimedia content such as videos to enhance user engagement and retention. This feature is essential for providing users with a robust tool to develop interactive learning experiences that can break down complex topics and accommodate various learning styles. By enabling users to deploy self-paced learning paths, this requirement aims to improve the effectiveness of training and onboarding processes, directly contributing to better user outcomes and knowledge retention.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new interactive learning module incorporating a quiz and a video tutorial.

Given a user is logged into CodoNerve, when they select 'Create New Module', and add at least one quiz and one video, then the module should save successfully and be available in their dashboard.

User customizes the content of the interactive module with text and images.

Given a user is editing an interactive module, when they add text and images, then the module should display the correct text and images on preview and save the changes accurately.

User publishes an interactive learning module for external access.

Given a completed interactive module, when the user selects 'Publish', then the module should become accessible to the specified audience with a unique link provided to the user.

User includes an exercise in the interactive module and sets the passing criteria.

Given a user is creating an exercise, when they define the exercise criteria and save it, then the exercise should enforce the passing criteria during user interaction without errors.

User views engagement analytics for published modules.

Given a published interactive module, when the user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics like user completion rates, average scores on quizzes, and time spent on each module section.

User collaborates with team members on module creation.

Given a user is in the module creation interface, when they invite team members to collaborate, then those members should receive an invitation and successfully access and edit the module.

User receives feedback after completing an interactive module quiz.

Given a user has completed a quiz within a module, when they submit their answers, then the system should provide immediate feedback on correct and incorrect answers along with explanations where applicable.

Assessment and Feedback System

User Story: As a content creator, I want to receive feedback on the performance of my learning modules so that I can improve content quality and enhance user engagement.
Description: The Assessment and Feedback System requirement will provide users with valuable insights into the performance of their learning modules. This feature will collect data on user interactions, quiz results, and overall engagement with the modules. It will include a dashboard that aggregates this data, offering content creators the ability to analyze the effectiveness of each module and make data-driven decisions for improvement. By implementing this feature, CodoNerve is addressing the need for measurable outcomes in educational content, ultimately driving better user engagement and learning efficacy.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes a learning module that includes quizzes and interactions to reinforce knowledge retention.

Given a user has completed all exercises and quizzes in the module, when they submit their final score, then the system should record the user's performance in the dashboard and provide feedback based on their results.

Content creators access the performance dashboard to review user engagement metrics for the learning module.

Given that the assessment and feedback system has collected user interaction data, when a content creator views the dashboard, then they should see a summary of user engagement metrics including average quiz scores and module completion rates.

A user requests feedback on their performance after completing a module.

Given the user has finished the module, when they click on the 'Request Feedback' button, then the system should generate personalized feedback based on their performance and display it clearly for the user.

The system analyzes user interaction data over a specific period to identify trends and areas for improvement.

Given that data is collected over the last month, when the content creator generates a report, then the system should display trends, including user drop-off rates and areas where users struggled with quizzes.

After a content update, the creator needs to check the impact on user engagement with the learning module.

Given the content creator has updated learning materials, when they compare engagement metrics for the previous month and the month following the update, then the dashboard should reflect any changes in user engagement and feedback scores.

Users complete a series of quizzes and receive immediate feedback on their performance.

Given a user completes a quiz within the module, when they finish the quiz, then the system should instantly display their score and provide explanations for any incorrect answers to enhance learning.

Gamification Elements

User Story: As a learner, I want to earn badges and points for completing interactive modules so that I can feel rewarded for my progress and compare my achievements with others.
Description: The Gamification Elements requirement will introduce game-like features such as points, badges, and leaderboards to the interactive learning modules. This function aims to motivate users by incorporating a competitive aspect to learning, making the experience more enjoyable and engaging. Users will be able to earn rewards for completing modules, achieving high scores in quizzes, and participating in discussions. This feature is crucial for enhancing user retention and motivation, as it encourages participation and fosters a sense of community among learners.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can earn points by completing different interactive learning modules within the CodoNerve platform.

Given a user has completed an interactive learning module, when they check their profile, then they should see an increase in their points reflecting the module's point value.

Users are awarded badges for completing certain milestones in the interactive learning modules, such as completing a specific number of modules or achieving a high score in a quiz.

Given a user has met the requirement for a badge, when they view their achievements, then they should see the new badge displayed in their profile section.

A leaderboard is displayed in the interactive learning module interface to show users their ranking based on points earned from completed modules and quizzes.

Given multiple users are participating in the learning modules, when the leaderboard is accessed, then it should display the top users, their points, and their rankings accurately and in real-time.

Users can review their past quiz scores and performance metrics after completing any module.

Given a user has completed a quiz, when they navigate to the performance review section, then they should be able to see their scores, feedback on their answers, and average performance metrics for all quizzes taken.

Users can participate in a discussion forum related to the interactive learning modules and earn points for engaging with the content.

Given a user posts a comment in the discussion forum, when their post is submitted, then they should immediately receive points for their engagement that are reflected in their user profile.

Users can receive notifications for points earned, badges acquired, and their leaderboard position updates.

Given a user completes an action that earns points or a badge, when they check their notifications, then they should see a message confirming the points earned or the badge awarded.

Mobile Responsiveness

User Story: As a learner, I want to access interactive modules on my mobile device so that I can learn on-the-go without any limitations.
Description: The Mobile Responsiveness requirement will ensure that all interactive learning modules are fully functional and visually appealing on mobile devices. This includes an adaptive design that allows users to access content seamlessly whether on a desktop or a mobile device. Given the rising trend of mobile learning, this feature is vital for providing flexibility to users and ensuring that they can engage with the learning material anytime, anywhere. The successful implementation of this requirement will significantly enhance user accessibility and experience with the CodoNerve platform, catering to diverse user needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User accessing interactive learning modules on a mobile device after receiving a notification about a new module release.

Given a user accesses the platform on a mobile device, when they open the interactive learning module, then the layout should adjust to fit the mobile screen without horizontal scrolling and all content should be readable and accessible.

A student using the platform while commuting on a mobile device to complete a quiz in the interactive learning module.

Given a user is taking a quiz on their mobile device, when they select an answer, then the selection should register immediately without any lag or delay, and the interface should remain responsive during the entire quiz.

A teacher tracks learner progress via a mobile device to analyze how students are interacting with the learning modules.

Given a teacher accesses the analytics dashboard on a mobile device, when they review the progress of students, then all metrics should display accurately and allow filtering of data by date and module succinctly without loss of functionality.

User attempts to access the interactive learning modules while connected to a slow mobile network.

Given a user connects to the platform on a mobile device with a slow network, when they attempt to load an interactive learning module, then the content should load within five seconds, ensuring that all interactive features are usable.

A user tries to navigate back to the previous module on their mobile device after completing an interactive lesson.

Given a user finishes an interactive lesson on their mobile device, when they tap on the back navigation button, then the user should be directed back to the previous module without losing their progress or data input.

User engages with video content within the learning module on mobile to reinforce learning concepts.

Given a user plays video content within the module on a mobile device, when they pause, rewind, or fast-forward the video, then the functionality should respond without buffering, and video quality should adjust based on the user's network speed.

Content Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a team leader, I want to collaborate with my team in real-time to create interactive learning modules so that we can enhance content quality and streamline the creation process.
Description: The Content Collaboration Tools requirement will enable multiple users to collaboratively create and edit interactive learning modules in real-time. This feature will facilitate teamwork and enhance creativity during content development, allowing teams to brainstorm ideas, provide instant feedback, and make adjustments on the fly. By fostering collaboration, this requirement aims to optimize the content creation process within CodoNerve, ensuring that diverse perspectives and expertise are leveraged to produce high-quality educational materials that meet the needs of various audiences.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Collaboration for Content Creation

Given multiple users are editing an interactive learning module, when one user makes an edit, then all other users see the edit reflected in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Feedback Mechanism for Collaborative Edits

Given users are collaborating on the content, when a user leaves feedback on an edit, then the feedback is visible to all users and can be responded to by the original editor.

Version Control and History Tracking

Given a user is collaborating on a module, when they access the version history, then they can view and restore previous versions of the content.

User Role Management in Collaboration

Given an interactive learning module, when users are invited to collaborate, then each user can have specific roles (editor, viewer, commenter) that dictate their level of access and capabilities within the module.

Integration of Multimedia Elements

Given users are creating interactive lessons, when they want to insert multimedia elements (videos, quizzes, exercises), then they can seamlessly integrate them into the module with a drag-and-drop interface.

Notification System for Collaboration Updates

Given users are participating in collaborative content creation, when a change is made to the module, then all collaborators receive a notification alerting them of the update.

Performance Metrics for Engagement Tracking

Given a completed interactive learning module, when users engage with the content, then analytics capture user interactions, allowing the creator to assess engagement levels and learning outcomes.

Mentorship Matching

A feature that connects users with experienced mentors based on their learning goals and interests. This personalized matchmaking fosters one-on-one guidance and support, enhancing the learning experience by providing users with tailored insights and industry experience.

Requirements

User Profile Customization

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my profile with my learning goals and interests so that I can be matched with the most relevant mentors, leading to a better learning experience.
Description: This requirement allows users to create and customize their profiles based on their learning interests, goals, and preferences. Users will be able to input details such as their professional background, areas of expertise they wish to focus on, and specific skills they are interested in acquiring. This customization ensures that the mentorship matching algorithm can effectively pair users with mentors who not only align with their professional aspirations but also have compatible teaching styles. The functionality will lead to a more personalized and effective mentorship experience, enhancing user satisfaction and outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User Profile Customization for Effective Mentorship Matching

Given a user has accessed the profile customization page, When they input their professional background and select their learning goals and interests, Then their profile should be saved successfully and be available for mentorship matching.

Editing Existing User Profile

Given a user has an existing profile, When they navigate to the profile editing section and update their interests or learning goals, Then the updated profile should reflect changes and maintain previous information not edited.

Integration of Skills and Expertise Areas

Given that a user selects specific skills in their profile, When these skills are submitted, Then the mentorship matching algorithm should take these skills into account and suggest mentors accordingly.

User Feedback on Mentor Proposal

Given a user has been matched with a mentor, When they provide feedback on the mentor's profile based on their teaching style and expertise, Then this feedback should be stored and used for future matching accuracy.

View and Manage Matched Mentors

Given a user has completed their profile and the mentorship matchmaking has occurred, When they visit their mentorship section, Then they should see a list of matched mentors along with their profiles and the option to initiate contact.

Notification of Successful Profile Creation

Given a user has completed the profile customization process, When they finish submitting their information, Then they should receive an email notification confirming their profile creation and outlining next steps for finding a mentor.

User Profile Security and Privacy Settings

Given a user is customizing their profile, When they set their privacy preferences, Then those preferences should be saved accurately and restrict mentor visibility based on user selection.

Mentorship Match Algorithm

User Story: As a user, I want to be automatically matched with mentors who fit my learning profile so that I can receive personalized guidance that is relevant to my goals.
Description: This requirement entails the development of an intelligent matchmaking algorithm that connects users with appropriate mentors based on their enriched profiles. The algorithm will leverage machine learning to analyze user inputs and mentor profiles, considering criteria such as expertise, availability, and user feedback. This smart matching will facilitate an efficient and effective pairing system, ensuring users receive guidance tailored to their specific needs. Implementing this algorithm will be crucial in delivering a high-quality mentorship experience that maximizes user engagement and learning outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User Registration and Profile Enrichment

Given a new user registers on CodoNerve, when they complete their profile with learning goals and interests, then the system should save the profile successfully and allow the user to proceed to the mentorship matching process.

Mentor Availability Check

Given a user is matched with a mentor, when the user initiates contact, then the system should verify the mentor's availability based on their profile settings and notify the user accordingly.

Feedback Collection Post-Match

Given a user has been matched with a mentor for a month, when the user accesses the feedback form, then the system should allow the user to submit feedback on their mentorship experience and update the mentor's profile with the feedback received.

Algorithm Performance Evaluation

Given multiple users and mentors in the system, when the mentorship matching algorithm is executed, then at least 80% of users should report satisfaction with their matches through a post-match survey sent to them immediately after the match.

Multiple Mentorship Options

Given a user with specific learning goals, when the mentorship matching algorithm processes the available mentors, then the system should return at least three suitable mentor options for the user to choose from.

Real-time Chat Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to communicate with my mentor in real-time through a chat feature so that I can quickly resolve questions and engage in continuous dialogue.
Description: This requirement aims to incorporate a real-time chat feature within the platform allowing users and mentors to communicate seamlessly. The chat functionality will include options for direct messages, file sharing, and potentially video calls, enabling dynamic and interactive exchanges. This feature is essential for fostering meaningful mentorship relationships, as it facilitates ongoing dialogue and support, enhances user engagement, and addresses questions or concerns as they arise. By providing a communication tool, users are more likely to have proactive and productive mentor interactions.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a chat with their matched mentor during a scheduled mentorship session to discuss specific learning goals.

Given a user is logged into CodoNerve and has a scheduled mentorship session, when they select their mentor's profile and click on 'Start Chat', then a chat window should open displaying a text input field allowing for real-time message sending.

Mentor and user want to share resources during a chat session to enhance the mentoring experience.

Given a chat window is open, when either the user or mentor clicks on 'Share File', then they should be able to select and upload files from their device, and the files should be visible to both participants in the chat.

A user encounters an issue and needs to reach out to their mentor for immediate assistance via chat.

Given a user is in an active chat with their mentor, when they send a message with a question or concern, then the mentor should receive the notification immediately and be able to respond in real-time.

A user wishes to engage in a video call with their mentor during a chat session for more interactive communication.

Given a user is in an active chat with their mentor, when they click on the 'Video Call' button, then a video call window should initiate, and both participants should be able to see and hear each other without a noticeable delay.

The platform should ensure user data privacy during chat sessions.

Given a chat session is ongoing, when messages are sent, then the system should encrypt the communication to ensure that conversations remain private and secure between the user and mentor.

Feedback System for Mentorship Sessions

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on my mentorship sessions so that my insights can help improve the mentoring experience for future users and inform the platform about effective mentors.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a feedback mechanism that allows users to evaluate their mentorship sessions and provide insights on the effectiveness of their mentorship experience. Users will fill out post-session surveys that assess the mentor’s performance, the relevance of the content discussed, and areas for improvement. This feature not only incentivizes mentors to offer quality guidance but also helps the platform to identify and showcase the most effective mentors. The feedback collected will be invaluable for enhancing the overall improvement of the mentoring process and continuously refining the matchmaking algorithm.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes a mentorship session and is prompted to provide feedback through an online survey.

Given the user has completed a mentorship session, when prompted for post-session feedback, then the user is able to fill out a survey assessing the mentor's performance and relevance of the discussion.

The feedback system analyzes input from multiple users over time to determine trends in mentor performance.

Given multiple mentorship session feedback entries, when the data is aggregated, then the system should generate a report highlighting mentor performance trends and areas for improvement.

Users receive a notification to complete their feedback shortly after finishing a mentorship session.

Given a user completes a mentorship session, when the session ends, then the user should receive a notification prompting them to provide feedback within 24 hours.

Mentors can access feedback reports to improve their mentoring methods based on user input.

Given the feedback data collected, when a mentor views their performance report, then they should see tailored suggestions for improvement based on user feedback.

The mentoring platform showcases top-rated mentors based on user feedback to help prospective mentees in their selection process.

Given a collection of feedback ratings, when sorted by user ratings, then the platform should display the top 10% of mentors clearly on the mentoring match page.

The effectiveness of the feedback system is regularly evaluated to ensure continuous improvement and relevance to user needs.

Given the feedback mechanism implementation, when evaluations of the feedback system are conducted semi-annually, then 80% of user feedback should indicate satisfaction with the feedback process as relevant and beneficial.

Mentor Profile Verification

User Story: As a user, I want to see verified credentials for mentors so that I can trust the quality of the guidance I receive during my mentorship experience.
Description: This requirement focuses on establishing a profile verification system for mentors to ensure quality and credibility within the mentorship network. The verification process may involve validating mentors' credentials, professional experiences, and possibly peer reviews. By having a robust verification mechanism in place, users can trust that they are receiving guidance from qualified professionals, boosting the platform's integrity and user confidence. This validation is crucial for building a reputation as a reliable mentorship service and supporting the overall learning ecosystem.
Acceptance Criteria: Verification of Mentor Credentials

Given a mentor has submitted their profile for verification, when the system processes the submissions, then the mentor's credentials must be validated against existing databases and at least 90% of the credentials must be confirmed to pass the verification process.

Display Verified Mentor Badge

Given a mentor's credentials have been successfully verified, when a user views the mentor's profile, then the system must display a verified badge prominently on the profile to signify the mentor's credibility.

User Feedback Collection on Verified Mentors

Given a user has completed a mentorship session with a verified mentor, when the session ends, then the user must be prompted to provide feedback regarding the mentor's guidance and the feedback must be stored in the system for future analysis.

Peer Reviews Requirement for Mentor Verification

Given that a mentor is seeking verification, when they submit their application, then they must include at least three peer reviews from verified mentors within the platform to be considered for validation.

Notification of Verification Status to Mentors

Given a mentor's verification request has been processed, when the mentor checks their profile, then they must receive a notification indicating whether their verification was successful or not, along with reasons if it was unsuccessful.

Eligibility Criteria for Mentor Application

Given a user wishes to apply to be a mentor, when they fill out the application form, then they must provide proof of at least five years of relevant industry experience and any accredited certifications to meet the eligibility criteria for mentor application.

Trend Whisperer

This intelligent tool analyzes industry trends and audience interests, offering users timely topic suggestions that resonate with their target demographic. By tapping into relevant trends, users can enhance their content relevance and engagement rates, ensuring their narratives remain fresh and aligned with market dynamics.

Requirements

Real-time Trend Analysis

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to receive real-time trend analysis so that I can create content that resonates with my target audience and leverages current market interests.
Description: This feature will provide users with real-time analysis of industry trends and audience interests, generating timely topic suggestions based on the latest data available. It will utilize AI algorithms to identify trending topics within the specified industry and demographic, enabling users to always have access to the most relevant information for content creation. This integration is vital for enhancing content relevance and improving engagement rates, as it allows users to align their narratives with market dynamics immediately.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Trend Whisperer tool to find the latest trending topics relevant to their industry and selects a demographic for analysis.

Given a user is logged into CodoNerve, when they access the Trend Whisperer tool and select a specific industry and demographic, then the system should provide a list of at least 5 trending topics within 10 seconds.

A user utilizes the Trend Whisperer tool to receive topic suggestions during a live content planning session.

Given a user is in a live content planning session using CodoNerve, when they request trend analysis, then the tool should provide real-time topic suggestions that are relevant to their specified demographic and industry, and these suggestions should be based on data updated within the last 24 hours.

User reviews the analytics dashboard to see the effectiveness of topics suggested by the Trend Whisperer in previous content.

Given a user is in the analytics dashboard of CodoNerve, when they view content created in the last month that used suggestions from the Trend Whisperer, then the analysis should show a minimum engagement increase of 20% compared to industry benchmarks.

A user wants to adjust their target demographic and see updated trend suggestions immediately.

Given a user is using the Trend Whisperer tool, when they change the target demographic, then the system should refresh and display a new set of at least 5 trending topics relevant to the selected demographic within 5 seconds.

A user accesses the Trend Whisperer tool outside of peak hours versus during peak hours.

Given a user accesses the Trend Whisperer tool during peak hours and outside peak hours, the tool should provide trending topics in less than 10 seconds during both times, ensuring consistent performance regardless of demand.

Multiple users collaborate in real-time using the Trend Whisperer tool to select topics.

Given multiple users are collaborating on CodoNerve and using the Trend Whisperer tool simultaneously, when they generate topic suggestions, then all users should see the same suggestions in real-time with no delay in updates.

A user wants to understand how many concise data points influenced the trending topic suggestions.

Given a user is viewing the trending topics generated by the Trend Whisperer, when they request details on the data sources, then the system should display at least 3 sources along with a brief description of how each influenced the topic suggestions.

Customizable Trend Filters

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to customize trend filters so that I can focus on specific topics and industries relevant to my clients and editorial needs.
Description: This requirement involves developing customizable filters that allow users to tailor trend suggestions based on specific keywords, industries, or audience segments. This functionality will enable users to refine their content focus according to their unique goals and strategies. By allowing this level of customization, users can feel more empowered to create niche content that speaks directly to their audience while utilizing relevant trends.
Acceptance Criteria: As a content marketer, I want to filter trend suggestions based on specific keywords related to my niche market, so that I can generate content ideas that resonate with my targeted audience.

Given I have entered specific keywords in the filter, when I request trend suggestions, then I should receive a list of trends that are relevant to the entered keywords.

As a freelance writer, I want to customize trend suggestions by selecting an industry from a dropdown menu, so that I can focus my content on current trends within that particular sector.

Given I have selected an industry, when the trend suggestions are generated, then they should exclusively show trends pertinent to the chosen industry.

As a digital marketer, I want to apply audience segment filters to ensure that the trend suggestions align with the interests and demographics of my target audience, so that my content remains engaging.

Given I have specified audience segments when filtering, when I view the recommendations, then I should see trends that are tailored to the selected audience segments.

As a team leader, I want to set default filter preferences for my team, so that they can consistently access trend suggestions that align with our collective goals.

Given I have set default filter preferences, when my team accesses the trend suggestions, then the filters should automatically apply the saved preferences without needing manual adjustments.

As a content strategist, I want to evaluate the effectiveness of my keyword filters by analyzing the performance metrics of the trends suggested, so that I can refine my approach if necessary.

Given I have applied specific filters and generated trend suggestions, when I access the analytics dashboard, then I should see performance metrics for the suggested trends presented clearly.

As a user, I want the ability to save my customized filters, so that I can easily apply them for future trend searches without having to re-enter my preferences.

Given I have created a set of customized filters, when I choose to save them, then these filters should remain available for selection in future sessions.

Integration with Content Calendar

User Story: As an in-house content strategist, I want to integrate trend suggestions into my content calendar so that my team can effectively plan our publishing schedule around popular topics.
Description: This feature would ensure seamless integration of trend suggestions with the users' content calendar. By linking identified trends with scheduled content production, users will be able to strategically plan their narratives around the most relevant topics. This integration will enhance overall content strategy by ensuring that planned narratives remain aligned with trending interests, improving the likelihood of audience engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Trend Whisperer tool within CodoNerve and generates a list of trending topics based on their target audience's interests.

Given a user has selected their target demographic, when they generate trending topics, then the tool should provide at least 5 relevant topic suggestions related to their industry.

The user schedules a content piece in the content calendar and wants to associate it with a trend suggested by the Trend Whisperer.

Given a user has a content piece scheduled, when they view the trend suggestions, then they should be able to link at least one suggested topic to their scheduled content.

A user wants to review the performance of content linked to trending topics over the last month.

Given that the user has posted content linked to trending topics, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see an engagement report showing metrics such as views, shares, and comments for that content.

The user wants to update their content calendar with new trends identified by the Trend Whisperer.

Given that new trends have been generated, when the user selects any of those trends, then they should be able to add a scheduled content item reflecting the selected trend into the content calendar.

Users aim to ensure their content strategy aligns with real-time trends tracked by the Trend Whisperer.

Given the Trend Whisperer is actively analyzing the industry, when the user checks the trend updates, then they should see at least one new trend suggestion that was added since their last session.

Trend Performance Analytics

User Story: As a content creator, I want access to trend performance analytics so that I can evaluate the effectiveness of my content and improve future strategies based on data-driven insights.
Description: This requirement involves providing users with analytics tools to track the performance of content based on trend utilization. Users will be able to assess engagement metrics, such as views, shares, and comments, linked to identified trends, enabling them to understand which topics resonate best with their audience. This analytical capability will empower users to refine their content strategy over time, focusing on what works and adapting their approach accordingly.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Trend Performance Analytics dashboard to view engagement metrics for a recently published article that utilized trending topics.

Given the user selects an article from the dashboard, When the user views the trend performance analytics, Then the engagement metrics for views, shares, and comments are displayed accurately for the selected article.

User wants to compare the performance of multiple articles that engaged with different trends over the past month.

Given the user has a list of articles, When the user selects multiple articles to compare, Then the system generates a comparative performance report showing engagement metrics linked to each trend.

User encounters an article with low engagement that used a trending topic and seeks to understand why.

Given the user clicks on the analytics for the low-engagement article, When the details are displayed, Then the analytics report includes potential insights and recommendations based on industry benchmarks.

User wants to filter the trend performance analytics by date range to see how engagement has changed over time.

Given the user sets a date range on the analytics dashboard, When the filter is applied, Then the system updates the metrics to reflect only the engagement data within the specified date range.

User needs real-time updates on content performance associated with newly identified trends as articles gain traction.

Given the user subscribes to updates for specific trends, When a trend generates significant engagement, Then the user receives real-time alerts with updated engagement metrics.

User aims to visualize the performance data of articles using trending topics in a graph format for better analysis.

Given the user selects the graph view option, When the user toggles to view performance, Then the system displays a graphical representation of engagement metrics over time for articles that used the identified trends.

User wants to export trend performance data for offline analysis or reporting purposes.

Given the user requests an export of the trend performance data, When the user selects the export option, Then the system generates a downloadable report in CSV format including all relevant engagement metrics.

Collaborative Trend Suggestions

User Story: As a content team member, I want to collaborate with my teammates on trend suggestions so that we can work together to create cohesive and relevant content for our audience.
Description: This feature will allow teams to collaborate on identifying and utilizing trends in their content creation process. By enabling multiple users to input ideas, share insights, and discuss the relevance of various trends in a shared workspace, CodoNerve can foster a more cohesive team approach to content strategy. This collaboration enhances innovation and ensures that team members are aligned on content direction.
Acceptance Criteria: As a content team member, I want to collaborate on trend suggestions in a shared workspace, so that we can align our strategies and consistently produce content that resonates with our audience.

Given the team is in the shared workspace, when a user inputs a new trend suggestion, then all team members should receive a notification about the new suggestion.

As a project manager, I want to ensure that all team members can discuss the relevance of each trend suggestion, so that the best ideas are prioritized for implementation.

Given that multiple users are discussing a trend suggestion, when a user leaves a comment, then all other users should be able to see the comment in real-time without refreshing the page.

As a digital marketer, I want to see analytics for trend suggestions, so that I can evaluate which trends resulted in high engagement.

Given that trends are suggested and implemented, when the analytics dashboard is accessed, then it should display engagement metrics associated with each trend suggestion.

As a content creator, I want to be able to edit or remove my trend suggestions, so that I can ensure only the most relevant ideas are visible to the team.

Given a trend suggestion has been made by a user, when the user elects to edit or remove their suggestion, then it should successfully update or delete from the shared workspace.

As a team lead, I want to track which team members contributed to each trend suggestion, so that I can recognize contributions and enhance team collaboration.

Given that a trend suggestion is submitted by a user, then the suggestion should display the name of the user alongside the suggestion in the shared workspace.

As a member of the content team, I want to filter trend suggestions based on category or engagement levels, so that I can quickly find the most pertinent ideas for our current project.

Given that multiple trend suggestions exist, when a user applies a filter based on category or engagement level, then only those suggestions that meet the filter criteria should be displayed.

Preference Pulse

Using machine learning algorithms, this feature tracks user preferences and past content performance, providing personalized content suggestions tailored to each user's unique style and voice. By catering to individual creators, users are empowered to craft compelling narratives that reflect their authentic brand identities.

Requirements

Personalized Content Recommendations

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want personalized content suggestions based on my past performance and preferences so that I can create compelling narratives that reflect my unique brand voice and resonate with my audience.
Description: This requirement focuses on the implementation of machine learning algorithms to analyze user behaviors, preferences, and historical content performance data. The system will generate tailored content suggestions that resonate with the individual user's writing style and brand voice. The primary benefit of this feature is to enhance user engagement by providing creators with content ideas that are not only relevant but also aligned with their established themes, permitting a seamless workflow as users can easily access suggestions that fit their narrative direction. Integrating this into CodoNerve will empower users to produce higher-quality, targeted content by minimizing time spent on ideation while leveraging data insights to inform creative decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: User opens the CodoNerve platform and navigates to the Preference Pulse feature for personalized content recommendations based on recent writing projects.

Given the user has recently completed writing three articles, When they access Preference Pulse, Then the system should provide at least five personalized content suggestions aligned with their writing style and topics.

A user with a defined brand voice requests content recommendations related to a specific theme they are currently focusing on, such as health and wellness.

Given the user specifies a theme of health and wellness, When they request content recommendations, Then the system should display suggestions that include relevant titles and ideas pertaining to that theme, with a 90% relevance score based on past engagements.

After receiving personalized content recommendations, the user selects one suggestion to develop further.

Given the user has selected a personalized suggestion from the Preference Pulse feature, When they start writing based on that suggestion, Then they should experience a reduction in ideation time of at least 50% compared to their previous content creation process.

The user wishes to evaluate the effectiveness of the personalized recommendations provided by the platform over the last month.

Given the user reviews their content performance metrics, When they analyze data regarding engagement and feedback on content created through personalized suggestions, Then there should be a measurable increase in user engagement of at least 20% compared to content created without personalized suggestions.

A new user joins the CodoNerve platform and begins creating content without prior data for personalized recommendations.

Given the new user has no historical data, When they start using the Preference Pulse feature, Then the system should generate initial suggestions based on general trending topics in their selected niche, ensuring they are still relevant and actionable.

A user provides feedback on the relevance of the personalized content suggestions after using the tool for several weeks.

Given the user submits feedback on the suggestions received, When they indicate the suggestions were not relevant, Then the system should adjust future recommendations to reflect this feedback and improve accuracy over time based on user input.

User Preference Tracking

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want CodoNerve to track my content preferences over time so that I can receive suggestions that increasingly align with my evolving writing style and interests.
Description: This requirement covers the development of a robust tracking system that captures and analyzes user interaction with various content types. By monitoring which genres, topics, and formats resonate most with users, the system can better refine its recommendations over time. This functionality not only enhances the accuracy of personalized suggestions but also enables the platform to learn and adapt to evolving user tastes and preferences, thereby creating an enriched user experience. Successful implementation involves seamless integration with existing user profiles and ensuring data privacy compliance, enriching CodoNerve's ability to deliver customized content that meets the specific needs of its users.
Acceptance Criteria: User Preference Tracking for Personalized Content Suggestions

Given a user has interacted with various content types, when they return to the platform, then the system should display content recommendations that reflect their past interactions and preferences with at least 80% accuracy.

Real-time Updates of User Content Interactions

Given that a user interacts with new content, when they perform such actions, then the user preference tracking system should update the user's profile within 5 minutes to include these interactions for improved future suggestions.

Data Privacy Compliance for User Tracking

Given the implementation of user preference tracking, when user data is collected, then it must comply with GDPR and CCPA guidelines, ensuring users are informed and can opt-out at any time.

Performance Analysis of Suggested Content

Given the user has received personalized content suggestions for a month, when analyzing the performance data, then at least 70% of the suggested content should show increased user engagement (e.g., likes, shares, comments).

Integration with Existing User Profiles

Given that the user preference tracking system is developed, when it is integrated with existing user profiles, then users should be able to view their personalized content suggestions without any errors or delays in less than 3 seconds.

Machine Learning Model Adaptation

Given that user preference data is continuously collected, when analyzing the model's performance every week, then the model should demonstrate a minimum of 5% improvement in recommendation relevance each month based on user feedback.

Real-time Analytics Dashboard for Suggestions

User Story: As an in-house team member, I want to see how well the personalized content suggestions are performing in real-time so that I can adjust my content strategy accordingly and boost engagement.
Description: This requirement entails the creation of an interactive analytics dashboard that provides users with real-time insights into how the personalized suggestions are performing. The dashboard will present key metrics such as user engagement, click-through rates, and content performance analytics, facilitating data-driven decisions for users. By providing creators with visual data representation, they can adjust their content strategies based on informed insights, enhancing overall productivity and content effectiveness. This integration will not only empower users to refine their approach but also illustrate the impact of the Preference Pulse feature on their content creation journey.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-time Analytics Dashboard after receiving personalized content suggestions from the Preference Pulse feature to evaluate the effectiveness of the suggestions on user engagement.

Given the user has accessed the Real-time Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific content suggestion, then they should see metrics such as user engagement, click-through rates, and content performance analytics displayed accurately.

A digital marketer wants to compare the performance of multiple personalized suggestions over a month to adjust their content strategy accordingly.

Given the user is within the analytics dashboard, when they filter the metrics for a date range of one month, then they should receive data for all suggestions during that period without any discrepancies in the data.

An in-house team is reviewing how the latest campaign content suggestions are performing and needs to identify the least effective ones.

Given the user has selected the latest campaign's content suggestions in the analytics dashboard, when they sort the suggestions by the lowest click-through rates, then the dashboard should correctly display the suggestions from lowest to highest with real-time data.

A freelance writer is analyzing real-time data to determine which content themes resonate best with their audience after applying various suggestions.

Given the freelance writer has accessed the dashboard, when they look at the theme-based performance data, then they should be able to see a clear representation of the most engaging themes through visual charts or graphs.

A user wants to export the performance data from the Real-time Analytics Dashboard for further analysis in another tool.

Given the user is on the analytics dashboard, when they click on the export button, then the dashboard should successfully export the selected metrics into a usable format (e.g., CSV or PDF) without errors.

A user seeks to understand how often the dashboard updates in terms of live data acquisition and analysis of metrics for their suggestions.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they look for the update frequency information, then the dashboard should clearly communicate the time interval of the real-time updates (e.g., every 5 minutes).

Content Gap Analyzer

This feature identifies gaps in existing content within a user's niche, highlighting opportunities for new articles or pieces that can fill these voids. By addressing unmet audience needs or emerging topics, users can position themselves as thought leaders while attracting a larger audience.

Requirements

AI-Powered Content Gap Detection

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want the Content Gap Analyzer to identify missing content opportunities so that I can create articles that resonate with my target audience and improve my website’s SEO.
Description: The Content Gap Analyzer will utilize advanced AI algorithms to scan the user's existing content and the content of competitors to identify gaps in topics or keywords that are currently underrepresented. This feature will automate the process of content analysis and suggest new article ideas, thus helping users effectively target opportunities for new content. The feature will not only enhance the users’ content strategies but also position them to attract more organic traffic by fulfilling unmet audience needs and trending topics, thereby improving their visibility and authority in their niche.
Acceptance Criteria: User needs to analyze their existing content strategy and compare it with competitors to identify potential content gaps in their niche.

Given the user has logged into CodoNerve and accessed the Content Gap Analyzer, when they input their website URL and the competitor's URL, then the system should return a detailed report highlighting at least five topics or keywords that are underrepresented in the user's content compared to the competitor's content.

A digital marketer wants to receive content suggestions based on identified gaps to boost their content marketing strategy.

Given the user has received their content gap analysis report, when they select a specific gap from the report, then the system should generate at least three unique article ideas along with suggested keywords and headlines that align with that gap.

A freelance writer is editing their articles based on the insights provided by the Content Gap Analyzer after a competitor analysis.

Given the user has implemented at least one of the recommended article ideas, when they publish the new content, then there should be a measurable increase in keyword ranking for the targeted keywords within one month of publication as tracked in the analytics dashboard.

An in-house team uses the Content Gap Analyzer to collaborate on finding new content opportunities for an upcoming campaign.

Given the team has accessed the Content Gap Analyzer, when they conduct a scan of multiple competitors' content, then the system should enable real-time collaboration where team members can add notes and comments on the identified gaps in the report.

A user wants to understand how the identified content gaps can translate to increased organic traffic over time.

Given the user has reviewed the content gaps and published new articles targeting these gaps, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should see a correlation in traffic growth attributed to the new content and targeted keywords, within three months of the articles being published.

Interactive UI for Content Suggestions

User Story: As a content creator, I want an interactive UI to easily access and organize content suggestions so that I can streamline my content development process and focus on high-impact topics.
Description: The Content Gap Analyzer will feature an interactive user interface that allows users to easily view, filter, and select content suggestions based on various parameters such as relevance, competition level, and potential search volume. Users will be able to interact with the results in a user-friendly manner, including sorting and filtering options that help prioritize which content gaps to address first. This will enhance user experience and make it easier for content creators to implement data-driven content strategies effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Interactive UI for Filtering Content Suggestions by Relevance

Given a user accesses the Content Gap Analyzer, when they select a filter for relevance, then the interface should display content suggestions sorted by their relevance score in descending order.

User Interaction for Sorting Content Suggestions

Given the user is viewing the content suggestions, when they choose to sort the suggestions by competition level or potential search volume, then the interface should update in real-time, reflecting the selected sorting criteria correctly.

Display of Filtered Content Suggestions

Given a user applies multiple filters (e.g., relevance, competition level) to the content suggestions, when they click the 'Apply' button, then the system should display only the content suggestions that meet all applied filter criteria.

User Feedback Mechanism for Content Suggestions

Given a user is presented with the content suggestions, when they click on a 'Feedback' option for a specific suggestion, then the system should record the feedback and update the suggestion status accordingly in the database.

Real-Time Collaboration on Content Suggestions

Given multiple users are accessing the Content Gap Analyzer simultaneously, when one user applies a filter or sort option, then all other users should see the updated content suggestions in real-time without needing to refresh their interface.

Analytics Dashboard Integration with Content Suggestions

Given the user has interacted with the content suggestions, when they navigate to the Analytics Dashboard, then they should see aggregated data reflecting engagement metrics for the selected suggestions over a specified time period.

Accessibility Compliance for Content Suggestions Interface

Given the platform's content suggestions interface, when evaluated against accessibility standards (WCAG 2.1), then it should meet all levels of accessibility compliance, ensuring usability for all users including those with disabilities.

SEO Keyword Integration

User Story: As an SEO specialist, I want the Content Gap Analyzer to provide keyword recommendations alongside suggested content gaps so that I can efficiently optimize new articles for search engines and enhance their discoverability.
Description: The Content Gap Analyzer will automatically suggest SEO-friendly keywords along with content gap opportunities. This requirement will ensure that users not only identify content gaps but also receive keyword recommendations that can be integrated into their writing seamlessly. This will encourage better optimization of the content, making it more likely to rank well in search results and increasing overall content effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Gap Analyzer feature and initiates the analysis process for their niche.

Given the user selects their niche, when they click the 'Analyze' button, then the system must provide a list of identified content gaps along with relevant SEO-friendly keywords within 10 seconds.

User views the results generated by the Content Gap Analyzer after analysis is completed.

Given the analysis results are displayed, when the user reviews the content gaps, then each gap must be accompanied by at least two SEO keyword suggestions that are relevant and have a search volume of greater than 100.

User wants to integrate suggested SEO keywords into their content creation workflow.

Given the user clicks on a suggested keyword, when the user opts to add it to their content piece, then the keyword must be seamlessly inserted into the text editor with appropriate formatting and no errors.

User seeks to save their progress and the suggested content gaps and keywords for future reference.

Given the user selects the option to save their analysis, when they click the 'Save' button, then the system must save all identified content gaps and keyword suggestions in their user profile for easy retrieval at a later date.

User shares the analyzed gaps and keywords with their team for collaboration purposes.

Given the user selects the share option, when they enter the team members' emails and click the 'Share' button, then an email notification must be sent to each team member with a link to view the analysis results.

User conducts a follow-up check on the effectiveness of the implemented SEO keywords.

Given the user integrates suggested keywords into their content, when they analyze traffic metrics one month later, then the organic search traffic must increase by at least 20% compared to the previous month.

Content Performance Analytics

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to analyze the performance of articles generated from content gaps so that I can refine my content strategy based on actual user engagement and trends.
Description: Post-publication, the Content Gap Analyzer will provide analytics tracking for the articles created using suggested gaps. This feature will allow users to assess the performance of their new articles in terms of traffic, engagement, and rankings. By integrating performance analytics, users can continuously refine their content strategies based on real data, ensuring that their efforts are focused where they produce the best results.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Gap Analyzer post-publication to view the performance metrics of the new articles generated from identified content gaps.

Given the user has published articles based on the suggested gaps, when they access the Content Performance Analytics section, then they should see metrics for traffic, engagement, and rankings for each article.

User filters content performance analytics by date range to analyze the performance of articles over a specific period.

Given the user is on the Content Performance Analytics page, when they select a date range filter, then the performance metrics displayed should update accurately to reflect the specified time frame.

User compares the performance of multiple articles generated from different content gaps to determine which ones are performing best.

Given the user has multiple articles based on different content gaps, when they view the comparative performance analysis, then the user should be able to see and assess the performance metrics for all listed articles side by side.

User receives suggestions for further content improvement based on performance analytics insights.

Given the user has accessed the performance analytics for their articles, when they click on the 'Optimize' button, then they should receive actionable suggestions to enhance their content strategy based on the analytics data.

User views historical performance trends for articles created using the Content Gap Analyzer over several months.

Given the user has published articles over the last six months, when they view the historical performance trend graph, then it should accurately depict the changes in traffic, engagement, and rankings over that period.

User exports performance analytics data for reporting purposes.

Given the user is on the Content Performance Analytics page, when they select the 'Export Data' option, then they should be able to download a CSV file containing the performance metrics of their articles.

Collaboration and Sharing Features

User Story: As a project manager, I want to share content gap discoveries with my team so that we can collaborate effectively on our content strategy and ensure everyone is involved in the decision-making process.
Description: The Content Gap Analyzer will include collaboration tools that enable users to share their content gap findings with team members or clients. This requirement aims to enhance teamwork by allowing users to generate shared reports, collaborate on content strategies, and provide feedback directly within the platform. In doing so, it will ensure that all stakeholders are aligned in the content creation process.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares content gap analysis report with team members via the CodoNerve platform.

Given a user has conducted a content gap analysis, when they select the 'Share Report' feature, then the report should be sent to the specified email addresses of the team members, and the sender should receive a confirmation notification.

Team members receive the shared report and access it within the CodoNerve platform.

Given that a report has been shared, when the team members check their emails, then they should receive the report with a secure access link that leads them directly to the CodoNerve platform.

Users provide feedback on shared content gap reports within the CodoNerve platform.

Given a content gap report is shared, when a team member views the report, then they should be able to leave comments or suggestions directly beneath the relevant sections of the report, which should then be saved and viewable by all collaborators.

Users create a collaborative content strategy based on shared reports.

Given multiple users have access to the same content gap report, when they work together to outline a content strategy, then they should be able to save these strategies within the platform and assign tasks to specific team members with due dates attached.

The system tracks changes made to shared content gap reports.

Given a content gap report is being viewed by multiple users, when any user makes a change to the report, then the system should log this change and notify all relevant team members of the update for transparency.

Users can download shared content gap reports for offline access.

Given a content gap report is shared, when the user selects 'Download Report', then the report should be converted into a PDF format and be downloadable to the user’s device.

Users can view analytics related to their shared content gap reports.

Given a user has shared a content gap report, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see engagement metrics for how many times the report has been viewed and how many comments have been left by collaborators.

Keyword Ignition

An AI tool that enhances the Smart Content Suggestions by uncovering high-ranking keywords associated with trending topics. By integrating these keywords into suggested content ideas, users can optimize their narratives for search engines, driving traffic and increasing visibility in their content distribution.

Requirements

Keyword Discovery Tool

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want an AI tool that reveals high-ranking keywords related to current trends, so that I can enhance my content strategy and increase traffic to my articles.
Description: The Keyword Discovery Tool will utilize AI algorithms to analyze and identify high-ranking, relevant keywords associated with trending topics within the user's selected niche. By integrating this functionality into the Smart Content Suggestions feature, users will receive content ideas that not only are engaging but also optimized for search engines, driving organic traffic and improving visibility. This tool will allow users to stay ahead of SEO trends, enhancing their content strategy and engagement levels by leveraging the most relevant and effective keywords in real-time.
Acceptance Criteria: Keyword Discovery Tool successfully identifies high-ranking keywords based on user-selected niche and trending topics.

Given a user selects a niche and provides a trending topic, When the user initiates the Keyword Discovery Tool, Then the tool should return a list of at least 10 high-ranking keywords relevant to the niche and topic provided.

The identified keywords are seamlessly integrated into the Smart Content Suggestions feature.

Given the Keyword Discovery Tool has generated relevant keywords, When the user accesses the Smart Content Suggestions, Then the suggestions should incorporate at least 3 of the identified keywords in their content ideas.

Users can evaluate the effectiveness of the keywords in improving content visibility.

Given the user has implemented the suggested keywords in their content, When they check the analytics dashboard 1 week later, Then there should be a measurable increase in organic traffic by at least 15% compared to the previous week.

The Keyword Discovery Tool responds accurately to niche input variations.

Given the user inputs a variation of a niche term, When the Keyword Discovery Tool processes the input, Then it should provide relevant keywords relevant to both the primary and variant terms provided.

Keyword Discovery Tool provides keyword suggestions based on competition analysis.

Given a user requests keyword suggestions, When the Keyword Discovery Tool analyzes the keywords, Then it should indicate the competitiveness of each keyword as Low, Medium, or High within the suggested results.

Users receive real-time updates for trending keywords within their niche.

Given the user has activated notifications for trending keywords in their niche, When a new trending keyword is identified, Then the user should receive a notification within 24 hours of the trend being detected.

Real-time SEO Analysis

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to receive real-time SEO analysis while I'm writing, so that I can optimize my content on-the-fly and ensure it ranks well before I publish it.
Description: The Real-time SEO Analysis feature will provide users with instant feedback on the SEO performance of their content as they create it. This tool will highlight areas for improvement, such as keyword density, readability, and meta descriptions. By integrating this analysis within the content creation interface, users can refine their narratives in real-time, ensuring optimal SEO strategies are employed before publishing, leading to better search engine rankings.
Acceptance Criteria: User is creating a new blog post and wants to ensure that their content is optimized for SEO before publishing.

Given the user is in the content creation interface, when they input text into the editor, then the real-time SEO Analysis tool should provide instant feedback on keyword density, readability score, and suggestions for improvement.

User has completed their draft and wants to check their overall SEO performance before finalizing the content.

Given the user accesses the content analysis section, when they click on the 'Analyze' button, then the tool should display a detailed report highlighting areas of improvement including keyword usage, meta descriptions, and readability assessments.

User wants to compare their SEO suggestions with industry standards to ensure competitiveness.

Given the user has accessed the SEO tool, when they view the suggestions, then the tool should include benchmarks and high-performing keywords from similar content within the same niche for comparison.

User is collaborating with a team member to finalize content and seeks real-time feedback on SEO features.

Given the user is in a collaborative editing session, when they make changes to the content, then all users in the session should receive live updates on the SEO analysis metrics without requiring a page refresh.

User wants to export their content along with SEO performance metrics to share with stakeholders.

Given the user is on the final review page, when they select the 'Export' option, then the system should provide an exportable report that includes the content and a summary of the real-time SEO analysis results.

Content Performance Dashboard

User Story: As a content manager, I want access to a performance dashboard that tracks how well my content is doing, so that I can make informed decisions about future content strategies.
Description: The Content Performance Dashboard will offer users comprehensive analytics on how their published content is performing in terms of engagement, keyword ranking, and traffic generation. This feature will help users understand the impact of their content strategies, allowing for data-driven adjustments and improvements over time. By consolidating key metrics in an easy-to-read format, users can maximize their content's effectiveness and ROI.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Content Performance Dashboard to review the metrics of a recently published article in order to make data-driven adjustments.

Given the user is logged in and has published content, when they navigate to the Content Performance Dashboard, then they should see a summary of engagement metrics including views, shares, and comments for the specific article.

User wants to analyze keyword performance over the last month to determine the effectiveness of their SEO strategy.

Given the user is in the Content Performance Dashboard, when they select a specific date range for analysis, then the dashboard should display keyword rankings and their corresponding traffic changes over that period.

User wishes to assess the overall ROI of their content strategy by viewing consolidated performance metrics across all published content.

Given the user is on the Content Performance Dashboard, when they request an overall performance summary, then they should receive a consolidated view of metrics such as total traffic generated, average engagement rates, and keyword performance across all articles.

User needs to export the performance data from the dashboard for reporting purposes.

Given the user is viewing the Content Performance Dashboard, when they click the export button, then they should be able to download a CSV file containing all relevant performance metrics displayed on the dashboard.

User is interested in tracking the performance of a specific keyword associated with their best-performing content.

Given the user has selected a specific keyword from a list, when they view the keyword performance section of the dashboard, then they should see detailed analytics on its ranking, traffic contribution, and engagement metrics over time.

User wants to receive insights and recommendations based on the analytics gathered in the Content Performance Dashboard.

Given the user has accessed the dashboard, when they review the insights section, then they should see actionable recommendations based on their content performance, such as optimizing certain keywords or increasing promotional efforts for high-traffic articles.

User is checking if the dashboard is mobile-responsive for users accessing on various devices.

Given the user accesses the Content Performance Dashboard from a mobile device, when they navigate through the dashboard, then all elements should be displayed appropriately and remain functional without loss of information or usability.

Guided Content Creation

User Story: As a new writer, I want guidance on how to create SEO-optimized content, so that I can improve my writing skills and ensure my work reaches a larger audience.
Description: The Guided Content Creation feature will provide step-by-step assistance to users in creating content that adheres to best SEO practices. This includes prompts for keyword usage, style guidelines, and insights on trending topics. By educating users on effective content creation while they craft their narratives, this feature will empower them to produce higher-quality content that aligns with current digital marketing strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User interacts with the Guided Content Creation feature to receive keyword suggestions while drafting a blog post.

Given the user is in the content creation interface, when they enter a topic, then the system should provide at least three keyword suggestions related to the topic within ten seconds.

User utilizes the style guideline prompts during the content creation process.

Given the user is creating content, when they select the style guide option, then the prompts for at least five style guidelines should appear, guiding the user on tone, formatting, and other style-related choices.

The user seeks insights on trending topics to incorporate into their content.

Given the user selects the trending topics feature, when they input their content subject, then the system should generate a list of at least three trending topics related to the subject and provide a brief summary of each within five seconds.

User completes the content creation process using the Guided Content Creation feature.

Given the user finishes their content, when they click on the 'Complete' button, then the system should provide a summary report that includes keyword usage, style adherence score, and suggestions for improvement before final submission.

User reviews their existing content with the Guided Content Creation feature to optimize it for SEO.

Given the user selects an existing piece of content, when they initiate the guided review process, then the system should analyze the content and provide actionable SEO suggestions, including keyword density and readability score.

User engages in real-time collaboration with a team member while using the Guided Content Creation feature.

Given the user is collaborating on a document, when a team member makes edits, then all users should see the changes in real time without delay and be able to comment on the changes instantly.

User accesses tutorials related to the Guided Content Creation feature.

Given the user clicks on the tutorial section, when they navigate to the Guided Content Creation feature tutorials, then they should see at least three video tutorials or articles that provide in-depth walkthroughs of leveraging the feature effectively.

Collaborative Keyword Strategy

User Story: As a team lead, I want to collaborate with my team on keyword strategies in real time, so that we can align our content efforts and improve our overall SEO performance.
Description: The Collaborative Keyword Strategy feature will facilitate real-time collaboration among team members focusing on keyword selection and content strategy. Users can share ideas, adjust keyword choices, and analyze their collective impact during brainstorming sessions. This enhances teamwork and ensures that all members contribute to creating a cohesive and optimized content strategy that maximizes SEO potential.
Acceptance Criteria: Keyword Selection Collaboration among Team Members

Given a group of team members participating in a brainstorming session, when a team member suggests a keyword, then all members should be able to view and discuss the suggestion in real-time, allowing for immediate feedback and adjustments.

Impact Analysis of Selected Keywords

Given a finalized list of keywords selected by the team, when the 'Analyze Impact' feature is utilized, then the system should generate a report showing potential traffic increase and SEO ranking impact for each keyword based on real-time data.

Real-Time Collaboration Interface Functionality

Given users are collaborating on keyword strategies, when changes are made by one user to the keyword list, then all other users should see updates on their interfaces within 2 seconds.

Keyword Trend Integration for Suggestions

Given the platform's access to trending topics, when a user interacts with the Keyword Ignition feature, then the system should display a list of relevant high-ranking keywords that align with the trending topics in the specified content category.

Team Member Roles and Permissions

Given different roles assigned to team members, when a member tries to edit the keyword selection, then their role should determine whether they can make changes or only suggest additions.

Keyword History Tracking and Revisions

Given an ongoing collaborative session, when a keyword is added or removed, then the system should maintain a detailed history log that outlines all changes made with timestamps and contributing members' names.

User Onboarding for Collaborative Keyword Strategy

Given a new user joining the platform, when they access the Collaborative Keyword Strategy feature for the first time, then they should be guided through a tutorial explaining how to effectively collaborate and utilize the keyword tools.

Narrative Enhancer

This advanced feature analyzes suggested topics to provide users with context-rich narratives and angles, including storytelling devices, relevant statistics, and emotional hooks. By enriching the suggested ideas, users are equipped with everything they need to create engaging and impactful content effectively.

Requirements

Contextual Analysis Engine

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to receive enriched narratives and angles from the Contextual Analysis Engine so that I can create more compelling and impactful content for my clients.
Description: The Contextual Analysis Engine synthesizes data from user-inputted topics to deliver context-rich narratives and angles. This requirement involves the integration of advanced AI algorithms that tap into various storytelling devices, relevant statistics, and consumer insights to enrich users’ suggested ideas. It enhances content development by allowing users to generate narratives that resonate emotionally with their target audience. The expected outcome is a more engaging and effective creation process that streamlines the content production workflow and enhances narrative depth across various writing formats.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I want to input a topic into the Contextual Analysis Engine so that I can receive enriched narrative suggestions that make my content more engaging.

Given a user inputs a topic, when the Contextual Analysis Engine processes the input, then it should return at least three context-rich narrative suggestions that include storytelling devices, relevant statistics, and emotional hooks.

As a marketer, I need to analyze the effectiveness of the narrative suggestions provided by the Contextual Analysis Engine to determine their impact on audience engagement.

Given a user has selected a narrative suggestion, when the user applies it to their content and analyzes the engagement metrics, then the metrics should show at least a 20% increase in user engagement compared to content created without the enhanced narratives.

As a freelance writer, I need real-time collaboration with my editor on narrative suggestions generated by the Contextual Analysis Engine to refine my content further before publication.

Given multiple users are collaborating in real-time, when a narrative suggestion is generated, then all users should be able to view, comment on, and edit the suggestions simultaneously without data loss.

As a user interested in optimizing my content strategy, I want to view analytics related to the performance of content created using the narrative suggestions from the Contextual Analysis Engine.

Given content created using narrative suggestions, when a user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then it should display engagement metrics, including views, shares, and user feedback for the content in a user-friendly format.

As a content creator, I want to receive updates on how new storytelling techniques are integrated into the Contextual Analysis Engine to keep my writing fresh.

Given the Contextual Analysis Engine has updated its algorithms, when a user accesses the engine, then it should provide a notification detailing the new storytelling techniques and how they can be utilized.

As a product manager, I need to ensure the Contextual Analysis Engine can handle multiple input topics simultaneously to support collaborative content development.

Given multiple topics are inputted by different users at the same time, when the Contextual Analysis Engine processes these inputs, then it should produce enriched narrative suggestions for each topic without delays or errors.

Emotion Detection Tool

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want the Emotion Detection Tool to provide me with insights into the emotional tone of my narrative, so that I can adjust my content to better engage with my audience's feelings.
Description: The Emotion Detection Tool analyzes the emotional tone of the content being created and suggests appropriate emotional hooks based on the target audience and topic. This feature helps users in crafting narratives that not merely inform but also evoke feelings, ultimately increasing engagement. The tool will use sentiment analysis algorithms and user feedback to refine its suggestions, aiming to provide writers with the capability to connect with readers on a deeper level. The outcome will be a more emotionally resonant piece of content that drives audience interaction and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new content piece focused on mental health and uses the Emotion Detection Tool to analyze the emotional tone of the written text.

Given the user has written a content piece, when they activate the Emotion Detection Tool, then the tool must analyze the content and provide a summary of the detected emotional tone such as positive, negative, or neutral.

A digital marketer uses the Emotion Detection Tool to enhance a blog post about product launches with emotional hooks for a target audience of young professionals.

Given the user selects the target audience as young professionals, when they request emotional hooks from the Emotion Detection Tool, then the tool should suggest at least three relevant emotional hooks specific to the topic of product launches.

A freelance writer revises an article based on the suggestions provided by the Emotion Detection Tool, aiming to boost reader engagement.

Given the user has revised their article using the suggestions from the Emotion Detection Tool, when they rerun the Emotion Detection analysis, then the tool should indicate an improvement in emotional resonance, reflected in a higher emotional score compared to the previous analysis.

An in-house team collaborates on a marketing campaign, utilizing the Emotion Detection Tool to align content tone with brand identity.

Given the team collaborates on creating content, when they input the brand's emotional identity into the Emotion Detection Tool, then the tool should provide feedback on whether the written content aligns with the specified emotional identity.

A user wants to see how well the Emotion Detection Tool adapts its suggestions based on past feedback from multiple users about different types of content.

Given multiple users have provided feedback on emotional hooks previously suggested by the Emotion Detection Tool, when a user analyzes new suggestions, then the Emotion Detection Tool should present enhanced hooks that incorporate user feedback patterns.

A marketer needs to create a social media campaign that resonates emotionally with parents during a particular holiday season.

Given the user is preparing content for a holiday season targeting parents, when they use the Emotion Detection Tool, then it should give at least five tailored emotional engagement strategies suitable for that demographic and occasion.

Statistical Insight Generator

User Story: As a content creator, I want the Statistical Insight Generator to supply me with relevant statistics related to my topic so that I can build credibility and trust with my audience.
Description: The Statistical Insight Generator provides users with relevant statistics tied to their selected topics and narratives. This requirement focuses on integrating external data sources to fetch and present up-to-date, credible statistics that have an impact on the narrative. The goal is to ensure that users have access to hard data that substantiates their narrative, increasing credibility and reader trust. By doing so, the content created will have a solid backing, making arguments more convincing and content more informative.
Acceptance Criteria: User requests statistical insights on a selected topic related to digital marketing.

Given the user selects a topic, when they request statistical insights, then the system retrieves at least three relevant statistics from external data sources that match the topic.

User evaluates the relevance of the statistical insights provided for their content creation.

Given the user has received the statistical insights, when they assess the statistics, then at least 80% of the statistics should be applicable and enhance the credibility of the narrative.

User generates content that incorporates the statistical insights retrieved from the system.

Given the user adds statistical insights to their content, when they review their draft, then the content should include the statistics seamlessly integrated into the narrative with appropriate citations.

User explores different topics and requests statistical insights repeatedly during their session.

Given the user is exploring multiple topics, when they request statistical insights for at least five different topics, then the system should provide unique statistics for each topic without repetition.

User shares their content with colleagues and receives feedback on the effectiveness of the included statistics.

Given the user shares their content including statistical insights, when colleagues review the content, then feedback ratings should indicate that at least 75% find the statistics compelling and useful.

User accesses the Statistical Insight Generator on various devices to ensure usability.

Given the user accesses the Statistical Insight Generator on both desktop and mobile devices, when they request statistical insights, then the system should display the insights correctly formatted for each device.

Storytelling Device Library

User Story: As an in-house team member, I want access to a Storytelling Device Library so that I can enhance my storytelling techniques and create more engaging content.
Description: The Storytelling Device Library is a comprehensive resource containing various storytelling tools, techniques, and devices that users can integrate into their narratives. This requirement involves curating a collection of techniques including metaphors, analogies, and narrative structures that can be suggested to the user based on the context of the content being created. The expected outcome is to enhance the creativity of users, allowing for diverse narrative styles and deeper engagement with the audience.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Storytelling Device Library to seek inspiration for a marketing campaign targeting young adults.

Given the user is logged into CodoNerve, when they navigate to the Storytelling Device Library, then they should see a curated list of storytelling devices relevant to marketing and young adult demographics.

A user selects a specific storytelling device from the library to apply it to their content.

Given the user has selected a storytelling device, when they click on it, then the associated description, examples, and tips must be displayed in a user-friendly format without errors.

User receives suggestions for storytelling devices based on the type of content they are creating.

Given the user indicates the type of content they are working on, when they access the Storytelling Device Library, then the system should provide at least three relevant storytelling devices suitable for that content type.

A user integrates a storytelling device from the library into their content draft and wants feedback.

Given the user has included a storytelling device in their content, when they submit the draft for review, then they should receive actionable feedback that references the effectiveness of the device used.

A user wants to filter storytelling devices by category or technique.

Given the user is in the Storytelling Device Library, when they apply a filter for a specific category or technique, then the displayed results should only show storytelling devices that match the chosen criteria.

User evaluates the storytelling devices they have previously used to improve their future content.

Given the user has accessed their content history, when they view the library, then they should see a list of previously used storytelling devices along with their effectiveness ratings as provided by feedback scores.

Real-Time Collaboration Interface

User Story: As a member of an in-house content team, I want a Real-Time Collaboration Interface so that my colleagues and I can work together seamlessly, sharing ideas and feedback instantaneously while crafting our content.
Description: The Real-Time Collaboration Interface enables multiple users to work on content simultaneously, providing real-time feedback and suggestions as users type. This feature is essential for teams looking to collaborate efficiently without interruptions. The interface should include chat functionalities, comment sections, and version control to track changes made by different contributors. The anticipated outcome is smoother workflows and more dynamic content creation processes, allowing teams to brainstorm and iterate more effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time collaboration for content creation between multiple users during a team brainstorming session.

Given multiple users are logged into CodoNerve and working on the same document, When one user adds a comment, Then all other users should instantly see the comment in their interface without needing to refresh the page.

Users providing feedback on content through chat while simultaneously editing the document.

Given users are in a real-time editing session, When one user sends a chat message, Then all other users should receive the chat message in real-time within the collaboration interface.

Tracking changes made by various users in a document to supervise updates.

Given a document is being edited by multiple users, When a user makes a change, Then the version control feature should update the document's history to reflect who made the changes and when.

Enabling users to revert to a previous version of the document after multiple edits have been made.

Given a document that has undergone several edits, When a user selects a previous version from the version control history, Then the document should revert to that specific version without losing any current unsaved changes.

Ensuring that the performance of the collaboration interface remains smooth even with multiple users logged in.

Given that five or more users are collaborating on a document, When they all make simultaneous edits, Then the interface should maintain a response time of under two seconds for all actions.

Providing users with notifications for new comments or changes made in the document.

Given that a user is actively working on a document, When another user adds a comment or makes changes, Then the first user should receive a notification alerting them to the new activity in less than five seconds.

Supporting users in discussing drafts through an integrated comment section.

Given users are collaborating on a document, When they use the comment section, Then users should be able to resolve or delete comments, which should reflect in real-time across all user interfaces.

Collaborative Brainstorm

Enable users to share Smart Content Suggestions with their teams or peers for real-time collaborative brainstorming sessions. This feature capitalizes on collective creativity, producing better content ideas and encouraging diverse perspectives in the content creation process.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want to collaborate with my team in real-time so that we can brainstorm content ideas and implement changes instantly based on each other's suggestions.
Description: The Real-time Collaboration Tools requirement ensures that users can connect and collaborate simultaneously within the CodoNerve platform. This includes features such as shared document access, live editing, and an integrated chat function that allows users to discuss content ideas and make adjustments in real-time. By facilitating immediate feedback and brainstorming sessions, this functionality not only enhances productivity but also fosters a creative environment where diverse ideas can converge to produce high-quality content. The seamless integration of these tools within the existing platform will create a smooth workflow and heighten user engagement as teams can engage actively without leaving the ecosystem.
Acceptance Criteria: Collaborative brainstorming session among a digital marketing team using CodoNerve to generate content ideas for an upcoming campaign.

Given that multiple users are logged into the same CodoNerve project, when they access the 'Collaborative Brainstorm' feature, then all users should see real-time updates to document edits and Smart Content Suggestions displayed live.

A freelance writer collaborates with a client in CodoNerve to refine a blog post, utilizing the integrated chat function to communicate effectively during the editing process.

Given that the freelance writer and client are both editing the same document, when the writer makes changes, then those changes should be instantly visible to the client and vice versa without delays.

A team of in-house content creators performs a live brainstorming session using the CodoNerve platform during a virtual meeting to discuss new article topics.

Given that users are engaged in a brainstorming session, when they send messages through the integrated chat, then those messages should appear instantly for all participants in the session.

A project manager oversees a team within CodoNerve as they work collaboratively on content creation for multiple campaigns, ensuring that the collaborative tools function smoothly without interruptions.

Given that the project manager is monitoring team interactions, when any team member attempts to access a document, then they should be able to do so without facing any access-related errors within the platform.

A team uses CodoNerve's analytics dashboard to review the performance of content created collaboratively and decides on next steps based on that performance.

Given that the team accesses the analytics dashboard, when they review data on collaborative content, then the metrics should accurately reflect engagement levels and user feedback gathered during the collaboration.

Multiple users provide input on a shared document simultaneously during a content brainstorming session, evaluating various content strategies.

Given that multiple users are adding their thoughts to the document synchronously, when one user saves their changes, then all users should receive a notification indicating that updates have been made to the document.

A user reviews a previous collaborative session's document within CodoNerve to prepare for a follow-up meeting with the team.

Given that the user accesses a document from a missed collaborative session, when they open the document, then the user should see all edits, chat messages, and suggestions made during that session accurately reflected in the document history.

Smart Content Suggestions

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want to receive smart content suggestions based on my previous work so that I can create relevant and engaging narratives without starting from scratch.
Description: The Smart Content Suggestions requirement implements an AI-driven recommendation system that delivers relevant content ideas based on user inputs, current trends, and audience engagement metrics. This feature will analyze existing projects and user preferences to tailor suggestions that enhance the creative process. By providing a regularly updated database of actionable ideas and content prompts, this functionality ensures that users can consistently generate fresh, innovative ideas that align with their goals. This integration will not only save time during the brainstorming process but also improve the overall quality of content produced, ultimately leading to better audience engagement and satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members collaborate to generate content ideas for a new marketing campaign using Smart Content Suggestions feature in a brainstorming session.

Given that the user has initiated a brainstorming session, when they access the Smart Content Suggestions, then the system displays a list of at least 10 relevant content ideas based on their project inputs and audience metrics.

A user selects a content idea from the Smart Content Suggestions and shares it with their team in real-time.

Given that the user has selected a content idea, when they share it with their team through the collaboration interface, then all team members must receive a notification and be able to view the selected idea immediately.

Users want to refine content suggestions based on specific themes or keywords relevant to their project.

Given that the user inputs specific keywords or themes into the Smart Content Suggestions filter, when they apply those filters, then the system should provide content ideas that include all specified keywords and themes.

Users are reviewing content suggestions and want to assess their potential engagement based on analytics data.

Given that the user is viewing the Smart Content Suggestions, when they select a suggestion, then a detailed analytics report should display projected engagement metrics and historical performance data related to that content idea.

After generating content ideas, users want to save their favorites for future reference.

Given that the user has selected their favorite content ideas from the Smart Content Suggestions, when they save these ideas, then those selected ideas should be retrievable in a 'Favorites' section for later use.

A user updates their profile preferences which should reflect on future Smart Content Suggestions.

Given that the user has updated their profile preferences, when they access Smart Content Suggestions again, then the system should provide suggestions that align with their new preferences within 5 seconds.

Multiple users are jointly brainstorming and want to evaluate the effectiveness of the suggestions being made in real-time.

Given that multiple users are brainstorming together, when they input their feedback on the current suggestions, then the system should adapt by displaying a new set of content ideas that reflect their collective feedback instantly.

Idea Voting System

User Story: As a content team leader, I want my team to vote on content ideas so that we can prioritize the best concepts and ensure everyone's voice is heard during the brainstorming process.
Description: The Idea Voting System requirement allows team members to vote on proposed content ideas, thus democratizing the brainstorming process within CodoNerve. Users can submit suggestions and then collaboratively assess and prioritize these ideas based on collective feedback. This feature promotes engagement and ensures that the best ideas are highlighted, paving the way for informed decision-making. By integrating this system, teams can focus on the most promising content concepts, leading to more effective use of resources and higher-quality outputs. Furthermore, the system will archive previous votes for future reference, which can aid in the continuous improvement of brainstorming sessions.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members collaborate in a real-time session to vote on multiple content ideas submitted for a marketing campaign.

Given a list of proposed content ideas, When a team member submits their vote on one of the ideas, Then the voting count for that idea should increase by one and be visible to all participants.

A user wants to retrieve the voting history for a specific brainstorming session to analyze past decisions.

Given a completed brainstorming session, When a user accesses the voting history feature, Then a list of all voted ideas with corresponding vote counts should be displayed, along with timestamps of each vote.

A team lead wants to prioritize the top three content ideas based on the voting results from their team.

Given the voting results for a brainstorming session, When the team lead accesses the summary of votes, Then the top three ideas with the highest vote counts should be clearly highlighted and presented.

A user wants to engage their team in a collaborative brainstorming session while ensuring transparency in voting.

Given a live brainstorming session, When any team member votes on an idea, Then all votes should be displayed in real-time for other participants to see, ensuring complete transparency.

A team needs to know how many members have participated in the voting process to assess engagement levels.

Given an ongoing voting process, When a team member checks the voting statistics, Then the total number of participants who have cast votes should be clearly displayed alongside the current vote counts.

A user wants to submit a new content idea and ensure it is recorded for future reference after voting concludes.

Given the idea submission process, When a user submits a new content idea, Then the idea should be stored in the system with a timestamp and associated votes, available for future review.

Integration with Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a content strategist, I want to see analytics related to our brainstorming ideas so that I can choose the most viable concepts based on past performance data.
Description: The Integration with Analytics Dashboard requirement ensures that collaborative brainstorming results are seamlessly linked to the analytics capabilities of CodoNerve. This integration provides users with insights on how well specific ideas or content types perform based on historical data and audience interactions. By connecting the brainstorming session outcomes with actionable analytics, users can make informed decisions about which content ideas to pursue and enhance their overall content strategy more effectively. This capability will empower users to optimize their creative processes with data-driven insights, ultimately leading to improved engagement and ROI in content marketing efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: As a content marketer participating in a collaborative brainstorming session, I want to see the analytics linked to specific content ideas, so that I can choose the most effective suggestions based on past performance metrics.

Given a user has completed a brainstorming session, when they select a content idea, then the corresponding performance metrics such as engagement rates and audience interactions should be displayed in the analytics dashboard.

As a freelance writer collaborating with a team, I want to receive real-time updates on the success of the content suggestions shared during our brainstorming session, so that I can adapt my writing strategy accordingly.

Given a user is collaborating on content suggestions, when the analytics integrate with the brainstorming feature, then the user should receive notifications of relevant analytics updates in real-time.

As a project manager overseeing content creation, I want to evaluate how well our new content ideas perform historically using the analytics, so I can provide guidance on which ideas to pursue further.

Given the integration is operational, when a project manager reviews the analytics dashboard, then they should see a clear correlation between brainstorming outcomes and historical performance data for each content idea.

As a user, I want to seamlessly access video tutorials on how to use the analytics dashboard in conjunction with the brainstorming feature, so that I can maximize the benefits of both tools.

Given a user is in the collaborative brainstorming interface, when they click on the help or tutorial section, then they should be directed to relevant video tutorials covering the analytics dashboard integration.

As a digital marketer, I want to filter the analytics results based on content types created from brainstorming sessions, so that I can analyze which type of content works best with our audience.

Given the analytics dashboard is integrated, when a user selects a content type filter, then the displayed metrics should accurately reflect performance data for that specific content type from the brainstorming session.

As a team lead, I want to assess the collective impact of brainstorming sessions on content effectiveness, so that I can quantify the benefit of team collaboration in our content development.

Given the integration is functioning, when a team lead reviews the performance metrics following a brainstorming session, then they should be able to see aggregated data that reflects the impact of collaborative suggestions on overall content performance.

Access Control Features

User Story: As a team manager, I want to set access permissions for my team members so that I can control who can edit or view our brainstorming sessions and ensure our ideas remain secure.
Description: The Access Control Features requirement allows team leaders to manage access permissions for different users within collaborative brainstorming sessions. This functionality ensures that only authorized team members can view, edit, or contribute to shared content. By establishing clear roles and permissions, this feature enhances data security and prevents unauthorized changes, thus maintaining the integrity of the content creation process. Additionally, it allows greater flexibility in team collaboration by enabling team leaders to assign roles based on project needs, fostering a structured and secure environment for brainstorming activities.
Acceptance Criteria: Team leaders can assign specific roles to team members for a collaborative brainstorming session.

Given a team leader is logged into CodoNerve, when they navigate to the access control settings, then they should be able to select team members and assign them roles such as 'Viewer', 'Contributor', or 'Editor'.

Team members can only view content according to their assigned roles during a brainstorming session.

Given a team member with the 'Viewer' role is in a collaborative brainstorming session, when they attempt to edit the content, then they should receive a notification stating they do not have permission to edit.

Team leaders can revoke access to specific members during an ongoing session if necessary.

Given a team leader identifies an unauthorized user in the session, when they choose to revoke access from the access control interface, then the user should be immediately removed and should no longer access the session.

All changes made in the brainstorming session should be tracked and logged for security purposes.

Given that changes are made in a collaborative brainstorming session, when the team leader accesses the activity log, then they should see a complete history of edits made, including timestamps and user identifiers.

Team members are notified of any changes in their access permissions in a timely manner.

Given a team leader changes a team member's role during a session, when the change is made, then the affected team member should receive an immediate notification detailing their new role and capabilities.

An admin user can set default roles for new members joining the team.

Given an admin is managing team settings, when they create a new user profile, then they must see an option to assign a default role that will apply to new members joining future brainstorming sessions.

Smart Scheduler

This intuitive scheduling tool recommends optimal publishing times for suggested content based on engagement analytics and audience activity patterns. By timing posts for maximum reach, users can enhance visibility and interaction, ensuring their content receives the attention it deserves.

Requirements

Automated Engagement Analysis

User Story: As a content creator, I want automated engagement analysis so that I can understand the performance of my posts and improve my content strategy.
Description: This requirement involves the integration of AI-driven engagement analytics that assesses user interactions with published content. The system should collect data regarding likes, shares, comments, and other engagement metrics in real-time. This analysis will guide users in understanding what content performs well, allowing them to fine-tune their content strategy. Improved engagement insights help users tailor content to audience preferences, maximizing reach and interaction. The analytics should be visually represented through dashboards and reports, providing actionable insights that inform future content scheduling and creation.
Acceptance Criteria: User requests real-time engagement analytics after publishing a new blog post to determine its performance and audience interaction.

Given that the user publishes a new blog post, when the user accesses the engagement analytics dashboard, then the dashboard should display real-time metrics including likes, shares, comments, and overall engagement rates within 5 minutes.

Content creators want to understand which type of posts generate the most interaction over a selected time period.

Given that the user selects a specific date range for analysis, when the user requests engagement insights, then the system should provide a report detailing engagement metrics for each post type, highlighting the top performing content.

A user aims to adjust their upcoming content schedule based on previous engagement data to maximize reach.

Given that the user has access to historical engagement analytics, when the user utilizes the smart scheduler tool, then the tool should suggest optimal publishing times based on peak engagement periods indicated by analytics.

A marketing manager needs to present engagement analytics to stakeholders in a visually appealing manner.

Given that the user selects the analytics report for presentation, when the report is generated, then it should include graphical representations of engagement metrics, such as charts and graphs, that are easy to understand at a glance.

An editor checks if the engagement insights help in tailoring content to audience preferences.

Given that the user has access to engagement analytics, when the user reviews the insights, then they should find actionable recommendations on content adjustments based on audience interactions and feedback of previously published articles.

A user wants to ensure that the engagement metrics are updated in real time as new interactions occur.

Given that a user is viewing engagement metrics on the dashboard, when there is a new like, share, or comment on the published content, then the metrics should automatically refresh to reflect the new data within a 30-second interval.

Customizable Post Scheduling

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want customizable post scheduling features so that I can tailor my content distribution to reach different audience segments effectively.
Description: This requirement enables users to customize their post-scheduling preferences based on different variables such as time zones, audience demographics, and specific engagement goals. Users should have the option to set recurring schedules, temporarily pause posting, or prioritize certain types of content during peak engagement hours. This level of customization empowers users to optimize their content distribution for varied audiences across different platforms, ultimately enhancing reach and engagement. The feature should be easy to use and accessible from the user interface, making scheduling adjustments seamless.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a specific engagement goal (such as maximizing reach) and customizes the post schedule accordingly to reflect peak audience activity times, checking for user-friendly interaction and simplicity in the UI.

Given the user selects 'maximize reach' as their engagement goal, when they configure the post schedule to reflect peak activity times, then the system should save these settings and preview the scheduled posts accurately in the dashboard.

User wants to schedule a recurring post for every Monday at 10 AM across multiple time zones, ensuring the settings are saved and alerts are sent before the posting time.

Given the user schedules a post to recur every Monday at 10 AM in Eastern Time, when they apply the same schedule to Central and Pacific time zones, then the system should create three separate entries reflecting the correct local times and notify the user 15 minutes before each post goes live.

User temporarily pauses scheduled posts to prevent content from being published during a specific timeframe due to a marketing campaign.

Given the user wants to pause posting from January 5 to January 10, when they toggle the pause option and confirm, then no posts should be published during this period and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the pause is in effect.

User prioritizes blog posts over social media posts during peak engagement times, ensuring that the algorithm responds to this preference.

Given the user sets blog posts as a priority over social media content during peak engagement hours, when they review the schedule, then the system should list blog posts first in the content calendar.

User updates post scheduling preferences based on changing audience demographics from analytics insights and tracks the impact of these adjustments.

Given the user modifies the scheduled times according to new audience demographic insights, when they save and apply these changes, then the analytics dashboard should reflect an increase in engagement metrics subsequently after the posts are published.

User accesses a simple interface to make quick scheduling changes on-the-fly while collaborating in real-time with team members.

Given the user is in collaboration mode, when they click to edit the post schedule, then they should be able to easily reposition posts and save changes in under two minutes, without any errors in the interface.

User views a comprehensive tutorial on how to use the customizable post scheduling feature effectively to ensure maximum engagement.

Given the user accesses the tutorial provided within the Smart Scheduler feature, when they complete the tutorial, then they should be able to correctly utilize all scheduling functions including setting priorities, recurring posts, and pausing, as evidenced by successful test adjustments made during the tutorial.

Content Performance Forecasting

User Story: As a freelance writer, I want content performance forecasting tools so that I can strategically plan my content and increase the chances of audience engagement.
Description: This requirement involves the implementation of predictive analytics that forecasts potential content performance based on historical data and audience engagement patterns. By analyzing past performances and current trends, the system should provide recommendations on content type, timing, and frequency for upcoming posts. This will allow users to strategize content calendars based on predicted success rates, ensuring that marketing efforts align with audience engagement levels.
Acceptance Criteria: Content Performance Forecasting with Historical Data Integration

Given that a user inputs historical content performance data, when the system analyzes this data, then it should generate a forecast report that includes at least three recommended content types along with their predicted performance metrics based on past data.

Engagement Pattern Analysis for Optimal Scheduling

Given that a user has previously posted content and has access to audience engagement analytics, when the user requests a schedule for upcoming content, then the system should recommend optimal publishing times that correlate with peak audience engagement based on analyzed patterns.

Predictive Recommendations Based on Current Trends

Given that the system is integrated with real-time audience activity data, when a user creates new content, then the system should provide at least two recommendations for content timing and frequency that are based on the current engagement trends.

User Interface for Forecast Display

Given that the predictive analytics feature is implemented, when a user navigates to the forecasting dashboard, then they should be able to view the forecast report with clear visualizations, including graphs and tables showing predicted engagements for different content types.

Feedback Loop for Continual Improvement

Given that the system has produced content performance forecasts, when the user publishes the recommended content, then the system should track real performance against predictions and enable a feedback mechanism for users to report outcomes for future accuracy improvements.

Comparison Metrics for Content Strategy Evaluation

Given that the predictive analytics feature is active, when a user examines the forecasts, then they should be able to compare projected performance metrics against historical data metrics to evaluate potential effectiveness of their content strategy.

Multi-channel Performance Forecasting

Given that a user manages multiple content channels, when they input historical data for each channel, then the system should provide forecasts tailored to each channel’s audience behavior along with specific recommendations for each.

Mobile Notification Alerts

User Story: As a content manager, I want mobile notification alerts for my scheduled posts so that I can engage with my audience promptly and effectively.
Description: This requirement includes a mobile notification system that alerts users about optimal posting times and reminders for scheduled posts. Users should be able to set preferences for when and how often to receive these notifications, including options for daily summaries or immediate alerts. This feature ensures that users are always informed about critical content timing, helping them to maintain an active online presence without having to constantly monitor the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a mobile notification alert for an optimal posting time based on engagement analytics.

Given the user has scheduled a post with an optimal posting time, when the time arrives, then the user should receive a mobile notification alerting them of the posting opportunity.

User customizes their notification preferences to receive daily summaries of scheduled posts.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they select the option for daily summary notifications and save their preferences, then they should receive a daily summary notification at their chosen time.

User chooses to receive immediate alerts for scheduled posts and successfully tests the feature.

Given the user has set their preferences to receive immediate alerts, when a scheduled post is due, then the user should receive an immediate mobile notification alert.

User adjusts notification frequency and verifies the changes are applied.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, when they update the frequency of notifications and save their changes, then the new frequency settings should be reflected in their notification preferences interface.

User successfully turns off mobile notifications and confirms they no longer receive alerts.

Given the user has navigated to the notification settings page, when they toggle the mobile notification setting to off, then no notifications should be sent to the user's mobile device going forward.

User receives reminders for scheduled posts 30 minutes before the posting time.

Given a post is scheduled for a specific time, when there are 30 minutes remaining until the post is due, then the user should receive a mobile notification reminding them of the upcoming post.

User checks the notifications log to review past alerts for scheduled posts.

Given the user has accessed the notification log feature, when they view the history, then they should see a list of all past mobile notifications related to their scheduled posts along with timestamps.

User Feedback Integration

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on the Smart Scheduler features so that I can help improve the tool and make it more useful for my content strategy.
Description: This requirement entails creating a feedback mechanism where users can provide input on the Smart Scheduler's recommendations and overall functionality. This feedback should be collected systematically and analyzed to inform future updates and improvements. By actively involving users in the development process, the platform can adapt to user needs and preferences more effectively, fostering ongoing engagement and satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User provides feedback on the optimal publishing time suggested by the Smart Scheduler after observing engagement metrics for a week.

Given the user accesses the feedback form, when the user submits their input regarding the publishing time, then the system records the feedback without errors and acknowledges receipt to the user.

User rates the overall functionality of the Smart Scheduler tool after utilizing it for multiple posts over a month.

Given that the user rates the functionality on a scale of 1 to 5, when the user submits the rating, then the system records the rating and updates the average rating metric immediately.

User comments on the ease of use of the Smart Scheduler interface after scheduling several posts.

Given the user fills out the comment section in the feedback form, when they submit the comments, then the system stores the comments and confirms submission successfully.

User requests to see past feedback submitted regarding Smart Scheduler recommendations.

Given the user navigates to the feedback history section, when the user queries past feedback, then the system retrieves and displays all submitted feedback promptly and accurately.

User learns about updates made to the Smart Scheduler based on feedback provided.

Given the user subscribes to update notifications, when updates are made based on user feedback, then the user receives a notification detailing the changes and rationale within 48 hours of implementation.

Multi-Platform Integration

User Story: As a digital marketer, I want multi-platform integration so that I can manage all my content distribution from one place, saving time and effort.
Description: This requirement involves enabling the Smart Scheduler to seamlessly integrate with various social media and content publishing platforms. Users should be able to connect multiple accounts, schedule content across different platforms simultaneously, and track engagement metrics in a centralized dashboard. This will simplify the user experience and streamline the content publishing process, allowing users to maximize their presence across channels without additional effort.
Acceptance Criteria: User connects multiple social media accounts to the Smart Scheduler for integrated content scheduling.

Given multiple social media accounts are available, when the user attempts to connect them to the Smart Scheduler, then each account should be connected successfully without errors, allowing for simultaneous scheduling.

Users schedule content to be published across multiple platforms at once using the Smart Scheduler.

Given the user has connected multiple accounts, when they schedule a post and select all platforms for publishing, then the post should be queued successfully on all selected platforms with the correct scheduled times.

Users track engagement metrics for scheduled posts in a centralized dashboard.

Given that posts have been published through the Smart Scheduler, when the user views the engagement metrics in the dashboard, then the metrics should display accurate data for each platform, including likes, shares, comments, and reach.

User receives content recommendations based on audience activity patterns for optimal posting times.

Given the user has enabled analytics, when the Smart Scheduler analyzes audience data, then it should recommend optimal posting times based on previous engagement trends for each platform.

Users ensure that scheduled posts can be edited or deleted before publishing across different platforms.

Given a post is scheduled, when the user opts to edit or delete the scheduled post, then the changes should be reflected on all connected platforms before the published time.

Users can view a calendar view of scheduled posts for better management.

Given the user selects the calendar view option, when the Smart Scheduler displays the calendar, then it should show all scheduled posts clearly marked for each platform on their respective dates and times.

Press Articles

CodoNerve Unveils AI-Powered Platform Revolutionizing Content Creation for Marketers and Creators: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

CodoNerve Unveils AI-Powered Platform Revolutionizing Content Creation for Marketers and Creators

January 3, 2025 - Today, CodoNerve, an innovative content creation platform, launched its AI-powered capabilities aimed at transforming the content landscape for digital marketers, freelance writers, and creative teams. With advanced AI algorithms, a dynamic ideation lab, and a robust SEO toolkit, CodoNerve delivers a comprehensive solution that enables users to create compelling narratives effortlessly.

"As the demand for high-quality digital content continues to grow, we recognized the challenges that content creators face every day in crafting tailored narratives that resonate with their audiences," said Jonathan Smith, CEO of CodoNerve. "Our platform is designed to empower creativity while equipping professionals with the tools necessary to master their content strategies through data-driven insights."

CodoNerve’s application features real-time collaboration interfaces, which allow teams to work seamlessly on projects and generate ideas in dedicated brainstorming rooms. The Comprehensive SEO Toolkit helps users optimize their content strategies, ensuring they remain relevant in today’s digital landscape while enhancing audience engagement.

In addition to its high-tech features, CodoNerve connects users with industry experts through its unique Expert Matcher tool. This intelligent algorithm fosters personalized mentorship opportunities, allowing individuals to refine their content strategies with targeted feedback.

Freelance writers like Emily Johnson, who has been utilizing the platform in beta, expressed her enthusiasm about CodoNerve: "I love how CodoNerve enhances my writing process! The AI-generated insights significantly free up my creative time, allowing me to focus on what matters most—storytelling."

The platform also provides a Feedback Hub where users can share their work for constructive critique, promoting a collaborative environment that enriches content quality. The Challenge Exchange feature invites users to post content prompts that inspire engagement and collaboration among peers.

CodoNerve aims to facilitate users’ understanding of their audience through detailed analytics dashboards, which offer profound insights into content performance. The Audience Analytics Dashboard empowers content creators with audience engagement metrics, helping them tailor future content.

"We believe in fostering a vibrant user community, which is why we have integrated Community Forums and Peer Learning Circles, allowing users to share knowledge, tips, and experiences related to content creation and marketing," added Smith.

The launch of CodoNerve marks a significant step forward in the realm of AI-driven content creation. The platform's comprehensive feature set, including the Keyword Trend Tracker and Content Performance Benchmarking, provides users with actionable insights to refine their strategies continuously.

For more information about CodoNerve and how it is transforming content creation, visit our website at www.codonerve.com or contact:

Jane Doe
PR Manager
CodoNerve
Email: press@codonerve.com
Phone: (555) 123-4567

About CodoNerve
CodoNerve is a leading AI-powered content creation platform that empowers marketers, writers, and creative professionals by providing innovative tools to craft compelling stories and optimize content strategies. CodoNerve helps users transform creative obstacles into narrative triumphs, positioning itself at the forefront of the digital storytelling revolution.

Unlocking Creativity: CodoNerve Introduces Real-Time Collaboration Features for Seamless Content Creation: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Unlocking Creativity: CodoNerve Introduces Real-Time Collaboration Features for Seamless Content Creation

January 3, 2025 - CodoNerve today announced the launch of its brand-new real-time collaboration features designed to enhance workflow efficiency for digital marketers, freelance writers, and creative teams. Now integrating innovative tools such as Collaboration Workspaces and Brainstorming Rooms, CodoNerve empowers users to collaborate seamlessly, share insights, and generate ideas dynamically within its platform.

"We are thrilled to launch these collaborative features that are essential in today’s fast-paced digital environment. The ability for teams to brainstorm together in real-time can significantly enhance creativity and team synergy, leading to exceptional content outcomes," said Sarah Williams, Chief Product Officer at CodoNerve.

Collaboration Workspaces on CodoNerve allow users to leave comments and share feedback on projects easily, ensuring that every team member's contributions are valued. Users can also utilize dedicated Brainstorming Rooms, where they can invite peers or mentors to discuss creative concepts.

"As a content strategist, I often collaborate with different team members on various projects. CodoNerve’s real-time features have improved our communication and efficiency. This flexibility allows us to be more agile in our creative processes," shared Mark Thompson, a satisfied CodoNerve user.

The new features are complemented by the previously integrated Feedback Hub, promoting greater collaboration by enabling users to share drafts of their work for constructive feedback from peers and industry experts.

Moreover, with the CodoNerve Analytics Integration, teams can analyze content performance collaboratively, track key metrics, and gauge audience engagement patterns all in one place.

"Content creation is a collective effort, and it’s imperative that users have tools that not only inspire creativity but also streamline their workflows. With this launch, we hope to foster an environment where storytelling can flourish through teamwork and innovative approaches," added Williams.

The launch of these features comes at a perfect time for professionals seeking increased efficiency in their content processes as the demand for engaging and relevant narratives continues to rise. CodoNerve stands committed to providing the necessary tools to meet the evolving needs of today's content creators.

For further information on CodoNerve's collaborative features or to schedule a demo, please reach out to:

John Doe
Media Relations
CodoNerve
Email: media@codonerve.com
Phone: (555) 678-9012

About CodoNerve
CodoNerve is an innovative AI-driven content creation platform that empowers teams and individuals to craft compelling narratives seamlessly while enhancing content strategy through data insights. Recognized for its cutting-edge tools and community-driven approach, CodoNerve is leading the transformation of the digital storytelling landscape.

CodoNerve Launches Comprehensive SEO Toolkit to Elevate Content Strategy for Creators: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

CodoNerve Launches Comprehensive SEO Toolkit to Elevate Content Strategy for Creators

January 3, 2025 - CodoNerve is excited to announce the launch of its comprehensive SEO toolkit, designed to provide digital marketers, freelance writers, and content strategists with powerful resources for optimizing content visibility and performance. The toolkit comprises advanced features such as the Keyword Trend Tracker, SEO Score Optimizer, and Competitor Keyword Analysis, enabling users to adapt successfully to search engine algorithms and maximize their audience engagement.

"The introduction of our SEO Toolkit marks a key milestone for CodoNerve. We are committed to enhancing our users' content strategies by equipping them with the necessary tools to efficiently optimize their work for search engines," stated Tim Brown, Head of SEO Development at CodoNerve.

Key features included in the toolkit allow users to monitor evolving keyword trends, analyze their competitors' keyword strategies, and receive real-time feedback on content performance based on SEO best practices. The SEO Score Optimizer grants users actionable suggestions for improving their rankings right within their CodoNerve dashboard.

"As an SEO Specialist, having access to such a valuable and intuitive tool has transformed how I approach my content creation. The proactive insights and recommendations significantly improve my content strategy," explained Anna Lee, a beta user of the toolkit.

Moreover, users can utilize the Traffic Projection Simulator to forecast potential traffic increases from implementing the suggested keywords and strategies. This proactive approach allows for better decision-making in content strategy, maximizing the potential for audience reach and engagement.

CodoNerve's SEO Toolkit doesn’t stand alone — it is fully integrated with existing features such as the Audience Analytics Dashboard and Content Performance Benchmarking, which provide users with comprehensive insights on content performance and audience engagement metrics for informed decision-making.

"Our goal is to simplify the process for our users because we believe great content should be coupled with strategic visibility. CodoNerve is making it easier for creators to focus on what they do best—telling stories that matter—while seamlessly integrating SEO into their workflows," added Brown.

To explore CodoNerve’s new SEO Toolkit and get started on optimizing your content today, visit www.codonerve.com.

For media inquiries or additional information, please contact:

Lucy Smith
Public Relations Lead
CodoNerve
Email: lucy@codonerve.com
Phone: (555) 654-3210

About CodoNerve
CodoNerve is a pioneering AI-powered content creation platform empowering marketers, writers, and creative professionals with innovative tools to master their content strategies while enhancing storytelling engagement. Recognized for its cutting-edge solutions and community-driven approach, CodoNerve is transforming the landscape of digital content creation.

Create products with ease

Product Details

Personas

Tech-Savvy Entrepreneur

Next-Gen Content Creator

Corporate Communication Officer

Academic Researcher

E-commerce Content Manager

Product Ideas

Product Features

Expert Matcher

Requirements

User Profile Integration

Expert Evaluation System

Real-Time Chat Functionality

Expert Matching Algorithm Enhancements

Feedback Hub

Requirements

User Feedback Submission

Feedback Rating System

Comment Threads and Notifications

Expert Feedback Integration

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

Brainstorming Rooms

Requirements

Collaboration Tools Integration

Idea Capture and Voting System

Real-Time Chat and Feedback System

Session Recording and Playback

User Roles and Permissions

Community Forums

Requirements

User Registration

Post Creation

Commenting System

Search Functionality

User Profiles

Moderation Tools

Challenge Exchange

Requirements

Challenge Posting

Challenge Responses

Rating and Feedback System

Challenge Feed

Challenge Rewards System

Collaboration Tracker

Requirements

Milestone Management

Contribution Review

Progress Visualization

Notification System

Customization Options

Skill Swap

Requirements

Skill Exchange Matching

Skill Swap Dashboard

Feedback and Review System

Keyword Trend Tracker

Requirements

Real-time Keyword Monitoring

Historical Keyword Performance Analysis

Competitor Keyword Insights

Keyword Performance Alerts

Keyword Integration Suggestions

Competitor Keyword Analysis

Requirements

Keyword Identification Tool

Traffic Source Analysis

Content Performance Benchmarking

Keyword Opportunity Alerts

Competitor Content Gap Analysis

SEO Score Optimizer

Requirements

Real-time SEO Feedback

Actionable Improvement Suggestions

Comprehensive SEO Performance Analytics

User-Friendly Interface for Content Suggestions

Integration with Content Management Systems (CMS)

Flexible Reporting Options